Revue de L' R e v I e W - Faculty of Social Sciences - Université d ...
Revue de L' R e v I e W - Faculty of Social Sciences - Université d ...
Revue de L' R e v I e W - Faculty of Social Sciences - Université d ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
volume 2<br />
Institut pour la prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité<br />
Institute for the Prevention <strong>of</strong> Crime
Volume 2 <strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca IPC<br />
© IPC 2008 R E V I E W<br />
Vers <strong>de</strong>s approches plus globales<br />
<strong>de</strong> prévention et <strong>de</strong> sécurité<br />
Towards More Comprehensive<br />
Approaches to Prevention<br />
and Safety<br />
Sous la direction <strong>de</strong>/Edited by: Ross Hastings & Melanie Bania<br />
Remerciements/Acknowledgements..........................................................iii<br />
Introduction : vers <strong>de</strong>s approches plus globales .<br />
<strong>de</strong> prévention et <strong>de</strong> sécurité........................................................................1<br />
Ross Hastings et Melanie Bania<br />
Introduction: Towards More Comprehensive .<br />
Approaches to Prevention and Safety.........................................................7<br />
Ross Hastings & Melanie Bania<br />
Factors Related to Successful Mobilization .<br />
<strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention..................................................... 11<br />
Wanda Jamieson<br />
Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie : .<br />
considérations théoriques et pratiques...................................................... 35<br />
Pierre Maurice, Julie Laforest, Louise Marie Bouchard et Monique Rainville<br />
Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée : .<br />
le rôle crucial <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaisons.......................................................... 57<br />
Sylvie Hamel, Marie-Marthe Cousineau et Martine Vézina
Communities That Care: A Comprehensive .<br />
System for Youth Prevention and Promotion, .<br />
and Canadian Applications to Date......................................................... 83<br />
Robert J. Flynn<br />
Development, Evaluation and National Implementation .<br />
<strong>of</strong> a School-Based Program to Reduce Violence and .<br />
Related Risk Behaviours: Lessons from the Fourth R ............................ 109<br />
Claire V. Crooks, David A. Wolfe, Ray Hughes,<br />
Peter G. Jaffe & Debbie Chiodo<br />
Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence............. 137<br />
Mark A. Bellis & Karen Hughes<br />
Remerciements<br />
Nous tenons à exprimer nos remerciements à Sécurité publique Canada (SP)<br />
dont le soutien financier a rendu possible la préparation, la publication et la<br />
distribution <strong>de</strong> ce volume <strong>de</strong> la <strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> l’Institut pour la prévention <strong>de</strong> la<br />
criminalité (RIPC). Toutes les opinions exprimées dans cette <strong>Revue</strong> sont celles<br />
<strong>de</strong>s auteurs et n’engagent aucunement SP ou ses représentants.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
We wish to express our appreciation for the support <strong>of</strong> Public Safety Canada<br />
(PS) in the preparation, publication and distribution <strong>of</strong> this volume <strong>of</strong><br />
the Institute for the Prevention <strong>of</strong> Crime Review (IPCR). The financial<br />
contribution <strong>of</strong> PS has ma<strong>de</strong> this initiative possible. All the opinions expressed<br />
herein are those <strong>of</strong> the authors <strong>of</strong> the articles and in no way reflect the positions<br />
<strong>of</strong> PS or its representatives.
Volume 2: pages 1–5<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Introduction : vers <strong>de</strong>s<br />
approches plus globales <strong>de</strong><br />
prévention et <strong>de</strong> sécurité<br />
Par Ross Hastings et Mélanie Bania<br />
Institut pour la prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité<br />
et Département <strong>de</strong> criminologie<br />
Université d’Ottawa<br />
Les chercheurs et les praticiens en sont assez convaincus, pour parvenir à<br />
réduire la criminalité et la victimisation <strong>de</strong> manière marquante et durable, il<br />
faudra pouvoir compter sur <strong>de</strong>s initiatives à long terme plus globales et mieux<br />
financées que celles qui ont habituellement cours aujourd’hui.<br />
La popularité <strong>de</strong> la notion <strong>de</strong> prévention et la dimension aguichante <strong>de</strong> la<br />
mobilisation communautaire nous ont, semble-t-il, séduits et amenés à croire<br />
qu’il serait possible <strong>de</strong> réaliser <strong>de</strong>s progrès assez rapi<strong>de</strong>s : il suffirait <strong>de</strong> faire<br />
preuve <strong>de</strong> bonne foi et d’abor<strong>de</strong>r <strong>de</strong> manière rationnelle la cueillette et la<br />
dissémination <strong>de</strong> données fiables relatives aux approches efficaces et aux<br />
moyens <strong>de</strong> les mettre en œuvre. Il semblerait pourtant qu’on ait été plutôt<br />
naïf. Les progrès réalisés l’ont été <strong>de</strong> manière hésitante et sporadique, et il a<br />
été difficile <strong>de</strong> soutenir les réussites. Il semble en outre que, dans une certaine<br />
mesure, le vent ait tourné et que <strong>de</strong>s approches plus réactives et plus punitives<br />
gagnent en popularité, à tout le moins dans la sphère politique et au sein <strong>de</strong><br />
la population.<br />
Le présent volume se penche sur cette situation. Notre but comporte<br />
trois volets :<br />
1. nous espérons nourrir l’inspiration en présentant <strong>de</strong>s exemples concrets<br />
<strong>de</strong> réussites ;
R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Introduction : vers <strong>de</strong>s approches plus globales <strong>de</strong> prévention et <strong>de</strong> sécurité<br />
<br />
2. nous espérons informer en décrivant certains <strong>de</strong>s processus et outils<br />
utilisés dans le cadre <strong>de</strong>s efforts <strong>de</strong> mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s collectivités ayant<br />
été couronnés <strong>de</strong> succès et en mettant en lumière certains effets <strong>de</strong>s<br />
programmes en question ; et<br />
3. nous espérons orienter en tentant <strong>de</strong> dégager certains éléments clés <strong>de</strong><br />
réussite et certains <strong>de</strong>s écueils et <strong>de</strong>s obstacles que d’autres pourraient<br />
avoir à contourner.<br />
Ce volume présente d’entrée <strong>de</strong> jeu un article <strong>de</strong> Wanda Jamieson traitant<br />
<strong>de</strong>s possibilités et <strong>de</strong>s limites <strong>de</strong> la mobilisation communautaire en matière<br />
<strong>de</strong> prévention. Elle avance que, en regard <strong>de</strong> l’insuffisance <strong>de</strong> recherches<br />
évaluatives <strong>de</strong> qualité dans ce domaine, nos actions sont en bonne partie<br />
fonction <strong>de</strong> la foi que l’on a en la capacité <strong>de</strong>s communautés. Il n’y a toujours<br />
qu’un faible consensus relatif aux moyens <strong>de</strong> définir et d’opérationnaliser la<br />
notion <strong>de</strong> communauté, notamment au chapitre <strong>de</strong>s besoins, du potentiel et<br />
<strong>de</strong>s responsabilités. Il y a encore beaucoup à apprendre sur les détails <strong>de</strong> ce<br />
que les communautés peuvent ou ne peuvent pas faire. Conséquemment, il<br />
pourrait arriver que nos attentes en matière <strong>de</strong> politique soient irréalistes ou<br />
même injustes à l’endroit <strong>de</strong>s communautés mêmes que nous tentons d’ai<strong>de</strong>r<br />
et <strong>de</strong> soutenir.<br />
Les <strong>de</strong>ux articles qui suivent présentent <strong>de</strong>ux exemples du travail stimulant<br />
entrepris dans le domaine <strong>de</strong> la mobilisation communautaire au Québec au cours<br />
<strong>de</strong>s <strong>de</strong>rnières années. Le premier, celui <strong>de</strong> Pierre Maurice, Julie Laforest, Louise<br />
Marie Bouchard et Monique Rainville, traite du travail <strong>de</strong> l’Institut national<br />
<strong>de</strong> santé publique du Québec (INSPQ) et <strong>de</strong> ses efforts <strong>de</strong>stinés à contribuer<br />
au développement d’une approche holistique <strong>de</strong> la sécurité communautaire.<br />
Son approche repose sur une prémisse fondamentale voulant que <strong>de</strong> nombreux<br />
problèmes <strong>de</strong> santé et <strong>de</strong> sécurité soient attribuables à <strong>de</strong>s facteurs <strong>de</strong> risque<br />
communs et qu’une réponse globale s’impose si l’on veut que les communautés<br />
puissent réussir. L’article décrit certains <strong>de</strong>s outils mis au point par l’INSPQ<br />
pour contribuer à une mobilisation efficace <strong>de</strong>s communautés et présente en<br />
outre trois exemples concrets <strong>de</strong> réussites et <strong>de</strong> défis observés à ce jour.<br />
Suit un article <strong>de</strong> Sylvie Hamel, Marie-Marthe Cousineau et Martine Vézina ;<br />
celui-ci s’intéresse à un cas particulier <strong>de</strong> mobilisation contre les gangs <strong>de</strong> rue<br />
dans trois collectivités <strong>de</strong> la région <strong>de</strong> Montréal. Selon ces auteures, l’un <strong>de</strong>s<br />
principaux obstacles à la mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales découle du doute<br />
et <strong>de</strong> la méfiance <strong>de</strong>s gens du milieu vis-à-vis <strong>de</strong>s actions menées par <strong>de</strong>s gens<br />
<strong>de</strong> l’extérieur ou <strong>de</strong>s questions que l’on se pose à savoir à qui une nouvelle<br />
initiative pr<strong>of</strong>itera (ou nuira). L’article met l’accent sur le rôle clé joué par <strong>de</strong>s<br />
agents <strong>de</strong> liaison locaux dans ce processus. Ceux-ci sont essentiels pour établir<br />
la crédibilité d’une initiative et <strong>de</strong> ses promoteurs, pour la prise en charge <strong>de</strong> la<br />
gestion d’une initiative, pour assurer la résolution <strong>de</strong>s conflits qui pourraient<br />
surgir, pour établir <strong>de</strong>s partenariats et pour soutenir la lancée amorcée. Ces<br />
agents contribuent <strong>de</strong> manière cruciale à amener les collectivités au point où<br />
elles sont disposées et capable <strong>de</strong> participer.<br />
Les trois prochains articles font le point sur certains programmes ou initiatives<br />
particuliers. Robert Flynn traite du modèle Communities that Care (CTC) et<br />
<strong>de</strong>s efforts qui en découlent en vue d’ai<strong>de</strong>r les collectivités à concevoir et à<br />
mettre en œuvre <strong>de</strong>s initiatives intégrées qui agissent sur les multiples facteurs<br />
<strong>de</strong> risque et <strong>de</strong> protection chez les jeunes et qui contribuent à promouvoir leur<br />
développement sain. Il se penche sur les bases théoriques <strong>de</strong> CTC, décrit son<br />
processus <strong>de</strong> mise en œuvre en cinq étapes, et examine la recherche évaluative<br />
disponible relative aux processus et aux résultats <strong>de</strong> CTC, en s’intéressant<br />
plus particulièrement à ce qui se fait au Canada. Les résultats à ce jour sont<br />
très prometteurs.<br />
Dans un autre article, Claire Crooks, David Wolfe, Ray Hughes, Peter Jaffe et<br />
Debbie Chiodo font le point sur le programme the Fourth R (l’expression the<br />
Fourth R prend tout son sens en anglais lorsqu’on parle du principe <strong>de</strong>s 3R :<br />
reading, ‘riting et ‘rithmetic, le quatrième R correspondant alors à relationships).<br />
Il s’agit d’un programme global <strong>of</strong>fert en milieu scolaire et visant à contrer la<br />
violence, l’abus d’alcool ou d’autres drogues et les relations sexuelles à risque<br />
en aidant les jeunes à acquérir <strong>de</strong> meilleures habiletés d’adaptation. Cet article<br />
met l’accent sur le développement <strong>de</strong> ce programme axé sur le curriculum et<br />
sur les données probantes qui lui servent <strong>de</strong> fon<strong>de</strong>ment, <strong>de</strong> même que sur la<br />
mise en œuvre du programme au Canada à ce jour. On y décrit certains <strong>de</strong>s<br />
résultats prometteurs atteints à ce jour, tant au chapitre <strong>de</strong> la mise en œuvre<br />
que <strong>de</strong>s impacts du programme ; on discute aussi <strong>de</strong>s visées du programme<br />
même ainsi que <strong>de</strong> la recherche conçue pour en permettre l’évaluation et lui<br />
servir d’appui partout au Canada.<br />
Le <strong>de</strong>rnier article <strong>de</strong> Mark Bellis et Karen Hughes traite <strong>de</strong> l’approche <strong>de</strong> santé<br />
publique <strong>de</strong>stinée à contrer et à réduire la violence liée à la consommation<br />
d’alcool dans les endroits publics au Royaume-Uni. Cette approche repose sur<br />
la prémisse selon laquelle l’alcool et la violence sont interreliés et sont associés<br />
à <strong>de</strong>s facteurs <strong>de</strong> risque communs. Conséquemment, une réponse globale<br />
s’impose, une approche qui s’inspire du parcours <strong>de</strong> vie et qui combine <strong>de</strong>s<br />
actions précoces et ciblées à <strong>de</strong>s mesures situationnelles axées sur le milieu<br />
environnant. Évi<strong>de</strong>mment, pour qu’une telle approche puisse réussir, il faut
R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Introduction : vers <strong>de</strong>s approches plus globales <strong>de</strong> prévention et <strong>de</strong> sécurité<br />
<br />
faire une utilisation efficace <strong>de</strong> l’information et <strong>de</strong>s partenariats. Les lecteurs<br />
et lectrices seront particulièrement intéressés par certaines <strong>de</strong>s innovations<br />
mises en place au Royaume-Uni et qui pourraient être adaptées ailleurs,<br />
<strong>de</strong> même que par le survol <strong>de</strong> littérature sur ce sujet et par les exemples <strong>de</strong><br />
programmes particuliers.<br />
Malgré la diversité <strong>de</strong>s buts et <strong>de</strong>s approches, les articles contenus dans ce<br />
volume se rejoignent autour <strong>de</strong> quelques enjeux clés. Le premier enjeu est<br />
l’obligation <strong>de</strong> mieux cibler les interventions et d’attacher plus d’importance à<br />
l’évaluation <strong>de</strong> leurs impacts – il nous faut parvenir à déterminer <strong>de</strong> manière<br />
plus adéquate qui peut pr<strong>of</strong>iter <strong>de</strong> ces interventions, comment elles ai<strong>de</strong>ront,<br />
<strong>de</strong> même que l’endroit et le moment où ces interventions auront les effets les<br />
plus positifs. Pour cela, il faut que nous nous entendions sur les indicateurs<br />
<strong>de</strong> réussite (ou d’échec) et sur la nature <strong>de</strong>s données qui nous permettront<br />
d’évaluer nos progrès dans différents champs d’activité. Il nous faut relever un<br />
défi important à ce chapitre, celui <strong>de</strong> parvenir à un équilibre entre le droit à la<br />
vie privée et notre désir d’obtenir l’information requise pour nous permettre<br />
d’i<strong>de</strong>ntifier les personnes ou les situations présentant un niveau <strong>de</strong> risque élevé<br />
ainsi que pour optimiser l’efficacité <strong>de</strong>s interventions et l’utilisation efficiente<br />
<strong>de</strong>s ressources.<br />
dans bien <strong>de</strong>s cas, peuvent accompagner le fait d’être i<strong>de</strong>ntifié comme cible<br />
d’intervention. Un fait <strong>de</strong>meure : il existe dans la plupart <strong>de</strong>s collectivités une<br />
certaine méfiance, voire réticence, à accepter <strong>de</strong>s interventions <strong>de</strong> l’extérieur. Il<br />
y a donc un certains nombre d’enjeux pratiques et éthiques à considérer.<br />
Il n’existe qu’un rapport superficiel entre les enjeux décrits ci-<strong>de</strong>ssus et les<br />
articles contenus dans ce volume et nous sommes du reste convaincus que nos<br />
lecteurs et lectrices sauront puiser dans ce volume beaucoup d’idées permettant<br />
d’informer, d’inspirer et d’orienter leurs efforts futurs.<br />
Parallèlement, le débat se poursuit <strong>de</strong> manière soutenue sur la valeur<br />
relative d’interventions ciblées par rapport à <strong>de</strong>s interventions universelles.<br />
La répartition <strong>de</strong>s facteurs <strong>de</strong> risque et <strong>de</strong> protection porte à croire que <strong>de</strong>s<br />
approches universelles pourraient s’imposer, surtout si l’on tient compte du fait<br />
que la nature réactive du système <strong>de</strong> justice pénale et d’autres systèmes pourrait<br />
entraîner que <strong>de</strong> nombreuses personnes à risque élevé ne soient pas dépistées<br />
ou qu’elles le soient trop tard pour que les interventions actuelles leur soient<br />
bénéfiques. La question du consentement constitue une préoccupation connexe : .<br />
les initiatives ciblées requièrent un consentement plus manifeste <strong>de</strong> la part <strong>de</strong>s<br />
participants et pourraient faire l’objet d’une certaine résistance. Les initiatives<br />
universelles pourraient pour leur part requérir un consentement plus passif,<br />
mais elles pourraient par contre avoir pour résultat que les ressources soient<br />
dirigées vers <strong>de</strong>s gens qui n’ont pas nécessairement besoin <strong>de</strong> l’ai<strong>de</strong> qu’elles<br />
comportent. Il s’agit d’un enjeu politique d’une importance considérable qui<br />
nécessite une discussion plus appr<strong>of</strong>ondie, tant dans les milieux universitaires<br />
que dans la sphère politique.<br />
Finalement, il nous faut aussi parvenir à un équilibre entre notre désir <strong>de</strong><br />
venir en ai<strong>de</strong> aux collectivités (surtout celles qu’on a i<strong>de</strong>ntifiées comme étant à<br />
risque élevé) et notre préoccupation d’éviter l’opprobre et la stigmatisation qui,
Volume 2: pages 7–10<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
IPC<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Towards More Comprehensive<br />
Approaches to Prevention and Safety<br />
Ross Hastings & Melanie Bania<br />
Institute for the Prevention <strong>of</strong> Crime<br />
& Department <strong>of</strong> Criminology<br />
University <strong>of</strong> Ottawa<br />
There is little doubt among either researchers or practitioners that significant<br />
and sustainable reductions in crime and victimization will require more<br />
comprehensive and better financed long term initiatives than is usually the<br />
case now.<br />
It seems that the popularity <strong>of</strong> the notion <strong>of</strong> prevention, and the siren call<br />
<strong>of</strong> community mobilization, have seduced us into thinking that progress<br />
would be relatively rapid: it only required good faith and a rational approach<br />
to gathering and disseminating sound evi<strong>de</strong>nce on what works and how to<br />
implement it. It appears we were somewhat naïve. Progress has been halting<br />
and sporadic, and successes have been difficult to sustain. In addition, it seems<br />
that, to some extent, the ti<strong>de</strong> has turned and that more reactive and punitive<br />
approaches are gaining new momentum, at least in the political sphere and<br />
among the public.<br />
The purpose <strong>of</strong> this volume is to begin addressing this situation. Our goal .<br />
is threefold:<br />
1. We hope to inspire, by providing some concrete examples <strong>of</strong> .<br />
success stories;<br />
2. We hope to inform, by <strong>de</strong>scribing some processes and tools used in<br />
successful efforts to mobilize communities, and some evi<strong>de</strong>nce on the<br />
impact <strong>of</strong> the programs in question; and<br />
3. We hope to gui<strong>de</strong>, by trying to i<strong>de</strong>ntify some key ingredients <strong>of</strong> success<br />
and some <strong>of</strong> the pitfalls and challenges that others may have to avoid.
I P C R e v i e w 2<br />
Towards More Comprehensive Approaches to Prevention and Safety<br />
<br />
This volume begins with an article by Wanda Jamieson on the potential and<br />
the limits <strong>of</strong> community mobilization for prevention. Her argument is that,<br />
given the shortage <strong>of</strong> good evaluation research in this area, we are still largely<br />
working on the basis <strong>of</strong> faith in the i<strong>de</strong>a <strong>of</strong> the power <strong>of</strong> communities. There<br />
is still little agreement on how to <strong>de</strong>fine and operationalize the concept <strong>of</strong><br />
‘community’, especially in terms <strong>of</strong> needs, capacities and responsibilities. There<br />
is also much to be learned about what exactly communities can and cannot do.<br />
The result is that our policy expectations may be unrealistic and even unfair to<br />
the very communities we are trying to assist and support.<br />
The next two articles report on two examples <strong>of</strong> the exciting work on community<br />
mobilization in Quebec in recent years. The first by Pierre Maurice, Julie<br />
Laforest, Louise Marie Bouchard and Monique Rainville, reports on some <strong>of</strong><br />
the work by the Institut national <strong>de</strong> santé publique du Québec (INSPQ) and<br />
their attempt to assist in <strong>de</strong>veloping a holistic approach to community safety.<br />
The basic premise is that many health and safety problems share common risk<br />
factors, and that a comprehensive response is required if communities are to<br />
succeed. The article <strong>de</strong>scribes some <strong>of</strong> the tools <strong>de</strong>veloped by the INSPQ to<br />
help communities mobilize effectively using a setting-oriented approach, and<br />
provi<strong>de</strong>s three concrete illustrations <strong>of</strong> local successes and challenges to date.<br />
The article by Sylvie Hamel, Marie-Marthe Cousineau and Martine Vézina<br />
focuses on a specific case <strong>of</strong> mobilization against gang activities in three<br />
communities in the Montreal area. Their argument is that a key challenge<br />
in mobilizing local communities is to overcome the suspicion and mistrust <strong>of</strong><br />
locals about intervention from outsi<strong>de</strong> or about who will win (or lose) from a<br />
new initiative. The article emphasizes the key role <strong>of</strong> local liaison <strong>of</strong>ficers in this<br />
process. They are essential in establishing the credibility <strong>of</strong> an initiative and<br />
its proponents, taking on the administration <strong>of</strong> an initiative, assuring conflict<br />
resolution when necessary, building partnerships and sustaining momentum.<br />
These agents are critical to bringing communities to a point where they are<br />
willing and able to participate.<br />
The next three articles report on specific programs or initiatives. Robert<br />
Flynn’s work discusses Communities that Care (CTC), and their attempt to<br />
help communities plan, implement and sustain multi-level initiatives that<br />
address multiple risk and protective factors among youth in or<strong>de</strong>r to promote<br />
their positive <strong>de</strong>velopment. The article reviews the theoretical basis <strong>of</strong> CTC,<br />
<strong>de</strong>scribes their five stage implementation process, and reviews the available<br />
evaluation research on CTC processes and outcomes, with a particular focus<br />
on work in Canada. The results to date are very promising.<br />
The article by Claire Crooks, David Wolfe, Ray Hughes, Peter Jaffe and Debbie<br />
Chiodo reviews the Fourth R (R for relationships), a comprehensive schoolbased<br />
program aimed at addressing violence, substance abuse and sexual health<br />
by helping young people <strong>de</strong>velop better relationship and <strong>de</strong>cision-making<br />
skills. The focus <strong>of</strong> the article is on the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> the curriculum-based<br />
program and the evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based principles upon which it rests, and on the<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> the program in Canada to date. It <strong>de</strong>scribes some <strong>of</strong> the<br />
promising results so far regarding both the implementation <strong>of</strong> the program and<br />
its impacts, and discusses future plans for the program itself and the research<br />
<strong>de</strong>signed to assess and support it throughout Canada.<br />
The final article by Mark Bellis and Karen Hughes <strong>de</strong>scribes a public health<br />
approach to addressing and reducing alcohol related violence in public places in<br />
the United Kingdom. The premise <strong>of</strong> the approach is that alcohol and violence<br />
are interconnected and share common risk factors. A comprehensive response<br />
is therefore required, one that uses a “life course” approach and combines<br />
targeted early interventions with environmentally-oriented situational<br />
measures. Obviously, such an approach requires effective intelligence and<br />
partnerships. Rea<strong>de</strong>rs will be particularly interested in the innovations in<br />
the UK that might be adapted elsewhere, and in the overviews <strong>of</strong> both the<br />
literature in this area and <strong>of</strong> examples <strong>of</strong> specific programs.<br />
In spite <strong>of</strong> the diversity <strong>of</strong> goals and approaches, the articles in this volume do<br />
coalesce around a few key issues. The first is the imperative to better target<br />
interventions and to pay more attention to assessing their impact – we need<br />
to get better at knowing who can benefit, how they can be helped, and where<br />
and when interventions will have the most impact. This requires agreement<br />
on the indicators <strong>of</strong> success (or failure) and on the types <strong>of</strong> data that will allow<br />
us to assess our progress in different areas. A key dimension in this area is the<br />
challenge <strong>of</strong> balancing the right to privacy with the <strong>de</strong>sire for the information<br />
required to i<strong>de</strong>ntify high risk situations or individuals, and to maximize the<br />
effectiveness <strong>of</strong> interventions and the efficient use <strong>of</strong> resources.<br />
At the same time, there is an ongoing <strong>de</strong>bate about the relative value <strong>of</strong><br />
“targeted” as opposed to “universal” interventions that are <strong>of</strong>fered more wi<strong>de</strong>ly.<br />
The nature <strong>of</strong> the distribution <strong>of</strong> risk and protective factors suggests that<br />
universal approaches may be required, especially since the reactive nature <strong>of</strong><br />
the criminal justice and other systems can result in many high risk individuals<br />
either being missed or being i<strong>de</strong>ntified too late for current prevention efforts to<br />
be effective. A related concern is the issue <strong>of</strong> consent: targeted initiatives require<br />
more active consent from participants and may run into resistance at this level.
10 I P C R e v i e w 2<br />
Universal initiatives, on the other hand, require only passive consent but may<br />
result in resources being directed to people who do not necessarily need the<br />
“help”. This is a political issue <strong>of</strong> consi<strong>de</strong>rable importance, and it requires a<br />
great <strong>de</strong>al more <strong>de</strong>bate in both the aca<strong>de</strong>mic and the political sphere.<br />
A related issue is the need to balance the <strong>de</strong>sire to assist communities (especially<br />
those i<strong>de</strong>ntified as “high risk”) with the concern to avoid the negative stigma<br />
that can <strong>of</strong>ten accompany being i<strong>de</strong>ntified as a target <strong>of</strong> intervention efforts.<br />
The reality is that most communities are suspicious and even resistant to<br />
outsi<strong>de</strong> intervention, and there are a number <strong>of</strong> important issues to keep in<br />
mind, including some ethical consi<strong>de</strong>rations.<br />
These issues only scratch the surface <strong>of</strong> the articles in this volume, and .<br />
we are confi<strong>de</strong>nt that rea<strong>de</strong>rs will find much to inform, inspire and gui<strong>de</strong><br />
future efforts.<br />
Factors Related to Successful<br />
Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities<br />
for Crime Prevention<br />
Wanda Jamieson<br />
JHG Consulting<br />
R é s u m é<br />
Volume 2: pages 11–33<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Cet article examine certains facteurs liés à la réussite <strong>de</strong>s efforts <strong>de</strong><br />
mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s collectivités en vue <strong>de</strong> prévenir la criminalité. Il se penche<br />
sur le concept <strong>de</strong> mobilisation communautaire et sur les attentes qui s’y<br />
rattachent au chapitre <strong>de</strong>s politiques relatives au rôle <strong>de</strong>s collectivités<br />
en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité ; il met en lumière certains <strong>de</strong>s enjeux<br />
fondamentaux et <strong>de</strong>s obstacles qui se sont dégagés d’expériences récentes<br />
<strong>de</strong> mobilisation <strong>de</strong> collectivités pour prévenir la criminalité au Canada et<br />
ailleurs ; il s’interroge sur ce que nous enseignent ces expériences au sujet <strong>de</strong><br />
la mobilisation communautaire à l’égard <strong>de</strong> la prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité. Il<br />
prend fin sur une discussion <strong>de</strong>s facteurs qui contribuent à une mobilisation<br />
efficace et qui pourraient orienter les efforts <strong>de</strong> mobilisation futurs.<br />
A b s t r a c t<br />
This paper explores factors related to successful mobilization <strong>of</strong><br />
communities for crime prevention. It explores the concept <strong>of</strong> community<br />
mobilization and the related policy expectations regarding the role <strong>of</strong><br />
communities in crime prevention; highlights key issues and challenges that<br />
have emerged as a result <strong>of</strong> recent experiences in mobilizing communities<br />
for crime prevention in Canada and elsewhere; and, reflects on what can<br />
be learned about community mobilization for crime prevention from these<br />
experiences. It conclu<strong>de</strong>s with a discussion <strong>of</strong> factors that contribute to<br />
successful mobilization which could gui<strong>de</strong> future mobilization efforts.
12 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 13<br />
Introduction<br />
It is largely taken for granted that communities have an important role to play<br />
in preventing crime and fostering community safety. Crime control agendas in<br />
most western <strong>de</strong>mocracies reflect this view and un<strong>de</strong>rscore the importance <strong>of</strong><br />
community engagement and participation and partnerships. This expectation<br />
is based on the wi<strong>de</strong>ly-held belief that many crime and community safety<br />
issues emerge from local, specific contexts and thus are rightfully “owned” at<br />
the community level. Locals experience crime problems first hand and thus<br />
have valuable knowledge that may be critical to the success <strong>of</strong> an intervention.<br />
Moreover, the long term success and sustainability <strong>of</strong> positive changes are seen<br />
as inextricably linked to the level <strong>of</strong> community involvement and ownership<br />
<strong>of</strong> strategies – particularly when institutional resources to address crime .<br />
are scarce.<br />
Over the years, various strategies have attempted to mobilize communities for<br />
crime prevention. In Canada, interest in community mobilization for crime<br />
prevention began to gather momentum in the 1980s, particularly in relation<br />
to evolving community policing and community safety strategies. In 1994,<br />
the fe<strong>de</strong>ral government initiated the National Strategy on Community Safety<br />
and Crime Prevention, explicitly promoting integrated action and assistance to<br />
communities to help them <strong>de</strong>velop and implement community-based solutions<br />
to crime problems. In particular, the Strategy’s Community Mobilization<br />
Program supported a range <strong>of</strong> activities to assist communities in addressing<br />
local crime and victimization issues – particularly those communities <strong>de</strong>emed<br />
to be ‘high risk/high needs.’ The current fe<strong>de</strong>ral “Blueprint for Effective<br />
Crime Prevention” (NCPC, 2007) continues to acknowledge the importance<br />
<strong>of</strong> community-based crime prevention through the Crime Prevention Action<br />
Fund (CPAF). <br />
The purpose <strong>of</strong> this article is to reflect on efforts to mobilize communities.<br />
It will specifically address the following questions:<br />
• What is community mobilization for crime prevention?<br />
• What are the policy expectations concerning community involvement .<br />
in preventing crime?<br />
• What are the issues and challenges in this area?<br />
• What more do we need to learn about how to successfully mobilize<br />
communities?<br />
See “Blueprint for Effective Crime Prevention” at www.publicsafety.gc.ca/prg/cp/_fl/bp-en.pdf<br />
This article builds on a study <strong>of</strong> community mobilization and crime<br />
prevention commissioned by the National Crime Prevention Centre in .<br />
2001 (Hastings & Jamieson, 2001). This study inclu<strong>de</strong>d a review <strong>of</strong><br />
published and grey literature on community mobilization and capacity<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment, which was subsequently updated in August, 2007 with the<br />
support <strong>of</strong> the Institute for the Prevention <strong>of</strong> Crime. The 2001 study also<br />
inclu<strong>de</strong>d consultations with community mobilization experts, including<br />
government <strong>of</strong>ficials, aca<strong>de</strong>mics and practitioners, in a variety <strong>of</strong> sectors<br />
and disciplines. The current article also incorporates insights from<br />
Action for Neighbourhood Change (ANC), an action research initiative on<br />
neighbourhood revitalization un<strong>de</strong>rtaken by the United Way <strong>of</strong> Canada –<br />
Centrai<strong>de</strong> Canada, The Caledon Institute <strong>of</strong> <strong>Social</strong> Policy, and Tamarack –<br />
An Institute for Community Engagement from spring 2005 to spring<br />
2007. The project took place in five Canadian neighbourhoods located<br />
in the cities <strong>of</strong> Halifax, Toronto, Thun<strong>de</strong>r Bay, Regina and Surrey. This<br />
project has generated a wealth <strong>of</strong> knowledge about the theory, <strong>de</strong>sign<br />
and implementation <strong>of</strong> integrated, collaborative policies and strategies to<br />
revitalize “distressed” neighbourhoods and address a range <strong>of</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> life<br />
issues. In this article, insights on community mobilization processes from<br />
this project, as seen through the lens <strong>of</strong> crime prevention, are highlighted.<br />
What is Community Mobilization for Crime Prevention?<br />
“It’s not much different from community <strong>de</strong>velopment – it refers to<br />
communities that have got some support and resources to do something…”<br />
“What you are trying to do is enable (empower) people and encourage and<br />
inspire community members and lea<strong>de</strong>rs to work together…”<br />
“It is the ‘how’ – bringing resources to bear on the goal.”<br />
“It’s about community engagement.”<br />
“Community mobilization involves breaking down barriers to connect<br />
people so as to connect assets that you need to create a sturdy platform<br />
for action…”<br />
– Comments from consultation participants in Hastings & Jamieson (2001).<br />
See www.anccommunity.ca for a full <strong>de</strong>scription <strong>of</strong> this project, including resources and tools produced.<br />
The author conducted a summative evaluation <strong>of</strong> the ANC project and insights from that study are also<br />
consi<strong>de</strong>red in this discussion on community mobilization for crime prevention.
14 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 15<br />
There is a consensus, based on scientific evi<strong>de</strong>nce, that “communities matter”<br />
in crime prevention (Schuck & Rosenbaum, 2006; Sherman, Farrington,<br />
Welsh, & MacKenzie, 2002). Yet, <strong>de</strong>spite a great <strong>de</strong>al <strong>of</strong> attention to the role <strong>of</strong><br />
community in crime prevention, the scholarship on community mobilization<br />
for crime prevention is limited. Because <strong>of</strong> the lack <strong>of</strong> rigorous studies,<br />
community mobilization for crime prevention remains largely <strong>of</strong> “unknown<br />
effect” (Walsh & Hoshi, 2002). The literature reviewed for this article revealed<br />
that this lack <strong>of</strong> focussed study on community mobilization is not unique to<br />
the crime prevention world. In<strong>de</strong>ed, there is no single <strong>de</strong>finition <strong>of</strong> the term<br />
or theoretical framework for community mobilization, regardless <strong>of</strong> the field<br />
<strong>of</strong> interest, be it health, education, social service, international <strong>de</strong>velopment or<br />
the environment (Hastings & Jamieson, 2001).<br />
Turning to the broa<strong>de</strong>r literature on community <strong>de</strong>velopment, common<br />
<strong>de</strong>finitions and theoretical concepts are still lacking in this multidisciplinary<br />
field (Husted<strong>de</strong> & Ganowicz, 2002; Poppel & Quinney, 2002). The term<br />
“community mobilization” quickly blends and blurs with other terms and<br />
related processes, such as community-building, capacity <strong>de</strong>velopment, citizen<br />
engagement and participation (Banks & Shenton, 2001). In practice, these<br />
processes are relatively fluid parts <strong>of</strong> the dynamics <strong>of</strong> community <strong>de</strong>velopment<br />
and change. They frequently overlap in practice. As our consultation process<br />
also revealed, policy makers and practitioners un<strong>de</strong>rstand and apply the term<br />
in many different ways, including as a strategy, technique and an outcome<br />
(Hastings & Jamieson, 2001).<br />
In practice, community mobilization in the crime prevention context has<br />
focussed on efforts to muster community members to participate in carrying<br />
out a largely pre-set agenda, or has been vaguely interpreted to mean the<br />
assembling <strong>of</strong> local resources to address local problems through a range <strong>of</strong><br />
programs and strategies (Schuck & Rosenbaum, 2006). A few scholars have<br />
begun to cast crime prevention in the community <strong>de</strong>velopment frame (Lane<br />
& Henry, 2001 and 2004). Although more work is required to <strong>de</strong>velop a fully<br />
integrated framework for un<strong>de</strong>rstanding community mobilization, for the<br />
purposes <strong>of</strong> this paper community mobilization is un<strong>de</strong>rstood in broad terms<br />
as a process <strong>of</strong> preparing a “community” for action and change (Hastings &<br />
Jamieson, 2001). It is also important to acknowledge that much more work is<br />
required to evaluate the role and effectiveness <strong>of</strong> community mobilization as a<br />
tool in crime prevention.<br />
Mobilizing Communities for Crime Prevention<br />
Sifting through the literature and experience to date, it is possible to distinguish<br />
three key, interrelated types <strong>of</strong> efforts to mobilize communities for crime<br />
prevention, each <strong>of</strong> which is linked to a specific agenda:<br />
• Mobilization in support <strong>of</strong> law enforcement to reduce and prevent crime<br />
(typically initiated and led by police agencies);<br />
• Mobilization to advance change within the criminal justice sector<br />
(typically initiated and led by interest-specific community activists<br />
or groups); and<br />
• Mobilization to advance a broa<strong>de</strong>r vision <strong>of</strong> community safety and<br />
well being (initiated in a variety <strong>of</strong> ways, and typically led by a broa<strong>de</strong>r<br />
collective or coalition <strong>of</strong> institutional players and community members).<br />
An overview <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> these types <strong>of</strong> mobilization efforts is provi<strong>de</strong>d below.<br />
Community Mobilization in Support <strong>of</strong> Law Enforcement<br />
Community mobilization emerged as an important policing tool in the late<br />
1980s with the emergence <strong>of</strong> community policing (Rosenbaum, 2007). By<br />
using tactics such as foot patrols and neighbourhood mini-stations, law<br />
enforcement <strong>of</strong>ficials sought to increase access to local knowledge, improve<br />
police-community relations and engage citizens as active participants in service<br />
<strong>de</strong>livery. Community advisory committees, citizen patrols and neighbourhood,<br />
street or rural watch programs are early examples <strong>of</strong> this type <strong>of</strong> mobilization<br />
to reduce opportunities for crime, and increase community solidarity. Shifting<br />
more responsibility on resi<strong>de</strong>nts themselves to address problems <strong>of</strong> crime in<br />
their own neighbourhoods was seen as a particularly attractive strategy for<br />
reducing opportunities for crime in the face <strong>of</strong> diminished resources for<br />
policing services.<br />
Over time, community mobilization efforts initiated by law enforcement have<br />
become more strategic in nature, concentrating on mobilizing resi<strong>de</strong>nts in<br />
troubled neighbourhoods and crime “hot spots.” (Rosenbaum, 2007; Shuck<br />
& Rosenbaum, 2006). For example, the City Heights Neighborhood Alliance<br />
project led by the San Diego Police Department aimed to “mobilize” resi<strong>de</strong>nt<br />
participation to address crime problems, train community members to address<br />
neighborhood safety and quality <strong>of</strong> life issues, improve collaboration between<br />
institutional players and the community and <strong>de</strong>velop a sustainable approach<br />
to neighbourhood organization and management (Stewart-Brown, 2001).
16 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 17<br />
Similarly, the Toronto Police Services’ Community Mobilization Program seeks to<br />
“i<strong>de</strong>ntify shared community values, and to support and empower communities<br />
to build the capacity necessary to resist and/or prevent crime and disor<strong>de</strong>r”<br />
(Toronto Police Service, 2007) through community-based workshops. In<br />
the United Kingdom, the New Deal for Communities strategies aim to foster<br />
community involvement by training local resi<strong>de</strong>nts in problem-oriented policing<br />
in an attempt to boost the community’s involvement and increase its capacity to<br />
solve its own problems (Adamson, 2004; Crawford & Lister, 2004).<br />
At the same time, research questions the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> these mobilizing<br />
strategies in preventing crime, particularly in troubled neighbourhoods and<br />
when police-community relations are strained (Schuck & Rosenbaum, 2007).<br />
These efforts also require police <strong>of</strong>ficers to take time to acquire local knowledge<br />
by getting to know resi<strong>de</strong>nts and by building and sustaining relationships<br />
within the community (Crawford & Lister, 2004). Yet doing this has proved<br />
challenging, and police are <strong>of</strong>ten left won<strong>de</strong>ring why citizens do not become<br />
involved (Wells, Schafer, & Varano, 2006). One possible explanation is that<br />
policing organizational culture views law enforcement as “real policing” and<br />
un<strong>de</strong>rvalues or is resistant to community work (Adamson, 2004). Another<br />
is the limited knowledge about what actually influences citizens to become<br />
and stay involved, and the strategies that may effectively engage them (Wells<br />
et al., 2006). Nevertheless, policing strategies infused with the philosophy<br />
<strong>of</strong> community policing and the commitment to work together with resi<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
continue to <strong>of</strong>fer “hope” (Comack & Silver, 2006).<br />
Community Mobilization to Advance<br />
Change Within the Criminal Justice Sector<br />
Grass-roots movements have a history <strong>of</strong> employing community mobilization<br />
tools to challenge the status quo and <strong>de</strong>velop alternative strategies for action<br />
within the criminal justice sector. For example, beginning in the 1960s,<br />
women’s groups in many communities began to coalesce and mobilize to<br />
raise public awareness about violence against women and to advocate for<br />
the need for prevention and an improved criminal justice response to this<br />
issue. Over time, activists and advocates have become increasingly involved in<br />
collaborative attempts with the justice system to change policies and practices<br />
so that institutional structures and processes are more responsive to the needs<br />
<strong>of</strong> diverse populations. Efforts to make Canada’s criminal justice system more<br />
sensitive and responsive to the social context, such as the circumstances <strong>of</strong><br />
Aboriginal Peoples and ethno-cultural groups, are other examples.<br />
Community Mobilization to Advance<br />
Community Safety and Well-being<br />
“The purpose <strong>of</strong> community mobilization is to facilitate change within the<br />
community to alter the basic patterns <strong>of</strong> social interaction, values, customs,<br />
and institutions in ways that will significantly improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life<br />
in a community. …[it] attempts to change the everyday environment in<br />
communities in ways that will result in better outcomes for everyone living<br />
within a <strong>de</strong>signated geographic areas.”<br />
– Office <strong>of</strong> Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention,<br />
Mo<strong>de</strong>l Programs Gui<strong>de</strong> (2007).<br />
“It’s a better term than community <strong>de</strong>velopment, but it <strong>de</strong>pends on what<br />
assumptions are used and where a community is starting. Real community<br />
mobilization and change is a long-term process…e.g. 20 years.”<br />
– Comment from consultation participant in Hastings & Jamieson (2001).<br />
With the emergence <strong>of</strong> the concept <strong>of</strong> crime prevention through social<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment (CPSD) in the mid 1980s, community mobilization for crime<br />
prevention was integrated into the larger enterprise <strong>of</strong> addressing the “root<br />
causes” <strong>of</strong> crime. CPSD linked community mobilization for crime prevention<br />
to larger community <strong>de</strong>velopment frameworks which focused on a broa<strong>de</strong>r<br />
vision <strong>of</strong> community safety and well-being and engaged a wi<strong>de</strong>r range <strong>of</strong><br />
actors from both within and outsi<strong>de</strong> the community. Targeted interventions<br />
to address individual risk factors, integrated social polices and programs to<br />
reduce the structural inequalities that contribute to crime, and strategies<br />
to mobilize and engage communities in the enterprise <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>veloping<br />
healthier and safer communities all came to the fore. In Canada, much <strong>of</strong><br />
the impetus for community mobilization can be attributed to the National<br />
Crime Prevention Strategy which provi<strong>de</strong>d community-oriented project<br />
funding to mobilize communities and to increase their capacity to prevent<br />
crime problems. Unfortunately, there have been few systematic scientific<br />
evaluations <strong>of</strong> these projects; much <strong>of</strong> the enthusiasm for community<br />
mobilization around crime issues is still based on faith rather than on a<br />
rigorous un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> what works.<br />
Projects aimed at quality <strong>of</strong> life improvements to communities, such as Action<br />
for Neighbourhood Change, Vibrant Communities, and the Comprehensive<br />
A national action-learning initiative including a range <strong>of</strong> communities across Canada, and focused on<br />
reducing poverty through multisectoral and comprehensive efforts. See www.vibrantcommunities.ca.
18 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 19<br />
Community Initiatives movement, have begun to tease out principles to gui<strong>de</strong><br />
effective mobilization and community-building work. Since these approaches<br />
are horizontally and vertically complex, involve a multiplicity <strong>of</strong> factors, and<br />
encompass diverse and dynamic interventions, it should be <strong>of</strong> no surprise<br />
that the knowledge base is taking time to <strong>de</strong>velop. The need to further<br />
advance a common language and theoretical un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> community<br />
change and improve capacity to qualitatively and quantitatively evaluate a<br />
broad range <strong>of</strong> outcomes (issues i<strong>de</strong>ntified well over a <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong> ago by Kubisch,<br />
Weiss, Schorr, & Connell, 1995) is still pressing, and requires our further<br />
attention and investment.<br />
Mobilization Techniques and Processes<br />
No two communities are alike, and as a result, mobilization efforts across<br />
communities are context sensitive and tend to differ in orientation and<br />
approach. Community mobilization draws on a range <strong>of</strong> techniques and<br />
processes to organize and assemble a community’s resources for action.<br />
Assessing the local context and motivation and readiness for action and<br />
change through listening, learning and information gathering is a key starting<br />
point (Gorman, 2007; Hastings & Jamieson, 2001; Levitan-Reid, 2006).<br />
Community mobilization is a dynamic process, and there is frequently a great<br />
<strong>de</strong>al <strong>of</strong> overlap and interplay between the stages within community change<br />
processes. Who “leads” the mobilization effort, the style <strong>of</strong> lea<strong>de</strong>rship, and<br />
the relationship <strong>of</strong> the community to that lea<strong>de</strong>rship are also very important<br />
factors (Torjman, 2007a).<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the common features <strong>of</strong> community mobilization efforts is a focus<br />
on communication, engagement and outreach. The Action for Neighbourhood<br />
Change project provi<strong>de</strong>s various examples <strong>of</strong> commonly used mobilization<br />
techniques. For example, door-to-door outreach to explore issues and i<strong>de</strong>ntify<br />
resi<strong>de</strong>nt concerns helped to engage resi<strong>de</strong>nts in several <strong>of</strong> the Action for<br />
Neighbourhood Change project neighbourhoods. Community meetings and<br />
events to encourage dialogue and discussion (ranging from kitchen table<br />
meetings to community hall events) were a starting point for resi<strong>de</strong>nts to think<br />
about and share their views on problems <strong>of</strong> local concern (Levitan-Reid, 2006).<br />
Creating interagency dialogue and linkages early on in the mobilization process<br />
also helped pave the way for <strong>de</strong>veloping future relationships and partnerships<br />
among and across institutions and services. These early efforts also helped to<br />
strengthen the broa<strong>de</strong>r “systems <strong>of</strong> support” necessary for community work to<br />
flourish (Gorman, 2007).<br />
In the ANC example, mobilization efforts were also closely linked with capacity<br />
strengthening efforts. Skills training for community resi<strong>de</strong>nts in problem<br />
solving, strategic planning, conflict management, and community organization<br />
were particularly helpful in empowering resi<strong>de</strong>nts and opened the door for them<br />
to become fully involved in project tasks such as planning and organization,<br />
animation and facilitation, and research (Gorman, 2007; Levitan-Reid, 2006).<br />
Much attention has been paid to assessing the formal and informal capacities<br />
<strong>of</strong> a community. Asset mapping exercises have become a core methodology<br />
for community work in this area (Torjman, 2007a). This inclu<strong>de</strong>s i<strong>de</strong>ntifying<br />
formal and informal community lea<strong>de</strong>rship capacities and networks for<br />
change. Efforts to rebuild, revitalize and strengthen communities so that they<br />
are safer and healthier places to live have also spawned a virtual industry <strong>of</strong><br />
“how to” tools and resources on community-building. These inclu<strong>de</strong> a range<br />
<strong>of</strong> i<strong>de</strong>as that can inform and help shape community mobilization processes<br />
(see Kretzmann & McKnight, 1993; Kretzmann, McKnight, Dobrowolski,<br />
& Puntenney, 2005). <br />
In practice, community <strong>de</strong>velopment practitioners typically refine and adapt<br />
a range <strong>of</strong> tools and techniques to specific community contexts and through<br />
“dialogue and observation they seek to uncover what works and what does not”<br />
(Levitan-Reid, 2006). Systematic study and evaluation <strong>of</strong> how community<br />
engagement, mobilization, and capacity <strong>de</strong>velopment tools and techniques are<br />
actually used, and <strong>of</strong> their effectiveness within community change processes,<br />
would still be beneficial.<br />
Expectations for Involving Communities<br />
for Crime Prevention<br />
Expectations for community involvement in crime prevention are expressed<br />
in various ways. Community resi<strong>de</strong>nts may be called upon to help <strong>of</strong>ficials<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntify community safety priorities and work with institutions and agencies<br />
to ensure that these priorities are addressed. Among other things, they may be<br />
asked to volunteer on municipal crime prevention councils and citizen advisory<br />
committees, participate in neighbourhood safety audits and patrols and join<br />
in on clean ups <strong>of</strong> public spaces and playgrounds. Community meetings are<br />
convened to solicit their views on what is wrong – and what can be changed – in<br />
their communities.<br />
Also see the University <strong>of</strong> Kansas Community Tool Box at http://ctb.ku.edu/en/. In Canada, projects<br />
such as Vibrant Communities (www.tamarackcommunity.ca) and Action for Neighbourhood Change<br />
(www.anccommunity.ca) have <strong>de</strong>veloped resources and tools to facilitate community engagement and<br />
community-building, based on experiences and learnings from Canadian communities.
20 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 21<br />
Governments, for their part, foster the “working in partnership” enterprise,<br />
encouraging interagency coordination and collaboration, and <strong>of</strong>fering project<br />
funding, tools and resources to support communities in tackling specific crime<br />
problems. Local institutions and service provi<strong>de</strong>rs are given incentives to link,<br />
partner and work together and may take on ‘intermediary’ or bridging roles<br />
between various players and resi<strong>de</strong>nts.<br />
Meaning <strong>of</strong> “Community” in the Crime Prevention Context<br />
While there has been a lot <strong>of</strong> enthusiasm about the role <strong>of</strong> the community in<br />
crime prevention, the use and benefits <strong>of</strong> “community” as a policy instrument<br />
in preventing and controlling crime have also been criticized (Crawford,<br />
1995; Hastings, 2005). Many <strong>of</strong> the basic issues surrounding community<br />
mobilization for crime prevention relate to more fundamental questions and<br />
tensions about the role <strong>of</strong> community and its use as a policy instrument. It<br />
is worthwhile to briefly reflect on the meaning <strong>of</strong> community in the crime<br />
prevention context.<br />
Historically, the “community” has always been an important theme in crime<br />
prevention and social control. Community has been i<strong>de</strong>ntified as both a cause<br />
<strong>of</strong>, and a solution to, crime problems. These problems are frequently associated<br />
with the notion <strong>of</strong> loss <strong>of</strong> community and its attendant problems <strong>of</strong> social<br />
disruption, disorganization and isolation.<br />
Paradoxically, during the same period <strong>of</strong> lament over the loss <strong>of</strong> community,<br />
<strong>de</strong>centralization, diversion, <strong>de</strong>-institutionalization and <strong>de</strong>carceration strategies<br />
have been put in place, shifting much <strong>of</strong> the bur<strong>de</strong>n <strong>of</strong> responsibility for<br />
addressing crime problems to the community (Cohen, 1985; Crawford, 1995;<br />
Rochefort, Rosenberg, & White, 1998). The notion that “community” is a<br />
resource that can be tapped, or to which the responsibility for crime and social<br />
control can be <strong>de</strong>volved, is very attractive to authorities (Crawford, 1995). The<br />
claim that community-based responses are more efficient and cost-effective<br />
than institutional ones is compelling to the state and individual taxpayers<br />
alike. It is also a claim that shifts the responsibility to the local community<br />
and, by so doing, directs attention away from the limited successes <strong>of</strong> state<br />
institutions in controlling crime and reducing victimization.<br />
In a general way, the focus on community has also been seen as a way <strong>of</strong><br />
rekindling civic engagement, with the expectation that it will result in<br />
outcomes such as a more vibrant and civil society, better policy making, and<br />
stronger communities (Philips & Orsini, 2002). At the same time, a growing<br />
body <strong>of</strong> scholarship i<strong>de</strong>ntifies an alternative motivation behind the state’s<br />
focus on community involvement and engagement on issues <strong>of</strong> community<br />
safety and crime prevention. For example, to Crawford (1995), the move<br />
signals a shirking <strong>of</strong> responsibility on the part <strong>of</strong> governments to address and<br />
respond to local concerns related to crime and crime prevention. Moreover,<br />
implicating citizens in the process can lead to a wi<strong>de</strong>r penetration <strong>of</strong> social<br />
control (Crawford, 1995).<br />
Why, from a policy perspective, has the shift to community been so appealing?<br />
As Rochefort et al. (1998) note, community functions as a policy instrument<br />
on several levels. By appealing to the “community,” policy makers have a<br />
“legitimate” means <strong>of</strong> bypassing established power structures and institutional<br />
arrangements, including those put in place by other or<strong>de</strong>rs <strong>of</strong> government.<br />
Community can also be used as a means <strong>of</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntifying or selecting sites for<br />
intervention and service. Alternatively, the community itself can be <strong>de</strong>fined<br />
as the target <strong>of</strong> intervention or it can serve as a setting for service <strong>de</strong>livery.<br />
Perhaps most compelling, the concept <strong>of</strong> community can provi<strong>de</strong> an i<strong>de</strong>ological<br />
framework for legitimizing diverse systems changes.<br />
The ambiguity <strong>of</strong> the concept <strong>of</strong> community is another reason for its appeal.<br />
This ambiguity makes the concept amenable to numerous interpretations,<br />
thereby ren<strong>de</strong>ring it instrumental to a variety <strong>of</strong> interests. Thus, policy makers<br />
and practitioners <strong>of</strong> various stripes can appropriate the concept and recast it<br />
to suit their own needs. At the same time, its use evokes positive images and<br />
remains virtually risk free:<br />
The rhetoric <strong>of</strong> empowerment and partnership permeates communitybased<br />
policies, implying that these policies reflect the values, interests<br />
and concerns <strong>of</strong> ordinary citizens and neglected groups. (Rochefort et<br />
al., 1998)<br />
In sum, “community” represents an i<strong>de</strong>al policy vehicle since it has broad<br />
appeal, generates positive associations, permits multiple interpretations and<br />
allows representatives <strong>of</strong> different constituencies to claim it as their own.<br />
Issues and Challenges<br />
Community involvement in crime prevention is based on the assumption that<br />
communities can be readied to participate in crime prevention and that when<br />
given the opportunity, they are willing to do so. Yet there are some un<strong>de</strong>rlying<br />
tensions concerning the role <strong>of</strong> “community”.
22 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 23<br />
From the community <strong>de</strong>velopment perspective, self-government, participatory<br />
<strong>de</strong>mocracy, bottom-up <strong>de</strong>cision-making and empowerment at the local level<br />
are <strong>de</strong>sirable and have the potential to contribute to crime prevention (Lane &<br />
Henry, 2004). Yet in practical terms, <strong>de</strong>veloping <strong>de</strong>mocratic, inclusive processes<br />
and finding ways to equitably share power are enormous challenges. It takes<br />
time and a<strong>de</strong>quate support to resi<strong>de</strong>nts to allow them to participate effectively<br />
and <strong>de</strong>velop confi<strong>de</strong>nce in their capacity (Arthurson, 2003). Establishing the<br />
right structures and processes to enable community resi<strong>de</strong>nts to be meaningful<br />
partners and equitably participate alongsi<strong>de</strong> services and agencies has proven<br />
challenging in many neighbourhood regeneration efforts (Torjman, 2007a).<br />
Problems concerning participation are quickly amplified when “hot button”<br />
issues like neighbourhood crime problems are involved. Community policing<br />
and community-based crime prevention schemes in Canada and elsewhere (e.g.<br />
Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States) have long struggled<br />
with the issues <strong>of</strong> getting resi<strong>de</strong>nts to volunteer their time and energy, and <strong>of</strong><br />
creating the conditions for meaningful participation.<br />
From a “governmentality” lens, empowerment <strong>of</strong> the local can be disconcerting<br />
when communities take actions that are not aligned with government priorities,<br />
funding criteria and accountability requirements. Communities may i<strong>de</strong>ntify<br />
immediate crime and safety concerns in their neighbourhood that they expect<br />
the police to address. But, as the Action for Neighbourhood Change project<br />
revealed, <strong>of</strong>ten their priorities require investments that relate to broa<strong>de</strong>r quality<br />
<strong>of</strong> life improvements such as improved garbage pick up, cleaner streets, better<br />
lighting, greener spaces, better housing, improved social services, better policecommunity<br />
relations, employment opportunities, or recreational opportunities<br />
for youth. Many <strong>of</strong> these issues relate to neglect or erosion in community<br />
infrastructure. Asi<strong>de</strong> from volunteer neighbourhood clean-ups, graffiti paintouts<br />
and potlucks (which may have value in their immediate effect and can<br />
also help to bring resi<strong>de</strong>nts together), these issues are difficult for institutional<br />
authorities and services to respond to quickly.<br />
In addition, government funding policies, structures and processes are not<br />
well-equipped to support, or necessarily aligned with, community priorities.<br />
In<strong>de</strong>ed, it is wi<strong>de</strong>ly acknowledged that efforts to horizontally manage issues<br />
which cut across government mandates, streamline funding approaches, and<br />
effectively measure results, require greater improvement (Auditor General <strong>of</strong><br />
Canada, 2005 and 2006). As the Blue Ribbon Panel on Fe<strong>de</strong>ral Grants and<br />
Contribution Programs noted, this inclu<strong>de</strong>s addressing the “morass <strong>of</strong> rules<br />
and red tape that un<strong>de</strong>rmines accountability and hampers sensible reporting<br />
and evaluation” (Lankin & Clark, 2006). Neighbourhood revitalization<br />
projects like ANC and initiatives in other jurisdictions have struggled with<br />
the inherent contradiction between the rhetoric <strong>of</strong> local empowerment and<br />
control and the imperative that projects meet centrally <strong>de</strong>termined funding<br />
criteria and be evaluated against fixed outcome objectives (Diamond, 2004;<br />
Gorman, 2007).<br />
What really needs to be addressed is the mismatch between the rhetoric <strong>of</strong> the<br />
value <strong>of</strong> community involvement and the failure to provi<strong>de</strong> policy support and<br />
the resources and tools nee<strong>de</strong>d to make it happen. As the External Advisory<br />
Committee on Cities and Communities noted in its 2006 report, fundamental<br />
change in the relationship among all or<strong>de</strong>rs <strong>of</strong> government, as well as new<br />
approaches to partnerships, governance and innovative strategies is what is<br />
nee<strong>de</strong>d to truly strengthen community capacity and resiliency. Given the<br />
social, economic and environmental challenges facing many communities<br />
and neighbourhoods, the bigger picture is all about community building and<br />
resiliency. Involving “community” in crime prevention is only a very minor<br />
piece <strong>of</strong> the community change puzzle.<br />
There are also tensions within the community mobilization process itself.<br />
A prerequisite <strong>of</strong> mobilization efforts is that a community be ready, willing<br />
and able to act. The experiences <strong>of</strong> approaches such as Operation Weed and<br />
Seed, an American initiative to “weed out” criminal activity in targeted highcrime<br />
areas and then “seed” the area with social and economic interventions<br />
to stabilize and revitalize the neighbourhood, revealed how challenging it can<br />
be to overcome the lack <strong>of</strong> trust <strong>of</strong> institutional services such as the police<br />
and welfare authorities. Creating appropriate structures and processes for<br />
meaningful and equitable involvement, and sustaining community interest<br />
and momentum are complex and frequently un<strong>de</strong>restimated tasks (Bri<strong>de</strong>nell<br />
& Jesilow, 2005). Fear <strong>of</strong> retaliation by other community members, and<br />
culture and language barriers are other factors that may contribute to isolation<br />
and hamper participation. Negative perceptions and stereotyping <strong>of</strong> resi<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
living in troubled neighbourhoods may also influence the way that institutional<br />
services relate and interact with resi<strong>de</strong>nts. In turn, resi<strong>de</strong>nts may resent the<br />
spotlight on their neighbourhood’s negative characteristics and shy away from<br />
participation to avoid the stigmatization that is <strong>of</strong>ten part and parcel <strong>of</strong> such<br />
initiatives (Miller, 2000; Schuck & Rosenbaum, 2006).<br />
It should not be all that surprising that mobilization efforts go <strong>of</strong>f course or fa<strong>de</strong><br />
away. Some research has begun to focus on individual, neighbourhood, and<br />
other contextual factors that influence citizen involvement and participation in
24 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 25<br />
crime prevention (see, for example, Pattavina, Byrne, & Garcia, 2006; Wells,<br />
Schafer, & Varano, 2006). This research suggests that predictors <strong>of</strong> citizen<br />
involvement are complex and methodologically difficult to disentangle: they<br />
vary <strong>de</strong>pending on neighbourhood risk levels, local crime prevention intents<br />
and approaches, and a host <strong>of</strong> individual and neighbourhood social control<br />
factors. We are thus still a long way from un<strong>de</strong>rstanding the interplay between<br />
these factors and participation, and what actually works.<br />
Factors in “Successful” Mobilization<br />
for Crime Prevention<br />
“Taking a community from ‘zero to mobilization’ takes an incredible<br />
investment, it is not just an experiment.”<br />
– Key informant, Action for Neighbourhood Change Summative Evaluation.<br />
Our un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> the dynamics <strong>of</strong> community change and effective crime<br />
prevention practice needs to grow consi<strong>de</strong>rably. However, based on experience<br />
to date, there are some key points to consi<strong>de</strong>r in guiding future efforts to<br />
mobilize communities for crime prevention.<br />
Mobilization is Not an End in Itself<br />
If mobilization efforts are to be effective, it is important that communities .<br />
focus energy and resources on what is contextually relevant given their<br />
particular circumstances. As Sherman et al. (1997) note, access to accurate<br />
information about their community, and knowledge and information about<br />
what works – or at least what is promising – is also nee<strong>de</strong>d. Practitioners must<br />
work with the community to carefully consi<strong>de</strong>r the context and nature <strong>of</strong><br />
the crime issue being addressed. They should also assure that the particular<br />
prevention method will have the <strong>de</strong>sired results, and specify how the results will<br />
be measured. For example, neighbourhood watch and citizen patrols are among<br />
the most common forms <strong>of</strong> community mobilization for crime prevention, yet<br />
evaluation evi<strong>de</strong>nce suggests that such programs have a negligible effect on<br />
neighbourhood crime, resi<strong>de</strong>nt fear <strong>of</strong> crime, and social cohesion (Rosenbaum,<br />
2007; Shuck & Rosenbaum, 2006). Mobilization efforts linked to a broa<strong>de</strong>r<br />
vision <strong>of</strong> community safety and well-being require comprehensive planning<br />
and resources to implement. As well, patience is nee<strong>de</strong>d as the <strong>de</strong>sired impacts<br />
on crime will likely be incremental – and possibly elusive – for some time.<br />
Have Reasonable Expectations <strong>of</strong> What Can Be Achieved<br />
It also flows that the short and long-term results that can be reasonably expected<br />
from any given mobilization effort should be clearly stated. This should take<br />
into account the nature <strong>of</strong> the issues being addressed, the local community<br />
context, the time and resources available, and how and when results will be<br />
practically measured. This is particularly important in broa<strong>de</strong>r community<br />
initiatives where crime may be one <strong>of</strong> myriad problems to be addressed, and<br />
results – in terms <strong>of</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> life changes – may require fundamental changes<br />
that take a long time to take effect and are challenging to sustain.<br />
Assess Local Conditions, Community<br />
Capacities and Readiness to Change<br />
Close attention to local conditions and community “readiness” to change<br />
is a fundamental requirement for mobilization. In the initial stages <strong>of</strong><br />
mobilization, strategies to assess local conditions, capacities and readiness to<br />
change should focus on engaging in formal and informal conversations and<br />
building connections with community resi<strong>de</strong>nts and institutional players.<br />
As noted previously, door-to-door surveys, as well as small and large group<br />
forums are ways <strong>of</strong> learning more about local conditions and fostering local<br />
lea<strong>de</strong>rship. They are also <strong>of</strong>ten effective ways <strong>of</strong> engaging community resi<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
and institutional players in dialogue on their issues and priorities.<br />
Establishing trust among institutional players and with resi<strong>de</strong>nts is also key<br />
in the early stages <strong>of</strong> mobilization and throughout the process. It is important<br />
that efforts be ma<strong>de</strong> to engage, listen to, and learn from all parts <strong>of</strong> the<br />
community. This may require specialized skills and tools, and a concerted<br />
effort to gather the perspectives <strong>of</strong> marginal populations who resi<strong>de</strong> within<br />
the community. Using culturally-appropriate outreach strategies and tools<br />
in diverse neighbourhoods is very important. Hiring some staff from within<br />
the community who speak the languages and know the cultures can help to<br />
facilitate access to resi<strong>de</strong>nts and foster engagement. At the same time, neutral<br />
yet attentive and skilled outsi<strong>de</strong> “facilitators” may help people to exchange<br />
views in open and constructive ways, and to build common ground (Gorman,<br />
2007; Lane & Henry, 2004; Levitan-Reid, 2006).<br />
Opportunities to integrate and align with the existing community<br />
infrastructure, as well as areas where new infrastructure is required to move<br />
forward should also be i<strong>de</strong>ntified. Strategies to engage and mobilize the<br />
community’s “systems <strong>of</strong> support” – the organizations and agencies mandated
26 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 27<br />
to serve resi<strong>de</strong>nts, as well as the businesses, volunteer organizations, faith<br />
communities, and service clubs that can play a part – should also be consi<strong>de</strong>red.<br />
These organizations and their staff may also require training and ongoing<br />
mentorship to acquire the appropriate knowledge and skills to support and<br />
foster community mobilization efforts.<br />
Capacity Development Investment<br />
Community capacity has been <strong>de</strong>fined in this article as the community’s<br />
relative ability to un<strong>de</strong>rtake collective action (Hastings & Jamieson, 2001).<br />
Capacity inclu<strong>de</strong>s many assets or dimensions, such as (but not limited to): a<br />
shared sense <strong>of</strong> community; individual and collective knowledge, skills and<br />
ability; infrastructure; and enabling policies and systems. Without doubt,<br />
some level <strong>of</strong> capacity is necessary for effective community mobilization.<br />
Moreover, it is wi<strong>de</strong>ly acknowledged that it is always possible to find and<br />
strengthen capacity even in the most troubled communities. An ongoing<br />
challenge is to find ways to i<strong>de</strong>ntify and build on both formal and informal<br />
community capacity. Investment in capacity <strong>de</strong>velopment requires careful<br />
consi<strong>de</strong>ration, and it is important to view community diversity as a strength. As<br />
has been the case in other neighbourhood revitalization efforts, the Action for<br />
Neighbourhood Change project reinforced the lesson that capacity is necessary<br />
for productive neighbourhood revitalization efforts. This capacity can take<br />
time to nurture and <strong>de</strong>velop (Levitan-Reid, 2006). It also <strong>de</strong>monstrated<br />
that skills training and mentorship opportunities for community resi<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
are a valuable way to equip and empower them to participate in efforts to<br />
address local concerns (Gorman, 2007). Resi<strong>de</strong>nts may also be enabled to<br />
take a fuller part in crime prevention activities if education and training on<br />
effective approaches is also available (Adamson, 2004).<br />
Resources<br />
Community mobilization takes time, resources and patience. It is important<br />
to fully plan how much time and what type <strong>of</strong> resources will be required to<br />
achieve measurable results in the community. Time-limited project funding<br />
may play a pivotal role in getting certain things done, but broa<strong>de</strong>r investments<br />
in community infrastructure and partnerships are usually required to sustain<br />
activities over the long term.<br />
Concluding Thoughts<br />
On the surface, community mobilization for crime prevention seems like a<br />
good i<strong>de</strong>a, but we need to be more critical at the outset and ask:<br />
• To what end are communities being mobilized, and to whose agenda .<br />
and interests?<br />
• What results can be expected?<br />
• Is the mobilization effort meaningful, realistic and a good use <strong>of</strong><br />
community energy, resources and time?<br />
• What strategies can best be employed to reach out to resi<strong>de</strong>nts?<br />
• Who should be involved? Why and how?<br />
Many <strong>of</strong> the issues and challenges concerning community mobilization for<br />
crime prevention relate to broa<strong>de</strong>r questions concerning the role <strong>of</strong> community<br />
as a policy instrument. At the public policy level, issues concerning healthy,<br />
safe and sustainable communities are becoming more pressing.<br />
It is crucial that all or<strong>de</strong>rs <strong>of</strong> governments heed calls to work together to<br />
pursue better integrated and forward-looking approaches to quality <strong>of</strong> life<br />
issues in the communities and the neighbourhoods that are being targeted<br />
for intervention. Consi<strong>de</strong>ration <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> “place” and greater<br />
harmonization <strong>of</strong> policies and programs to support community efforts to<br />
pursue their future vision, as recommen<strong>de</strong>d by the Expert Advisory Committee<br />
on Cities and Communities (2006), is a possible starting point for integrated<br />
action. In addition to crafting achievable goals and objectives, this should<br />
involve support for local strategies and networks that can move communities<br />
beyond reliance on pilot and <strong>de</strong>monstration projects.<br />
Meanwhile, on the ground, crime prevention practitioners could learn<br />
more about the process <strong>of</strong> mobilization from neighbourhood revitalization<br />
experiences to date. Especially important is the lesson that crime and safety<br />
issues are likely only one <strong>of</strong> a myriad <strong>of</strong> issues <strong>of</strong> concern to the community.<br />
Although a crime event may be a catalyst for action – it is not necessarily<br />
the driver for change or the most important community priority for change.<br />
Conversely, community <strong>de</strong>velopment and mobilization should not be seen as a<br />
panacea for crime prevention (Lane & Henry, 2004).<br />
Experience shows that successful mobilization processes need to be contextually<br />
relevant, sensitive to the vision and priorities <strong>of</strong> the community (as it emerges<br />
or evolves), inclusive and welcoming to all and relevant to areas where the
28 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 29<br />
community or neighbourhood collectively points its energy. It is important to<br />
build in flexibility and capacity to assess, respond and adapt to the evolving<br />
nature <strong>of</strong> community interests and change. Careful and continual assessment<br />
<strong>of</strong> local conditions, motivations and capacities, and achievable results is<br />
required. A style <strong>of</strong> lea<strong>de</strong>rship that moves away from traditional “lead and<br />
follow” approaches towards one that builds trust and fosters relationship<br />
building within the community, and in relation to existing systems <strong>of</strong> support,<br />
is necessary (Torjman, 2007a).<br />
Another lesson for crime prevention practitioners is the need for better<br />
un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong> community change and the concepts,<br />
processes and techniques that can situate and gui<strong>de</strong> mobilization.<br />
Organizational training and mentorship on theories <strong>of</strong> change, community<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment, community mobilization and capacity <strong>de</strong>velopment could help<br />
to better equip crime prevention practitioners with the knowledge, expertise<br />
and skills nee<strong>de</strong>d to play an effective and appropriate role in community<br />
mobilization efforts. The human dynamics involved in community change<br />
efforts are paramount; learning how to reach out and communicate in<br />
ongoing, inclusive ways is key (Chaskin, 2003).<br />
It is reasonable to believe that community mobilization for crime prevention –<br />
particularly in the broa<strong>de</strong>r frame <strong>of</strong> community <strong>de</strong>velopment – has merit, <strong>de</strong>spite<br />
current gaps in knowledge and limitations to the evi<strong>de</strong>nce base. In practice,<br />
greater recognition <strong>of</strong> the time and resources it takes to meaningfully engage<br />
and mobilize communities is nee<strong>de</strong>d. Support for capacity <strong>de</strong>velopment needs<br />
to go hand in hand with these efforts. If the ultimate goal <strong>of</strong> crime prevention<br />
is truly about community safety and well being, then a<strong>de</strong>quate support for<br />
community mobilization and capacity <strong>de</strong>velopment should also be reflected in<br />
public funding schemes and factored into the timelines for the work.<br />
Further application and study <strong>of</strong> the concept <strong>of</strong> mobilization as it applies to the<br />
crime prevention field, as well as systematic study <strong>of</strong> the mobilization processes<br />
and techniques in practice, would be helpful. Policy and practice-relevant<br />
evaluations, which use qualitative and quantitative methods to assess the intent,<br />
process, outputs and effects <strong>of</strong> mobilization through the crime prevention<br />
lens would shed light onto what works, why and how. Since the boundaries<br />
between community <strong>de</strong>velopment, mobilization and capacity building are so<br />
permeable, such studies will likely spill into the broa<strong>de</strong>r territory <strong>of</strong> community<br />
change. This will help the crime prevention field to better discern and refine<br />
the factors, conditions and processes that will contribute to the prevention <strong>of</strong><br />
crime, and to community safety and well-being.<br />
References<br />
Action for Neighbourhood Change. (2006). Community capacity<br />
building planning resources for neighbourhood renewal. Ottawa:<br />
Tamarack. http://www.anccommunity.ca/Downloads/ANC_Tool_<br />
CommCapBuild_FinalE.pdf<br />
Adamson, S. (2004). Community-based policing changes in new <strong>de</strong>al<br />
for communities. Sheffield: Centre for Regional Economic and .<br />
<strong>Social</strong> Research.<br />
Arthurson, K. (2003). Neighbourhood regeneration: Facilitating community<br />
involvement. Urban Policy and Research, 21(4), 357-371.<br />
Audit Commission, United Kingdom. (2006). Neighbourhood crime<br />
and anti-social behaviour: Making places safer through improved<br />
local working. Community safety, National report. London: Author.<br />
http://www.audit-commission.gov.uk/Products/NATIONAL-<br />
REPORT/A51CB5E1-B7F8-46a1-AF8D-12EDFA3DED8F/<br />
neighbourhoodCrime.pdf<br />
Auditor General <strong>of</strong> Canada. (2005). Report <strong>of</strong> the Auditor General <strong>of</strong> Canada<br />
to Parliament. Ottawa: Government <strong>of</strong> Canada.<br />
Auditor General <strong>of</strong> Canada. (2006). Report <strong>of</strong> the Auditor General <strong>of</strong> Canada<br />
to Parliament. Ottawa: Government <strong>of</strong> Canada.<br />
Banks, S., & Shenton, F. (2001). Regenerating neighbourhoods: A critical<br />
look at the role <strong>of</strong> community capacity building. Local Economy, .<br />
16(4), 286-298.<br />
Bolland, J. M., & McCallum, D. M. (2002). Neighboring and community<br />
mobilization in high-poverty inner-city neighborhoods. Urban Affairs<br />
Review, 38(1), 42-69.<br />
Bri<strong>de</strong>nball, B., & Jesilow, P. (2005). Weeding criminals or planting fear: .<br />
An evaluation <strong>of</strong> a weed and seed project. Criminal Justice Review,<br />
30(1), 64-89.
30 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 31<br />
Chaskin, R. J. (2003). Fostering neighborhood <strong>de</strong>mocracy: Legitimacy and<br />
accountability within loosely coupled systems. Nonpr<strong>of</strong>it and Voluntary<br />
Sector Quarterly 32(2), 161-189.<br />
Cohen, S. (1985). Visions <strong>of</strong> social control. Cambridge: Polity.<br />
Comack, E., & Silver, J. (2006). Safety and security issues in Winnipeg’s<br />
inner-city communities: Bridging the community-police divi<strong>de</strong>.<br />
Winnipeg: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, Manitoba<br />
Office. http://www.policyalternatives.ca/Reports/2006/12/<br />
ReportsStudies1509/<br />
Crawford, A. (1995). Appeals to community and crime prevention. .<br />
Crime, Law and <strong>Social</strong> Change, 22(2), 97-126.<br />
Crawford, A. (2006). ‘Fixing broken promises?’: Neighbourhood war<strong>de</strong>ns<br />
and social capital. Urban Studies, 43(5/6), 957-976.<br />
Crawford, A., & Lister, S. (2004). The exten<strong>de</strong>d policing family: Visible patrols<br />
in resi<strong>de</strong>ntial areas. York: York Publishing Services Ltd.<br />
Diamond, J. (2004). Local regeneration initiatives and capacity building:<br />
Whose ‘capacity’ and ‘building’ for what? Community Development<br />
Journal, 39(2), 177-189.<br />
External Advisory Committee on Cities and Communities. (2006). From<br />
restless communities to resilient places: Building a stronger future for all<br />
Canadians. Final report <strong>of</strong> the External Advisory Committee on Cities<br />
and Communities, to the Prime Minister <strong>of</strong> Canada.<br />
Gorman, C. (2007). Final reflections from the Action for Neighbourhood<br />
Change research project. Ottawa: Action for Neighbourhood Change.<br />
http://www.anccommunity.ca/Res_Research.html<br />
Hastings, R. (2005). Perspectives on crime prevention: Issues and challenges.<br />
Canadian Journal <strong>of</strong> Criminology and Criminal Justice, 47(2), 209-219.<br />
Hastings, R., & Jamieson, W. (2001). Community mobilization and<br />
crime prevention. Report to the National Crime Prevention Centre,<br />
Department <strong>of</strong> Justice Canada, Ottawa. http://ww4.ps-sp.gc.ca/en/<br />
library/publications/reports/cmp/in<strong>de</strong>x.html<br />
Hope, T. (2001). Community crime prevention in Britain: A strategic<br />
overview. Criminal Justice, 1(4), 421-439.<br />
Husted<strong>de</strong>, R. J., & Ganowicz, J. (2002). The basics: What’s essential about<br />
theory for community <strong>de</strong>velopment practice? Journal <strong>of</strong> the Community<br />
Development Society, 33(1).<br />
Kretzmann, J.P., & McKnight, J.L. (1993). Building communities from the<br />
insi<strong>de</strong> out: A path toward finding and mobilizing a community’s assets.<br />
Evanston, IL: Institute for Policy Research.<br />
Kretzmann, J.P., McKnight, J.L., Dobrowolski, S., & Puntenney, D. (2005).<br />
Discovering community power: A gui<strong>de</strong> to mobilizing local assets and<br />
your organization’s capacity. Evanston, IL: Asset-Based Community<br />
Development Institute.<br />
Kubisch, A., Weiss, C., Schorr. L., & Connell, J. (1995). Introduction. In .<br />
J. Connell, A. Kubisch, L. Schorr, & C. Weiss (Eds.), New approaches<br />
to evaluating community initiatives – Volume 1: Concepts, methods and<br />
contexts (pp.1-23). Washington, DC: The Aspen Institute.<br />
Lane, M., & Henry, K. (2001). Community <strong>de</strong>velopment, crime and violence:<br />
A case study. Community Development Journal, 36(3), 212-222.<br />
Lane, M., & Henry, K. (2004). Beyond symptoms: Crime prevention .<br />
and community <strong>de</strong>velopment. Australian Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>Social</strong> Issues,<br />
39(2), 201-213.<br />
Lankin, F., & Clark, I. (2006). From red tape to clear results: The report <strong>of</strong><br />
the in<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt blue ribbon panel on grant and contribution programs.<br />
Government <strong>of</strong> Canada: Treasury Board <strong>of</strong> Canada Secretariat.<br />
Retrieved December 2006 from www.brp-g<strong>de</strong>.ca<br />
Levitan-Reid, E. (2006). Asset-based, resi<strong>de</strong>nt-led neighbourhood <strong>de</strong>velopment.<br />
Ottawa: The Caledon Institute <strong>of</strong> <strong>Social</strong> Policy. .<br />
http://www.caledoninst.org/Publications/PDF/599ENG.pdf<br />
Men<strong>de</strong>l, R. (2003). Youth, crime and community <strong>de</strong>velopment: A gui<strong>de</strong> for<br />
collaborative action. Columbia, MD: Enterprise Foundation.
32 I P C R e v i e w 2 Factors Related to Successful Mobilization <strong>of</strong> Communities for Crime Prevention 33<br />
Morrison, S. D., Parker, B., McLean, B. D., & Massey, D. M. A. (2004).<br />
Weed and seed best practices: Evaluation-based series, Volume 2.<br />
Washington, DC: U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Justice.<br />
National Crime Prevention Centre (2007). A Blueprint for effective crime<br />
prevention. Ottawa: Public Safety Canada. .<br />
http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/prg/cp/_fl/bp-en.pdf<br />
Office <strong>of</strong> Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. (2007). OJJDP<br />
mo<strong>de</strong>l programs gui<strong>de</strong>. Version 2.5. Retrieved July 18, 2007 from<br />
http://www.dsgonline.com/mpg2.5/mpg_in<strong>de</strong>x.htm.<br />
Pattavina, A., Byrne, J. M., & Garcia, L. (2006). Examination <strong>of</strong> citizen<br />
involvement in crime prevention in high-risk versus low- to mo<strong>de</strong>raterisk<br />
neighborhoods. Crime and Delinquency, 52(2), 203-231.<br />
Phillips, S. D., & Orsini, M. (2002). Mapping the links: Citizen involvement<br />
in policy processes. Ottawa: Canadian Policy Research Network.<br />
Popple, K., & Quinney, A. (2002). Theory and practice <strong>of</strong> community<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment: A case study from the United Kingdom. Journal <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Community Development Society, 33(1).<br />
Torjman, S. (2007a). Organizing for neighbourhood revitalization. Ottawa:<br />
The Caledon Institute <strong>of</strong> <strong>Social</strong> Policy. http://www.caledoninst.org/<br />
Publications/PDF/633ENG%2Epdf.<br />
Torjman, S. (2007b). The enabling environment for community work. Ottawa:<br />
The Caledon Institute <strong>of</strong> <strong>Social</strong> Policy. http://www.caledoninst.org/<br />
Publications/PDF/633ENG%2Epdf<br />
Toronto Police Service. (2007). Community mobilization. Retrieved from<br />
http://www.torontopolice.on.ca/communitymobilization/<br />
Walsh, B. C., & Hoshi, A. (2002). Communities and crime prevention. .<br />
In L. W. Sherman, D. P. Farrington, B. C. Welsh, & D. L. MacKenzie<br />
(Eds.), Evi<strong>de</strong>nce-Based Crime Prevention (pp. 165-197). London:<br />
Routledge.<br />
Wells, W., Schafer, J. A., & Varano, S. P. (2006). Neighborhood resi<strong>de</strong>nts’<br />
production <strong>of</strong> or<strong>de</strong>r: The effects <strong>of</strong> collective efficacy on responses to<br />
neighborhood problems. Crime & Delinquency, 52(4), 523-550.<br />
Rochefort, D. A., Rosenberg, M., & White, D. (1998). Community as a<br />
policy instrument: A comparative analysis. Policy Studies Journal,<br />
26(3), 548-568.<br />
Rosenbaum, D. (2007). Police innovation post 1980: Assessing effectiveness<br />
and equity concerns in the information technology era. IPC Review, 1,<br />
11-45.<br />
Schuck, A. M., & Dennis P. R. (2006). Promoting safe and healthy<br />
neighborhoods: What research tells us about intervention. In K.<br />
Fulbright-An<strong>de</strong>rson (Ed.), Community change: Theories, practices and<br />
evi<strong>de</strong>nce. Washington, DC: The Aspen Institute.<br />
Sherman, L. W., Farrington, D. P., Welsh, B. C., & MacKenzie, D. L.<br />
(Eds.). (2002). Evi<strong>de</strong>nce-Based Crime Prevention. London: Routledge.<br />
Stewart-Brown, R. (2001). Community mobilization: The foundation for<br />
community policing. FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin, 70(6), 9-17.
Volume 2: pages 35–56<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son<br />
approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie :<br />
considérations théoriques<br />
et pratiques <br />
Pierre Maurice, Julie Laforest, Louise Marie Bouchard<br />
et Monique Rainville<br />
Institut national <strong>de</strong> santé publique du Québec (INSPQ)<br />
A b s t r a c t<br />
This article <strong>de</strong>als with the <strong>de</strong>velopment and use <strong>of</strong> the setting-oriented<br />
approach in the promotion <strong>of</strong> safety. The first part focuses on the concepts<br />
relative to safety and the promotion <strong>of</strong> safety, and provi<strong>de</strong>s a <strong>de</strong>finition<br />
<strong>of</strong> the setting-oriented approach. The four fundamental components <strong>of</strong><br />
this approach are outlined: (1) a holistic vision <strong>of</strong> safety; (2) intersectoral<br />
partnerships; (3) a structured planning process; and (4) community<br />
engagement. The advantages stemming from the use <strong>of</strong> this approach for<br />
communities engaging in a process to improve their safety are highlighted.<br />
The second part presents the tools <strong>de</strong>veloped by the public health<br />
network in the province <strong>of</strong> Quebec in support <strong>of</strong> the setting-oriented<br />
approach to promoting safety. The article also features three examples <strong>of</strong><br />
local initiatives to improve safety, illustrating a number <strong>of</strong> successes and<br />
challenges. A discussion <strong>of</strong> theoretical and practical consi<strong>de</strong>rations follows,<br />
and recommendations are put forth arising from the findings.<br />
R é s u m é<br />
Le présent article rend compte du développement et <strong>de</strong> l’utilisation<br />
<strong>de</strong> l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. La première<br />
The English version <strong>of</strong> this article is available at www.crpspc.qc.ca in the section titled “Taking Informed<br />
Action: Approaches Applied”.
36 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 37<br />
partie met l’accent sur les concepts <strong>de</strong> sécurité, <strong>de</strong> promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité<br />
et définit l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Les<br />
quatre composantes sur lesquelles elle s’appuie sont présentées, soit :<br />
1) une vision holistique <strong>de</strong> la sécurité, 2) le partenariat intersectoriel,<br />
3) une démarche structurée <strong>de</strong> planification et 4) l’implication <strong>de</strong> la<br />
population. Elle fait également ressortir les avantages <strong>de</strong> son utilisation<br />
pour les milieux qui s’engagent dans un processus d’amélioration <strong>de</strong><br />
leur sécurité. La secon<strong>de</strong> partie fait état <strong>de</strong>s outils développés par le<br />
réseau <strong>de</strong> la santé publique québécois pour soutenir l’approche par<br />
milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Trois exemples d’initiatives<br />
locales d’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité sont également présentés. Les<br />
dimensions théoriques et pratiques sont ensuite discutées et quelques<br />
recommandations issues <strong>de</strong>s constats sont proposées.<br />
Introduction<br />
La sécurité est un besoin fondamental <strong>de</strong> l’être humain (Maslow, 1968). C’est<br />
une préoccupation omniprésente <strong>de</strong> la vie <strong>de</strong> tous les jours. Dans son rapport<br />
pour le développement humain <strong>de</strong> 1994, l’Organisation <strong>de</strong>s Nations Unies<br />
considérait la sécurité comme un droit fondamental et une condition essentielle<br />
<strong>de</strong> tout développement durable <strong>de</strong>s sociétés (PNUD, 1994). C’est également<br />
un enjeu auquel sont confrontés les acteurs <strong>de</strong> nombreux secteurs <strong>de</strong> notre<br />
société. Que ce soit un maire <strong>de</strong> municipalité, un directeur d’usine ou d’école,<br />
un responsable du service <strong>de</strong> police ou <strong>de</strong> pompier, tous ont <strong>de</strong>s responsabilités<br />
à l’égard <strong>de</strong> la sécurité <strong>de</strong> la population.<br />
Une question se pose alors : comment <strong>of</strong>frir une réponse adéquate aux besoins<br />
<strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales ?<br />
Fort d’une expertise dans le domaine <strong>de</strong> la promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé, le réseau <strong>de</strong> la<br />
santé publique du Québec s’est investi au cours <strong>de</strong>s <strong>de</strong>ux <strong>de</strong>rnières décennies dans<br />
<strong>de</strong>s activités visant à améliorer la sécurité <strong>de</strong> la population. Tout d’abord engagé<br />
dans la prévention <strong>de</strong>s traumatismes survenant sur la route, à domicile ou au<br />
cours d’activités <strong>de</strong> loisirs, il s’est par la suite intéressé à d’autres enjeux touchant<br />
la sécurité <strong>de</strong> la population tel que la prévention <strong>de</strong> la violence. Ses actions<br />
dans ces domaines ont d’abord ciblé <strong>de</strong>s enjeux précis (ex. : les dispositifs <strong>de</strong><br />
protection <strong>de</strong>s conducteurs, l’alcool au volant, les armes à feu), puis il est apparu<br />
<strong>de</strong> plus en plus opportun <strong>de</strong> développer à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales une<br />
méthodologie permettant non seulement <strong>de</strong> cibler <strong>de</strong>s problèmes ou facteurs <strong>de</strong><br />
risque précis, mais également <strong>de</strong> considérer un enjeu plus global et plus près <strong>de</strong>s<br />
préoccupations <strong>de</strong> la population, celui <strong>de</strong> la sécurité en tant que telle. On parle<br />
alors <strong>de</strong> promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Cette métho<strong>de</strong> intègre donc <strong>de</strong>ux perspectives ; .<br />
soit celle où l’on a comme point <strong>de</strong> départ un problème ou un enjeu spécifique à<br />
solutionner (approche par problème), et celle où le point <strong>de</strong> départ est le milieu<br />
<strong>de</strong> vie dont on veut améliorer la sécurité (approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie). Dans le<br />
présent article, c’est <strong>de</strong> cette <strong>de</strong>uxième perspective qu’il sera question.<br />
En prenant appui sur l’expérience québécoise, nous désirons faire ressortir les<br />
avantages <strong>de</strong> l’utilisation du cadre conceptuel pour l’action en promotion <strong>de</strong><br />
la sécurité et faire connaître les leçons tirées <strong>de</strong> son utilisation, notamment<br />
dans le domaine <strong>de</strong> la prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité. L’article débute par une<br />
présentation <strong>de</strong> ce cadre et <strong>de</strong> son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie. Il sera ensuite<br />
question <strong>de</strong>s applications <strong>de</strong> l’approche, en particulier <strong>de</strong>s outils développés et<br />
<strong>de</strong> trois exemples d’initiatives locales d’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Finalement,<br />
les dimensions théoriques et pratiques <strong>de</strong> l’approche seront discutées. Bien que<br />
le cadre <strong>de</strong> référence ait au point <strong>de</strong> départ été influencé par la perspective <strong>de</strong><br />
la santé publique, il s’est enrichi au cours <strong>de</strong>s années par d’autres visions grâce<br />
à l’expérimentation sur le terrain qui a nécessité l’implication <strong>de</strong> nombreux<br />
acteurs intersectoriels.<br />
Cadre théorique pour l’action en<br />
promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité<br />
Le développement du cadre théorique remonte à plus <strong>de</strong> dix ans. À cette époque,<br />
l’Organisation mondiale <strong>de</strong> la santé (OMS) soutenait différentes initiatives en<br />
promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité, principalement le mouvement <strong>de</strong>s Safe Communities .<br />
Il est alors <strong>de</strong>venu <strong>de</strong> plus en plus pertinent que les organisations adoptent<br />
un langage commun et définissent un cadre théorique permettant <strong>de</strong> soutenir<br />
l’action locale en matière <strong>de</strong> sécurité. C’est ainsi que le Centre collaborateur<br />
OMS du Québec pour la promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et la prévention <strong>de</strong>s traumatismes,<br />
a reçu, vers la fin <strong>de</strong>s années 1990, le mandat d’animer une réflexion sur ce sujet<br />
avec <strong>de</strong>s experts internationaux dans le but <strong>de</strong> proposer un cadre théorique<br />
Le concept <strong>de</strong> Safe Communities est apparu lors <strong>de</strong> la Première conférence mondiale en prévention <strong>de</strong>s .<br />
acci<strong>de</strong>nts et <strong>de</strong>s blessures à Stockholm en 1989. Pour être accréditées, les communautés doivent répondre à<br />
six conditions : 1) avoir une infrastructure basée sur le partenariat et la collaboration, sous la responsabilité<br />
d’un comité intersectoriel responsable <strong>de</strong> la promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité dans leur communauté ; 2) avoir<br />
implanté <strong>de</strong>s programmes durables et à long terme adaptés aux besoins <strong>de</strong> la population, quelque soit son<br />
sexe ou son âge, et visant différents milieux <strong>de</strong> vie ainsi qu’une variété <strong>de</strong> situations ; 3) avoir implanté <strong>de</strong>s<br />
programmes qui ciblent <strong>de</strong>s groupes et environnements à risque et <strong>de</strong>s programmes <strong>de</strong> promotion <strong>de</strong> la<br />
sécurité auprès <strong>de</strong> groupes vulnérables ; 4) avoir implanté <strong>de</strong>s programmes <strong>de</strong> surveillance sur la fréquence<br />
et les causes <strong>de</strong>s blessures ; 5) avoir développé <strong>de</strong>s indicateurs permettant d’évaluer le processus et les effets<br />
<strong>de</strong>s programmes et 6) s’engager à participer <strong>de</strong> façon continue au réseau Safe communities tant au niveau<br />
national qu’international. Traduction libre <strong>de</strong>s indicateurs présentés sur le site du Karolinska Institute :<br />
http://www.phs.ki.se/csp/who_safe_communities_indicators_en.htm.
38 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 39<br />
sur la sécurité et la promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Ce <strong>de</strong>rnier <strong>de</strong>vait inclure une<br />
définition opérationnelle <strong>de</strong> la sécurité, les conditions essentielles pour une<br />
communauté sécuritaire, une définition <strong>de</strong> la promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et le<br />
processus à mettre en place pour promouvoir la sécurité dans une communauté.<br />
À cette fin, <strong>de</strong>ux séminaires internationaux ont été organisés.<br />
Le cadre théorique issu <strong>de</strong> ces discussions contient les bases du travail réalisé<br />
par la suite en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Il est présenté dans la monographie<br />
intitulée Sécurité et promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité : aspects conceptuels et opérationnels<br />
(Maurice et al., 1998). On y trouve la définition suivante <strong>de</strong> la sécurité :<br />
La sécurité est un état où les dangers et les conditions pouvant provoquer<br />
<strong>de</strong>s dommages d’ordre physique, psychologique ou matériel sont contrôlés<br />
<strong>de</strong> manière à préserver la santé et le bien-être <strong>de</strong>s individus et <strong>de</strong> la<br />
communauté. C’est une ressource indispensable à la vie quotidienne qui<br />
permet à l’individu et à la communauté <strong>de</strong> réaliser ses aspirations. (p.8)<br />
Ce cadre détermine également quatre conditions nécessaires pour une<br />
communauté en sécurité, soit :<br />
• un climat <strong>de</strong> cohésion, <strong>de</strong> paix sociale et d’équité protégeant les droits et<br />
les libertés <strong>de</strong>s personnes ;<br />
• la prévention et le contrôle <strong>de</strong>s blessures et <strong>de</strong>s autres conséquences causées<br />
par les acci<strong>de</strong>nts ;<br />
• le respect <strong>de</strong>s valeurs et <strong>de</strong> l’intégrité physique, matérielle ou psychologique<br />
<strong>de</strong>s personnes ; et<br />
• l’accès à <strong>de</strong>s moyens efficaces <strong>de</strong> prévention, <strong>de</strong> contrôle et <strong>de</strong><br />
réhabilitation (Maurice et al., 1998, p. 11).<br />
Dans ce contexte, la promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité est considérée comme un processus<br />
qui permet <strong>de</strong> développer et <strong>de</strong> maintenir ces conditions dans les milieux par<br />
<strong>de</strong>s actions sur l’environnement et les comportements <strong>de</strong>s individus. Ce cadre<br />
<strong>de</strong> référence reconnaît également une dimension objective et subjective à la<br />
sécurité. Ces <strong>de</strong>ux dimensions sont ainsi décrites par Maurice et al. (1997) :<br />
(…)d’une part, un état réel apprécié en fonction <strong>de</strong> paramètres<br />
comportementaux et environnementaux objectifs, appelé ici sécurité<br />
réelle et d’autre part un état perceptuel apprécié en fonction du<br />
sentiment <strong>de</strong> sécurité <strong>de</strong> la population (paramètre subjectif), appelé<br />
ici sécurité perçue. (p.182)<br />
Québec, février 1998 et Stockholm, mai 1998.<br />
Pour promouvoir la sécurité, <strong>de</strong>ux approches sont suggérées, l’approche par<br />
problème et l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie. La première, plus traditionnelle, consiste<br />
à i<strong>de</strong>ntifier, pour un problème ciblé, les individus à risque, à en rechercher les<br />
causes et à élaborer <strong>de</strong>s solutions spécifiques. La secon<strong>de</strong> approche consiste à<br />
examiner la sécurité globalement. Elle est fort utile lorsqu’on veut considérer un<br />
ensemble d’enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité présents dans un milieu <strong>de</strong> vie donné . Le choix <strong>de</strong><br />
l’approche privilégiée dépend alors d’une évaluation <strong>de</strong>s avantages en fonction<br />
du contexte dans lequel elle sera appliquée et <strong>de</strong> l’objectif poursuivi. Lorsqu‘un<br />
problème en particulier constitue la cible <strong>de</strong> l’action, l’approche par problème<br />
représente une option intéressante. Par contre, si l’objectif est l’amélioration<br />
globale <strong>de</strong> la sécurité, l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie est mieux adaptée.<br />
L’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité<br />
Dans cette approche, on reconnaît que la sécurité <strong>de</strong> ce <strong>de</strong>rnier résulte <strong>de</strong><br />
l’interaction entre les multiples composantes d’un système organisé (population,<br />
aménagement physique, infrastructures matérielles, économiques, techniques,<br />
etc.), elles-mêmes ayant une ou plusieurs finalités (Maurice et al., 1998). Le<br />
milieu <strong>de</strong> vie constitue alors le lieu d’intervention privilégié. Il peut s’agir tout<br />
aussi bien d’une rue, d’un parc, d’une école, d’un quartier, d’un village ou<br />
d’une ville. Les ressources mobilisées pour développer cette approche sont<br />
fonction <strong>de</strong>s caractéristiques du milieu dans lequel on désire intervenir. Pour<br />
se réaliser, cette approche s’appuie sur quatre composantes essentielles : 1) elle<br />
est basée sur une vision holistique <strong>de</strong> la sécurité, 2) elle est appliquée par un<br />
groupe <strong>de</strong> partenaires intersectoriels, 3) elle propose une démarche structurée<br />
<strong>de</strong> planification et 4) elle doit impliquer la population.<br />
Vision holistique <strong>de</strong> la sécurité<br />
Cette vision est justifiée par la complexité du phénomène étudié. Une multitu<strong>de</strong><br />
d’enjeux sont à considérer. Ces <strong>de</strong>rniers sont en interrelation et ils partagent<br />
souvent <strong>de</strong>s facteurs d’influence communs. Dès lors, il <strong>de</strong>vient nécessaire<br />
d’abor<strong>de</strong>r la question <strong>de</strong> la sécurité dans une perspective globale afin d’assurer<br />
une cohérence dans les solutions à appliquer. C’est, par exemple, avec ce souci<br />
<strong>de</strong> cohérence que l’OMS, dans son Rapport mondial sur la violence et la santé,<br />
recomman<strong>de</strong> d’exploiter les liens qui existent entre les différents types <strong>de</strong> violence,<br />
et ce, afin <strong>de</strong> maximiser l’effet <strong>de</strong>s mesures proposées (Krug et al., 2002).<br />
Espace physiquement ou socialement organisé ayant une ou plusieurs finalités. Chaque milieu <strong>de</strong> vie<br />
est formé <strong>de</strong> plusieurs composantes (population, aménagement physique, infrastructures matérielles,<br />
économiques, techniques, etc.) qui remplissent chacune une fonction déterminée. Ces composantes<br />
s’influencent mutuellement selon certaines règles qui ne sont pas toujours connues (définition inspirée <strong>de</strong><br />
Green et al., 2000 et Maurice et al., 1997).
40 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 41<br />
Pour les gens du terrain, privilégier une vision holistique optimise les chances <strong>de</strong><br />
faire une lecture plus juste <strong>de</strong>s enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité pour l’ensemble d’un milieu.<br />
Le choix <strong>de</strong>s interventions repose alors sur une considération <strong>de</strong>s interactions<br />
entre les enjeux retenus <strong>de</strong> même qu’entre les actions proposées. Par exemple,<br />
augmenter l’achalandage dans un parc et aux alentours pour contribuer à une<br />
augmentation du sentiment <strong>de</strong> sécurité <strong>de</strong>vrait amener les autorités à aussi<br />
considérer les enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité routière qui pourraient en découler.<br />
Partenariat intersectoriel<br />
Abor<strong>de</strong>r une réalité complexe qui concerne <strong>de</strong> nombreux acteurs nécessite la<br />
création d’un partenariat intersectoriel, notamment parce qu’un seul secteur ou<br />
un seul organisme ne détient pas les compétences et les leviers pour véritablement<br />
comprendre et agir sur l’ensemble <strong>de</strong>s dimensions <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Si l’on désire<br />
améliorer la sécurité d’un milieu, il faut être en mesure <strong>de</strong> miser sur ses forces<br />
et les maximiser. Le partenariat intersectoriel est fort utile à cette fin. En effet,<br />
bien qu’un tel exercice soit exigeant, il a le potentiel d’augmenter les ressources<br />
disponibles et d’obtenir un effet synergique (Nilsen, 2006 ; Rosenbaum, 2002).<br />
Aussi, les perspectives diverses <strong>de</strong>s partenaires permettent une compréhension<br />
plus globale <strong>de</strong>s enjeux soulevés et favorisent le développement d’une vision<br />
commune <strong>de</strong> la situation dans un milieu <strong>de</strong> vie donné (Nilsen, 2006). Bien<br />
que peu évaluée, une approche partenariale en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité est<br />
fortement recommandée car elle ai<strong>de</strong> à avoir une vision holistique du crime et<br />
décloisonne les interventions (Crawford, 1998). Dans son Rapport mondial<br />
sur la violence et la santé, l’OMS reconnaît d’ailleurs l’apport <strong>de</strong>s partenariats<br />
dans le dossier <strong>de</strong> la prévention <strong>de</strong> la violence. Le partenariat a la possibilité<br />
d’augmenter l’efficacité <strong>de</strong>s interventions, <strong>de</strong> mieux les organiser et multiplie<br />
les ressources disponibles (Krug et al., 2002). Le partenariat est également l’un<br />
<strong>de</strong>s principes fondamentaux à la base du mouvement <strong>de</strong>s Safe Communities<br />
(Turner et al., 2007) et <strong>de</strong> la prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité (Paquin, 2005 ;<br />
Rosenbaum, 2002).<br />
La réalisation d’un partenariat réel et effectif n’est pas facile, d’où l’importance<br />
<strong>de</strong> partager un langage commun susceptible d’intéresser toutes les parties<br />
pouvant contribuer au processus d’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et d’avoir recours<br />
à une démarche structurée.<br />
Démarche structurée<br />
Sans aucune forme <strong>de</strong> balises, une vision holistique <strong>de</strong> la sécurité, ajoutée au<br />
caractère intersectoriel <strong>de</strong> l’approche, peut <strong>de</strong>venir déroutant. Qu’est-ce qui doit<br />
être mis en place en premier, qu’elles <strong>de</strong>vraient être les priorités d’action ? Afin<br />
<strong>de</strong> soutenir le cheminement jusqu’à la mise en œuvre d’actions cohérentes avec<br />
les besoins et problèmes pressentis dans un milieu <strong>de</strong> vie donné, une démarche<br />
structurée <strong>de</strong> planification <strong>de</strong>s interventions est suggérée (figure 1). Celle-ci<br />
propose <strong>de</strong>s étapes logiques à franchir pour déterminer les actions préventives<br />
à appliquer dans un milieu. De même, une planification structurée permet<br />
<strong>de</strong> rationaliser la prise <strong>de</strong> décisions, d’atteindre plus facilement <strong>de</strong>s consensus<br />
entre partenaires et <strong>de</strong> s’orienter vers <strong>de</strong>s solutions plus efficaces et adaptées au<br />
milieu (Hawkins et al., 2002 ; Loos et al., 2001 ; Pineault et Daveluy, 1990).<br />
Le fait que l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité propose<br />
un cheminement logique permet aux partenaires <strong>de</strong> planifier leur contribution<br />
aux différentes étapes du processus (Loos et al., 2001).<br />
Figure 1. Démarche structurée <strong>de</strong> l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie<br />
Dresser la carte <strong>de</strong>s acteurs<br />
Mobilisation Diagnostic Action<br />
S’assurer <strong>de</strong> l’existence d’un<br />
mécanisme <strong>de</strong> concertation<br />
Établir le portrait<br />
du milieu <strong>de</strong> vie<br />
Établir le portrait <strong>de</strong>s<br />
problèmes <strong>de</strong> sécurité et <strong>de</strong><br />
criminalité du milieu <strong>de</strong> vie<br />
Établir le bilan <strong>de</strong> sécurité<br />
du milieu <strong>de</strong> vie<br />
Évaluation<br />
Effectuer la sélection et la<br />
validation <strong>de</strong>s problèmes <strong>de</strong><br />
sécurité du milieu <strong>de</strong> vie<br />
Plus concrètement, la démarche comporte quatre phases :<br />
1) Mobilisation<br />
Il s’agit d’abord <strong>de</strong> mobiliser les partenaires intéressés afin <strong>de</strong> les sensibiliser<br />
à l’importance <strong>de</strong> la sécurité comme déterminant <strong>de</strong> la qualité <strong>de</strong> vie d’un<br />
milieu et <strong>de</strong> les amener à travailler ensemble pour franchir les différentes<br />
étapes subséquentes. Il pourra s’agir <strong>de</strong> créer une nouvelle structure dans la<br />
communauté (groupe <strong>de</strong> travail ou comité) axée spécifiquement sur cet enjeu<br />
ou d’utiliser une structure existante à qui on confiera entre autres mandats<br />
celui d’améliorer la sécurité <strong>de</strong> la population.<br />
2) Diagnostic<br />
On complète ensuite un diagnostic <strong>de</strong> sécurité du milieu. Celui-ci consiste<br />
en une analyse rigoureuse du milieu, basée sur <strong>de</strong>s informations au regard <strong>de</strong><br />
déterminants socioéconomiques, <strong>de</strong>s ressources disponibles et <strong>de</strong>s problèmes<br />
<strong>de</strong> sécurité éprouvés par la population (criminalité, incivilités, sentiment<br />
Élaborer le plan d’action<br />
Mettre en œuvre les mesures<br />
préventives du plan d’action
42 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 43<br />
d’insécurité, peur du crime, etc.). L’analyse <strong>de</strong> ces données doit être transversale<br />
<strong>de</strong> manière à établir un portrait global qui met en lumière <strong>de</strong>s interactions<br />
entre les différents facteurs, et elle classe les différents problèmes du milieu<br />
par ordre d’importance. Ce portrait <strong>de</strong> la situation est par la suite validé par la<br />
population concernée.<br />
3) Action<br />
La troisième phase est centrée sur l’action. Elle doit être planifiée en fonction<br />
<strong>de</strong>s résultats du diagnostic. Pour ce faire, les problèmes prioritaires sont<br />
analysés à fond pour mieux en comprendre les causes, les interactions et points<br />
<strong>de</strong> convergence conduisant ainsi à l’élaboration d’un plan d’action. Ce <strong>de</strong>rnier<br />
proposera à la communauté un ensemble cohérent <strong>de</strong> solutions basées sur <strong>de</strong>s<br />
interventions efficaces et tenant compte <strong>de</strong>s différents éléments <strong>de</strong> faisabilité.<br />
Finalement, ce plan d’action <strong>de</strong>vra être mis en œuvre en tenant compte <strong>de</strong>s<br />
particularités du milieu.<br />
4) Évaluation<br />
Une évaluation continue accompagne toutes les étapes <strong>de</strong> la démarche. Bien<br />
que le type d’évaluation requis soit susceptible <strong>de</strong> varier en fonction <strong>de</strong> la<br />
phase évaluée, les trois phases nécessitent une évaluation du processus. Cela<br />
permet d’abord <strong>de</strong> vérifier si, pour chacune d’elles, les conditions stratégiques<br />
et techniques prévalentes sont propices à l’atteinte <strong>de</strong>s objectifs visés. Par<br />
exemple, dans la première phase, on se questionnera sur l’origine et la nature<br />
<strong>de</strong>s résistances qui pourraient faire obstacle à la mobilisation. L’évaluation du<br />
processus permet aussi <strong>de</strong> porter un jugement sur le déroulement <strong>de</strong>s activités<br />
réalisées par rapport aux activités planifiées. On s’interrogera alors notamment<br />
sur l’adéquation entre les résultats observés et les objectifs visés, les difficultés<br />
rencontrées, le respect <strong>de</strong>s échéanciers et <strong>de</strong>s coûts prévus, ce qui oriente la prise<br />
<strong>de</strong> décision quant aux correctifs à apporter. Ce type d’évaluation permettra<br />
également <strong>de</strong> juger <strong>de</strong> la cohérence entre le diagnostic <strong>de</strong> sécurité posé et le<br />
plan d’action élaboré.<br />
Lorsque les interventions inscrites au plan d’action ont été réalisées, l’évaluation<br />
<strong>de</strong>s effets <strong>de</strong>vient appropriée. Il s’agit <strong>de</strong> regar<strong>de</strong>r si les actions entreprises ont<br />
porté fruit, si elles ont eu un impact sur la sécurité <strong>de</strong>s citoyens. On se penchera<br />
alors sur l’atteinte <strong>de</strong>s objectifs, les améliorations en matière <strong>de</strong> sentiment <strong>de</strong><br />
sécurité et <strong>de</strong> sécurité effective ainsi que sur les autres effets observés. Dans tous<br />
les cas, l’évaluation permet <strong>de</strong> tirer <strong>de</strong>s leçons et d’enrichir les connaissances<br />
pour le bénéfice <strong>de</strong>s futurs utilisateurs <strong>de</strong> la démarche.<br />
Implication <strong>de</strong> la population<br />
Tel que suggéré dans la Charte d’Ottawa pour la promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé ,<br />
l’implication <strong>de</strong> la population provient d’une reconnaissance que cette <strong>de</strong>rnière<br />
doit participer à fixer les priorités pour les enjeux qui la concernent directement,<br />
prendre part aux décisions et faire partie <strong>de</strong>s stratégies élaborées pour y répondre<br />
(Organisation mondiale <strong>de</strong> la santé et al., 1986). À l’instar du mouvement<br />
<strong>de</strong>s Safe Communities, l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie considère les citoyens<br />
comme <strong>de</strong>s acteurs à part entière <strong>de</strong> leur sécurité et reconnaît par le fait même<br />
l’importance <strong>de</strong> leur participation au processus d’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité<br />
(Maurice et al., 1998). Bien qu’elle soit désirée à toutes les étapes <strong>de</strong> la démarche<br />
structurée, l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie requiert l’implication <strong>de</strong> la population<br />
en particulier au moment <strong>de</strong> l’élaboration du diagnostic et <strong>de</strong> la validation <strong>de</strong>s<br />
priorités définies. Cette contribution comporte plusieurs avantages, même si<br />
elle présente <strong>de</strong>s défis importants (Loos et al., 2001). Elle permet en effet <strong>de</strong><br />
réaliser un diagnostic ajusté aux préoccupations <strong>de</strong>s citoyens. Ces <strong>de</strong>rnières<br />
sont le résultat d’un ensemble <strong>de</strong> facteurs : structure démographique du milieu,<br />
expérience <strong>de</strong> victimation dans le milieu, intérêts privés, influence <strong>de</strong>s médias,<br />
etc. La prise en compte <strong>de</strong> ces préoccupations représente donc un défi <strong>de</strong> taille<br />
puisqu’elle nécessite une analyse rigoureuse pour arriver à i<strong>de</strong>ntifier ce qui relève<br />
<strong>de</strong> l’intérêt commun et proposer <strong>de</strong>s solutions acceptables pour l’ensemble <strong>de</strong><br />
la communauté. Finalement, l’implication directe <strong>de</strong> la population dans le<br />
processus contribue à développer un sentiment d’appartenance à la démarche,<br />
ce qui permettra <strong>de</strong> mieux l’ancrer dans le milieu et d’en assurer la pérennité<br />
(Hawkins et al., 2002 ; Nilsen, 2006).<br />
En somme, l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie est fort utile pour ai<strong>de</strong>r un déci<strong>de</strong>ur à<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntifier <strong>de</strong>s enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité prioritaires dans un milieu <strong>de</strong> vie donné. Elle<br />
permet plus particulièrement :<br />
• <strong>de</strong> mobiliser la communauté autour <strong>de</strong> l’enjeu positif qu’est la sécurité ;<br />
• <strong>de</strong> mieux comprendre l’interaction entre différents phénomènes<br />
concomitants (ex : le lien entre la peur du crime, l’acquisition d’une arme .<br />
à feu et le risque <strong>de</strong> blessures que cette arme représente pour les membres<br />
<strong>de</strong> la maisonnée et leur entourage, etc.) ;<br />
La Charte d’Ottawa pour la promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé a été adoptée en novembre 1986 à l’occasion <strong>de</strong> la .<br />
première Conférence internationale pour la promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé. Il s’agit d’un document fondamental<br />
qui conditionne l’action <strong>de</strong> santé publique <strong>de</strong>puis plus <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>ux décennies. La Charte définit ce qu’est la<br />
promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé et i<strong>de</strong>ntifie cinq types d’interventions pour promouvoir la santé <strong>de</strong>s populations soit : .<br />
l’élaboration <strong>de</strong> politiques publiques saines, la création <strong>de</strong> milieux favorables, le renforcement <strong>de</strong> l’action<br />
communautaire, l’acquisition d’aptitu<strong>de</strong>s individuelles et la réorientation <strong>de</strong>s services <strong>de</strong> santé.
44 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 45<br />
• d’intégrer les divers efforts consentis dans la collectivité en vue <strong>de</strong><br />
l’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité (ex : les activités <strong>de</strong> loisirs pour les jeunes .<br />
et la prévention du vandalisme, etc.) ; et<br />
• <strong>de</strong> proposer <strong>de</strong>s solutions globales qui s’adressent à un ensemble <strong>de</strong><br />
problèmes <strong>de</strong> sécurité dans un milieu donné (ex : améliorer l’éclairage et<br />
la signalisation pour réduire le risque <strong>de</strong> chutes dans un parc, améliorer le<br />
sentiment <strong>de</strong> sécurité <strong>de</strong>s usagers et réduire les risques d’agressions, etc.).<br />
Application <strong>de</strong> l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en<br />
promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité au Québec<br />
Le cadre théorique développé ainsi que l’approche décrite précé<strong>de</strong>mment ont<br />
donné lieu à un bon nombre <strong>de</strong> documents et <strong>de</strong> projets. Les sections suivantes<br />
ren<strong>de</strong>nt compte <strong>de</strong>s outils développés et présentent <strong>de</strong>s exemples d’initiatives<br />
locales d’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité.<br />
Les outils développés pour soutenir les initiatives locales<br />
Le développement du cadre conceptuel a permis à la santé publique québécoise<br />
d’apporter son expertise dans un champ traditionnellement occupé par d’autres<br />
secteurs <strong>de</strong> la société intéressés par la sécurité <strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales, favorisant<br />
ainsi la création <strong>de</strong> liens avec ces <strong>de</strong>rniers. Les réalisations décrites dans le tableau<br />
1 en témoignent. Elles incluent un gui<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>stiné aux acteurs municipaux, <strong>de</strong>ux<br />
projets <strong>de</strong> transfert <strong>de</strong> connaissances (le centre <strong>de</strong> ressources et la formation),<br />
une méthodologie d’enquête et une trousse diagnostique. Tous les outils sont<br />
rendus accessibles dans le centre <strong>de</strong> ressources dès qu’ils sont complétés.<br />
À la suite <strong>de</strong> la publication du cadre conceptuel déjà décrit, le gui<strong>de</strong> Sécurité dans<br />
les milieux <strong>de</strong> vie (Levaque, 2001) a été produit à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s municipalités.<br />
Dans les faits, ce gui<strong>de</strong> constituait le premier outil <strong>de</strong> référence sur l’approche<br />
par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité, et ce, <strong>de</strong> manière à la rendre<br />
opérationnelle. Par la suite, il est <strong>de</strong>venu impératif d’appr<strong>of</strong>ondir davantage<br />
la réflexion sur le processus et, surtout, <strong>de</strong> soutenir plus substantiellement les<br />
milieux prêts à implanter la démarche structurée à l’ai<strong>de</strong> d’une formation. Cette<br />
formation comportant quatre modules présente les différentes composantes <strong>de</strong><br />
l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie (voir Levaque, Le Hénaff, et Maurice, 2006).<br />
Au cours <strong>de</strong> la même pério<strong>de</strong>, le ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité publique (MSP)<br />
lançait, en 2001, sa Politique ministérielle en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité. Pour<br />
<strong>de</strong>s milieux <strong>de</strong> vie plus sécuritaires. Les principes directeurs <strong>de</strong> la Politique<br />
positionnent la prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité comme une nécessité, soulignent<br />
Tableau 1. Principaux outils développés pour soutenir les activités <strong>de</strong> promotion<br />
<strong>de</strong> la sécurité à l’échelle locale<br />
Titre<br />
Sécurité et promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité : aspects<br />
conceptuels et opérationnels (1998)<br />
Sécurité dans les milieux <strong>de</strong> vie. Gui<strong>de</strong> à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s<br />
municipalités (1999)<br />
Vivre en sécurité, se donner les moyens – Formation<br />
pour l’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et la prévention <strong>de</strong> la<br />
criminalité à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales (2006)<br />
Questionnaire d’enquête sur la sécurité <strong>de</strong>s personnes et<br />
la victimation dans les milieux <strong>de</strong> vie (2007)<br />
Trousse diagnostique à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s collectivités<br />
locales (en développement)<br />
Centre québécois <strong>de</strong> ressources en promotion <strong>de</strong> la<br />
sécurité et en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité (2004)<br />
Collaborateur<br />
• Centre collaborateur OMS du Québec, Réseau santé<br />
publique et MSSQ<br />
• WHO Collaborating Center on Community Safety<br />
Promotion, Karolinska Institutet, Swe<strong>de</strong>n<br />
• Organisation mondiale <strong>de</strong> la santé<br />
• Réseau québécois <strong>de</strong>s villes et <strong>de</strong>s villages en santé<br />
• Réseau québécois <strong>de</strong>s villes et <strong>de</strong>s villages en santé<br />
• Réseau québécois <strong>de</strong>s villes et <strong>de</strong>s villages en santé<br />
• Ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité publique<br />
• Ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité publique<br />
• Ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité publique<br />
• Réseau québécois <strong>de</strong>s villes et <strong>de</strong>s villages en santé<br />
l’intérêt d’adopter <strong>de</strong>s stratégies diversifiées et proposent une approche intégrée.<br />
Les liens entre la santé publique et le Ministère prennent forme particulièrement<br />
dans la valorisation d’une démarche globale et structurée en prévention <strong>de</strong> la<br />
criminalité. Depuis 2004, le Ministère mise sur un processus territorial qui<br />
s’apparente à l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie proposée dans les documents décrits<br />
ci-<strong>de</strong>ssus. L’une <strong>de</strong>s orientations <strong>de</strong> la Politique prévoit le développement <strong>de</strong><br />
stratégies locales en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité sous la responsabilité <strong>de</strong>s<br />
municipalités ou <strong>de</strong>s municipalités régionales <strong>de</strong> comté (MRC). La Politique<br />
rappelle également la nécessité <strong>de</strong> miser sur le partenariat et impose une<br />
démarche structurée <strong>de</strong> planification <strong>de</strong>s interventions préventives.<br />
Après le lancement <strong>de</strong> la Politique, <strong>de</strong>ux projets pilotes, sous la coordination du<br />
Réseau québécois <strong>de</strong>s villes et villages en santé (RQVVS), ont été mis en place.<br />
Ces <strong>de</strong>ux projets visaient à expérimenter la démarche proposée. Cinq autres se<br />
sont ajoutés au cours <strong>de</strong> la phase restreinte d’implantation <strong>de</strong>s stratégies locales<br />
<strong>de</strong> prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité <strong>de</strong> la Politique.<br />
Dans l’optique d’accompagner les différents milieux mobilisés, et en accord<br />
avec la Politique ministérielle en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité, l’INSPQ a reçu le<br />
mandat <strong>de</strong> mettre au point trois outils pour soutenir la démarche structurée <strong>de</strong><br />
planification <strong>de</strong>s interventions préventives :
46 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 47<br />
• Questionnaire d’enquête sur la sécurité <strong>de</strong>s personnes et la victimation<br />
dans les milieux <strong>de</strong> vie. Le questionnaire a été élaboré afin <strong>de</strong> combler<br />
l’absence d’outils permettant d’apprécier l’ensemble <strong>de</strong>s dimensions<br />
couvertes par le cadre <strong>de</strong> référence en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Les thèmes<br />
abordés (victimation, cohésion sociale, sentiment <strong>de</strong> sécurité, appréciation<br />
<strong>de</strong>s services, etc.) sont orientés vers les enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité susceptibles d’être<br />
abordés à un niveau local, par exemple une MRC, une municipalité ou<br />
un arrondissement. Pour répondre à une diversité <strong>de</strong> besoins ou <strong>de</strong> réalités<br />
territoriales, trois versions du questionnaire ont été rédigées : une version<br />
téléphonique et <strong>de</strong>ux versions auto-administrées dont l’une est adaptée à un<br />
contexte d’habitation à loyer modique (HLM) et l’autre à celui d’un quartier.<br />
Chacune <strong>de</strong>s adaptations a été validée et utilisée en situation réelle.<br />
• Trousse diagnostique à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales. Cette trousse<br />
suggère <strong>de</strong>s thèmes à abor<strong>de</strong>r et les étapes à suivre pour réaliser un diagnostic<br />
dans un milieu <strong>de</strong> vie donné. Elle propose les gui<strong>de</strong>s et les outils <strong>de</strong> collecte<br />
nécessaires pour rassembler les données à chacune <strong>de</strong>s étapes et donne <strong>de</strong>s<br />
pistes pour faciliter l’analyse et la compréhension <strong>de</strong>s données recueillies et<br />
leur transformation en un diagnostic qui reflète la réalité du milieu.<br />
• Centre québécois <strong>de</strong> ressources en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et en<br />
prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité (CRPSPC) . Lancé en 2004, ce site Web<br />
est un outil <strong>de</strong> soutien à l’élaboration <strong>de</strong> stratégies locales d’amélioration<br />
<strong>de</strong> la sécurité et <strong>de</strong> prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité. Il réunit un ensemble <strong>de</strong><br />
documents et d’outils (recueils <strong>de</strong> meilleures pratiques, outils <strong>de</strong> formation,<br />
<strong>de</strong> diagnostic, d’intervention et d’évaluation, documents d’orientation, etc.)<br />
choisis pour leur potentiel <strong>de</strong> soutien aux collectivités désirant promouvoir<br />
la sécurité et prévenir la criminalité.<br />
Des exemples d’initiatives locales<br />
La production <strong>de</strong>s gui<strong>de</strong>s et <strong>de</strong>s outils décrits précé<strong>de</strong>mment s’est accompagnée<br />
d’une validation auprès <strong>de</strong> certaines collectivités locales. Trois exemples<br />
illustrent la mise en place <strong>de</strong> l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie appliquée à <strong>de</strong>s<br />
contextes différents et dans <strong>de</strong>s circonstances variées (voir tableaux 2, 3<br />
et 4). Chaque exemple précise la localisation et le type <strong>de</strong> milieu dans lequel<br />
le projet a pris place ainsi que sa durée. Les origines du projet, la structure<br />
mise en place pour sa réalisation, les résultats atteints et les constats sont<br />
également détaillés.<br />
Tableau 2. Une station <strong>de</strong> métro à Montréal<br />
Localisation<br />
Année 1999-2000<br />
Responsable<br />
du projet<br />
Origine du projet<br />
Type <strong>de</strong> milieu<br />
Structure<br />
et lea<strong>de</strong>rship<br />
Réalisation<br />
Constats<br />
Région métropolitaine<br />
Un organisme communautaire a été subventionné pour parrainer le projet.<br />
Sous le lea<strong>de</strong>rship <strong>de</strong> la municipalité, un comité <strong>de</strong> sécurité a été créé et une subvention<br />
a été remise à un organisme du milieu pour mener à terme un projet pilote visant à<br />
tester et évaluer l’approche proposée dans le document Sécurité dans les milieux <strong>de</strong> vie.<br />
Gui<strong>de</strong> à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s municipalités. Le thème du projet était « Les jeunes et les places<br />
publiques ».<br />
Le projet pilote a été limité à la gare intermodale et au métro, entre autres parce que<br />
plusieurs jeunes s’y rassemblaient.<br />
À la suite <strong>de</strong> l’engagement <strong>de</strong> la Ville et du Service <strong>de</strong> police, différents secteurs<br />
interpelés par la problématique ciblée ou par la sécurité se sont engagés dans la<br />
démarche. Des acteurs du transport en commun, <strong>de</strong> la santé publique, <strong>de</strong>s organismes<br />
communautaires et <strong>de</strong>s résidants se sont regroupés au sein d’un comité.<br />
Ce comité s’est réuni sur une base mensuelle pendant environ un an et a réalisé un<br />
diagnostic <strong>de</strong> sécurité, proposé <strong>de</strong>s solutions et construit un plan d’action. Alors qu’au<br />
début du projet les attroupements <strong>de</strong> jeunes et <strong>de</strong> gangs criminels apparaissaient<br />
comme le principal enjeu <strong>de</strong> sécurité du milieu, le travail du comité (notamment le<br />
diagnostic) a permis <strong>de</strong> circonscrire d’autres problèmes tout aussi compromettants<br />
pour la sécurité. Ainsi, la phase diagnostique a permis au comité <strong>de</strong> passer d’une vision<br />
restreinte du problème dans la station <strong>de</strong> métro à une conception beaucoup plus large,<br />
considérant différents aspects <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Les attroupements <strong>de</strong> jeunes, le sentiment<br />
d’insécurité, la violence et les risques <strong>de</strong> collision sont les problèmes qui ont été mis en<br />
évi<strong>de</strong>nce par le diagnostic et pour lesquels le comité a cherché <strong>de</strong>s solutions et proposer<br />
un plan d’action. Après avoir recensé les activités en place dans le milieu, le comité a<br />
défini un ensemble <strong>de</strong> mesures passives (aménagement physique) et actives (patrouille,<br />
réglementation, surveillance, participation <strong>de</strong>s résidants, etc.), chacune ciblant plus<br />
d’un problème. Plusieurs <strong>de</strong>s solutions préconisées avaient déjà été mises en place dans<br />
les plans d’aménagement du nouveau terminal. Le comité n’ayant qu’un pouvoir <strong>de</strong><br />
recommandation, il a remis son plan d’action à la Ville. L’évaluation du projet a porté sur<br />
l’implantation du Gui<strong>de</strong> sur la sécurité en milieu <strong>de</strong> vie.<br />
• Le cadre conceptuel inclus dans le gui<strong>de</strong> a permis au comité <strong>de</strong> considérer la sécurité<br />
dans l’ensemble du milieu <strong>de</strong> vie plutôt que <strong>de</strong> se limiter à sa manifestation la plus<br />
flagrante. De ce fait, les solutions recommandées couvrent davantage que le problème<br />
d’attroupement <strong>de</strong> jeunes.<br />
• Le projet a démontré la possibilité d’appliquer une approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie et<br />
d’impliquer différents partenaires aussi variés qu’un organisme <strong>de</strong> transport et<br />
<strong>de</strong>s résidants.<br />
• Le seul pouvoir <strong>de</strong> recommandation n’a toutefois pas permis au comité <strong>de</strong> mettre<br />
en œuvre les mesures proposées.<br />
www.crpspc.qc.ca
48 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 49<br />
Tableau 3. Une municipalité régionale <strong>de</strong> comté (MRC) au Québec<br />
Localisation<br />
Année 2004-2007<br />
Responsable<br />
du projet<br />
Origine du projet<br />
Type <strong>de</strong> milieu<br />
Structure<br />
et lea<strong>de</strong>rship<br />
Réalisation<br />
Constats<br />
Municipalité régionale <strong>de</strong> comté (MRC), regroupant 20 municipalités<br />
La municipalité régionale <strong>de</strong> comté (MRC).<br />
Le projet <strong>de</strong> cette MRC fait partie <strong>de</strong> cinq projets pilotes d’une phase restreinte<br />
d’implantation <strong>de</strong> stratégies locales tel que préconisé par la Politique en prévention <strong>de</strong> la<br />
criminalité du ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité publique 7 . À l’initiative du ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité<br />
publique (MSP) (proposition aux territoires), un protocole d’entente a été signé entre la<br />
MRC et le MSP. Selon la planification, une mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s intervenants et la création<br />
d’un comité <strong>de</strong>vaient se faire la première année. Au cours <strong>de</strong> la <strong>de</strong>uxième, le diagnostic<br />
local, les priorités d’action et le plan d’action <strong>de</strong>vaient être établis. La <strong>de</strong>rnière année<br />
<strong>de</strong>vait être consacrée à la mise en œuvre <strong>de</strong>s actions et à l’évaluation <strong>de</strong> la démarche.<br />
Le territoire <strong>de</strong> cette MRC est caractérisé par un milieu rural et semi-urbain. La<br />
population <strong>de</strong>s vingt municipalités qui la compose ne dépasse pas 10 000 personnes.<br />
Le projet s’est déroulé à l’échelle <strong>de</strong> la MRC.<br />
Une coordonnatrice locale a été engagée et un comité en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité a<br />
été formé, regroupant <strong>de</strong>s intervenants <strong>de</strong>s secteurs municipal, économique, associatif,<br />
communautaire, sociosanitaire, <strong>de</strong> la sécurité publique et <strong>de</strong> l’éducation. Le préfet <strong>de</strong><br />
cette MRC assume le lea<strong>de</strong>rship du projet.<br />
Bien que ce projet ait été parmi les premiers projets pilotes à compléter son diagnostic<br />
<strong>de</strong> sécurité, l’ensemble du processus s’est étalé sur 18 mois, soit plus que la pério<strong>de</strong><br />
prévue. Le travail a été accompli à l’ai<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> certains outils <strong>de</strong> la trousse diagnostique<br />
(en cours d’élaboration) et <strong>de</strong> forums <strong>de</strong> discussion dans trois secteurs <strong>de</strong> la MRC auprès<br />
<strong>de</strong> trois sous-groupes <strong>de</strong> la population. Quatre priorités d’action ont été retenues à la<br />
suite du diagnostic : l’intimidation liée à la culture <strong>de</strong> cannabis vécue par la population,<br />
la violence conjugale, la violence et l’intimidation chez les jeunes, et le sentiment<br />
d’insécurité <strong>de</strong>s aînés face aux jeunes. Il a été décidé <strong>de</strong> créer un comité pour chaque<br />
priorité retenue, leur mandat étant d’appr<strong>of</strong>ondir la problématique et d’élaborer un plan<br />
d’action préliminaire. Une évaluation <strong>de</strong> l’expérience <strong>de</strong>s projets pilotes est actuellement<br />
en cours.<br />
• Ce projet pilote s’est caractérisé dès le départ par une mobilisation très réussie et une<br />
forte implication <strong>de</strong>s autorités politiques et administratives <strong>de</strong> la MRC.<br />
• Effectuer un diagnostic s’est avéré une activité complexe requérant un soutien<br />
méthodologique. La trousse diagnostique a été développée à cette fin.<br />
• À ce jour, la prise en compte <strong>de</strong>s enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité et <strong>de</strong> criminalité dans les dossiers<br />
<strong>de</strong> la MRC est une <strong>de</strong>s retombées du projet.<br />
7 Ce projet est une illustration <strong>de</strong> l’approche territoriale qui constitue une déclinaison géographique <strong>de</strong><br />
l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Dans cette approche, la démarche est assumée par<br />
une gouvernance locale, responsable d’un territoire donné.<br />
Tableau 4. Habitations à loyer modique (HLM)<br />
Localisation<br />
Année 2004-2006<br />
Responsable<br />
du projet<br />
Origine du projet<br />
Type <strong>de</strong> milieu<br />
Structure<br />
et lea<strong>de</strong>rship<br />
Réalisation<br />
Constats<br />
Municipalité <strong>de</strong> taille moyenne du Québec<br />
Un organisme communautaire dont la mission consiste à établir ou à rétablir <strong>de</strong>s<br />
rapports harmonieux entre les citoyens en proposant <strong>de</strong>s activités éducatives et <strong>de</strong>s<br />
mécanismes conviviaux <strong>de</strong> règlements <strong>de</strong>s conflits.<br />
Après plusieurs années d’intervention à la pièce auprès <strong>de</strong> certains locataires <strong>de</strong>s HLM<br />
appartenant à la Ville, l’Office municipal d’habitation a mandaté un organisme du milieu<br />
afin <strong>de</strong> développer une approche globale et concertée. C’est ainsi qu’a pris forme ce<br />
projet dont l’objectif est d’améliorer la sécurité et le sentiment <strong>de</strong> sécurité dans les HLM.<br />
Les 30 secteurs (1 429 unités <strong>de</strong> logement) <strong>de</strong> l’Office municipal d’habitation <strong>de</strong> la Ville.<br />
Un coordonnateur <strong>de</strong> projet et une travailleuse <strong>de</strong> milieu en partenariat avec l’Office<br />
municipal d’habitation.<br />
En plus du travail <strong>de</strong> mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s résidants <strong>de</strong>s 30 secteurs <strong>de</strong> HLM et <strong>de</strong>s<br />
intervenants du milieu, la première année du projet visait à i<strong>de</strong>ntifier les problèmes <strong>de</strong><br />
sécurité vécus par les résidants et à leur trouver <strong>de</strong>s solutions. Pour ce faire, l’organisme<br />
a recueilli un ensemble d’information à l’ai<strong>de</strong> d’entretien auprès d‘informateurs clés, <strong>de</strong><br />
forum <strong>de</strong> discussion et d’un questionnaire d’enquête adressé à tous les résidants <strong>de</strong> plus<br />
<strong>de</strong> 18 ans. Pour l’enquête, l’organisme responsable a sollicité la collaboration <strong>de</strong> l’INSPQ<br />
et du MSP pour obtenir un questionnaire et un soutien méthodologique pour la collecte<br />
et <strong>de</strong> l’Université du Québec pour l’analyse. Pour sa part, l’organisme a mobilisé<br />
82 bénévoles répartis dans chacun <strong>de</strong>s secteurs et les a formés pour faciliter la collecte<br />
<strong>de</strong> données auprès <strong>de</strong>s résidants <strong>de</strong>s HLM, ce qui a permis l’obtention d’un taux <strong>de</strong><br />
réponse <strong>de</strong> 71,4 %. Une analyse sommaire <strong>de</strong>s résultats a conduit à la sélection <strong>de</strong><br />
cinq secteurs pour l’élaboration d’un plan d’action. Malheureusement, le soutien<br />
méthodologique a été cessé faute <strong>de</strong> ressources. Conséquemment, les données <strong>de</strong><br />
l’enquête ont été peu utilisées. Le projet est actuellement en attente <strong>de</strong> financement<br />
pour la mise en œuvre <strong>de</strong> son plan d’action.<br />
• Le partenariat entre l’organisme communautaire, les organismes publics et le milieu<br />
universitaire a permis d’éviter les difficultés méthodologiques inhérentes à la collecte<br />
et à l’analyse <strong>de</strong> ce type <strong>de</strong> données.<br />
• Le questionnaire d’enquête s’est avéré un bon outil <strong>de</strong> mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s résidants<br />
<strong>de</strong>s HLM <strong>de</strong> l’Office municipal d’habitation. Ces <strong>de</strong>rniers ont été impliqués dès le<br />
départ et ont gran<strong>de</strong>ment favorisé un fort taux <strong>de</strong> réponse dans un contexte où le<br />
questionnaire était auto-administré et que les résidants <strong>de</strong> ces unités d’habitation sont<br />
généralement très méfiants envers toute figure d’autorité. Cependant, le questionnaire<br />
est peu convivial et relativement difficile à utiliser sans connaissances techniques et<br />
méthodologiques appropriées.<br />
• Le soutien méthodologique ne doit pas s’arrêter au soutien à la collecte, à la saisie à la<br />
validation et à la transmission <strong>de</strong> la base <strong>de</strong> données, elle doit également accompagner<br />
l’analyse <strong>de</strong>s résultats et leur interprétation.
50 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 51<br />
Discussion<br />
Les assises théoriques <strong>de</strong>s approches globales appliquées en promotion <strong>de</strong> la<br />
sécurité proviennent non seulement du champ <strong>de</strong> la santé publique, et plus<br />
spécifiquement <strong>de</strong> la promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé, mais également <strong>de</strong>s principes<br />
valorisés en prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité. Bien que <strong>de</strong> plus en plus utilisées<br />
dans différents domaines, les preuves scientifiques permettant <strong>de</strong> conclure à<br />
l’efficacité <strong>de</strong> ce type d’approches sont généralement accompagnées <strong>de</strong> mises<br />
en gar<strong>de</strong>. Lorsque <strong>de</strong>s résultats concluants sont mis en lumière, il n’est pas<br />
possible <strong>de</strong> discriminer quels éléments spécifiques <strong>de</strong> l’approche contribuent à<br />
son efficacité (Guldbrandsson et Bremberg, 2004 ; Nilsen, 2006 ; Turner et<br />
al., 2007).<br />
Par exemple, une évaluation <strong>de</strong>s résultats obtenus par le mouvement <strong>de</strong>s<br />
Safe Communities démontre <strong>de</strong>s résultats prometteurs pour la prévention <strong>de</strong>s<br />
acci<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>de</strong> toute nature. La recension <strong>de</strong>s évaluations effectuée par le groupe<br />
Cochrane conclut en effet à l’existence <strong>de</strong> preuves que l’implantation <strong>de</strong> cette<br />
approche réduit les risques <strong>de</strong> blessures dans l’ensemble <strong>de</strong> la population, tout<br />
en précisant être dans l’incapacité <strong>de</strong> déterminer quels éléments spécifiques <strong>de</strong><br />
l’approche sont liés à l’obtention <strong>de</strong> résultats positifs (Turner et al., 2007). Il<br />
faut dire que peu d’évaluations se sont intéressées explicitement au processus<br />
<strong>de</strong> mise en œuvre <strong>de</strong> l’approche <strong>de</strong>s Safe Communities. Pour leur part, Towner<br />
et Dowswell (2002) ont examiné dix étu<strong>de</strong>s en prévention <strong>de</strong>s traumatismes<br />
chez les enfants et les adolescents, dont seulement <strong>de</strong>ux incluaient <strong>de</strong>s données<br />
sur le processus.<br />
Par ailleurs, la nature même <strong>de</strong>s approches globales et intégrées, adaptées à la<br />
réalité <strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales, complexifie la démonstration <strong>de</strong> leur efficacité<br />
(Towner et Dowswell, 2002). Il est difficile d’évaluer <strong>de</strong>s programmes ayant<br />
recours à <strong>de</strong>s interventions multimodales, agissant sur plusieurs cibles, auprès<br />
<strong>de</strong> diverses clientèles. En s’adaptant aux particularités d’un lieu, l’approche<br />
par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie rend difficile la duplication <strong>de</strong>s interventions puisqu’elles<br />
subissent <strong>de</strong>s ajustements visant à mieux s’adapter à la réalité du milieu (Green<br />
et al., 2000).<br />
Malgré la rareté <strong>de</strong>s preuves scientifiques et les difficultés associées à l’évaluation<br />
<strong>de</strong> programmes <strong>de</strong> prévention complexes, certains principes caractérisant<br />
l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie font consensus auprès <strong>de</strong>s experts travaillant en<br />
prévention <strong>de</strong>s traumatismes et en promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé et <strong>de</strong> la sécurité.<br />
Une lecture <strong>de</strong>s revues systématiques d’étu<strong>de</strong>s permet en effet <strong>de</strong> dégager<br />
<strong>de</strong>s éléments communs aux programmes obtenant <strong>de</strong>s résultats positifs. Tout<br />
d’abord, les interventions qui se déploient dans diverses sphères, auprès <strong>de</strong><br />
différentes clientèles et qui utilisent une combinaison <strong>de</strong> stratégies obtiennent<br />
<strong>de</strong> meilleurs résultats, surtout si elles s’éten<strong>de</strong>nt sur une pério<strong>de</strong> assez longue<br />
(Klassen et al., 2000 ; Nation et al., 2003 ; Towner et Dowswell, 2002). Aussi,<br />
la mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s organismes du milieu et la collaboration intersectorielle<br />
autour <strong>de</strong> la prévention <strong>de</strong>s traumatismes ou <strong>de</strong> la sécurité apparaissent comme<br />
une voie plus prometteuse qu’un partenariat ponctuel au regard d’un problème<br />
précis (Towner et Dowswell, 2002). La participation active <strong>de</strong>s partenaires dans<br />
le développement <strong>de</strong>s stratégies ressort également comme un facteur <strong>de</strong> succès<br />
(Klassen et al., 2000 ; Wright et Cheng, 1998). Parallèlement, la nécessité<br />
d’avoir recours à <strong>de</strong>s données locales, <strong>de</strong> façon à sélectionner <strong>de</strong>s interventions<br />
qui tiennent compte du pr<strong>of</strong>il <strong>de</strong> la communauté ou du milieu, constitue une<br />
autre caractéristique <strong>de</strong>s programmes efficaces (Klassen et al., 2000 ; Loos<br />
et al., 2001 ; Towner et Dowswell, 2002). Finalement, afin d’interpréter<br />
adéquatement les préoccupations <strong>de</strong>s collectivités et <strong>de</strong> trouver <strong>de</strong>s réponses<br />
adaptées aux milieux, la participation <strong>de</strong> la population est recommandée<br />
(Hawkins et al., 2002 ; Loos et al., 2001).<br />
D’un point <strong>de</strong> vue plus opérationnel, les différents projets démarrés au Québec<br />
nous permettent <strong>de</strong> tirer certaines leçons et d’apporter <strong>de</strong>s nuances quant à<br />
l’utilisation <strong>de</strong> l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie en promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité. Tout<br />
d’abord, comme l’illustrent les projets du métro, <strong>de</strong> la MRC et <strong>de</strong>s HLM,<br />
l’approche peut être utilisée dans <strong>de</strong>s milieux fort différents, et ce, avec <strong>de</strong>s<br />
avantages certains.<br />
L’expérience du métro a fait ressortir la plus-value d’un regard holistique sur la<br />
sécurité. Alors que les manifestations les plus visibles associaient les problèmes<br />
<strong>de</strong> sécurité aux jeunes, l’analyse <strong>de</strong> la situation à partir du diagnostic <strong>de</strong><br />
sécurité a permis <strong>de</strong> mettre en lumière une diversité d’enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité. Elle<br />
a resitué le problème <strong>de</strong>s jeunes à l’intérieur <strong>de</strong> la problématique plus large<br />
<strong>de</strong> la sécurité, facilitant ainsi la proposition <strong>de</strong> solutions intégrées et adaptées<br />
(Sergerie et Fortier, 2000). De même, l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie a <strong>of</strong>fert à<br />
l’organisme œuvrant dans les HLM une réponse à son besoin <strong>de</strong> mieux cibler<br />
ses interventions, et ce, <strong>de</strong> façon plus globale et intégrée. De plus, les trois<br />
projets sont arrivés à définir <strong>de</strong>s priorités d’action englobant plus d’un aspect<br />
<strong>de</strong> la sécurité.<br />
Parallèlement, il faut reconnaître que la vision holistique <strong>de</strong> la sécurité ouvre la<br />
porte à une quantité d’informations parfois difficiles à colliger et à organiser<br />
pour les milieux. L’importance d’être systématique <strong>de</strong>vient alors fondamentale,<br />
d’où le recours à une démarche structurée. Bien que plus longue et plus
52 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 53<br />
complexe, cette <strong>de</strong>rnière est plus susceptible <strong>de</strong> mener à un ensemble cohérent<br />
<strong>de</strong> mesures préventives.<br />
L’expérience amène cependant à préciser certains aspects. Malgré la pertinence<br />
<strong>de</strong> l’approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie, force est d’admettre que sa mise en œuvre<br />
représente un défi <strong>de</strong> taille pour les communautés. Le temps consacré par la<br />
MRC à la réalisation du diagnostic a permis en effet <strong>de</strong> constater l’importance<br />
<strong>de</strong> soutenir les milieux <strong>de</strong> diverses façons. Une formation sur mesure, un<br />
monitorat et <strong>de</strong>s outils adaptés sont nécessaires afin <strong>de</strong> gui<strong>de</strong>r le processus et<br />
le systématiser. Les bénéfices que l’organisme œuvrant dans les HLM a retirés<br />
en s’associant à divers organismes publics pour le soutien méthodologique<br />
en témoignent. Ce soutien a ainsi permis <strong>de</strong> libérer les promoteurs du projet<br />
afin qu’ils puissent se consacrer à <strong>de</strong>s activités mieux adaptées à leur mission,<br />
soit le recrutement et la formation <strong>de</strong> bénévoles, ainsi que la mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s<br />
résidants <strong>de</strong>s HLM.<br />
L’exemple du métro et celui <strong>de</strong>s HLM démontrent que l’exercice du diagnostic<br />
et même la mobilisation sont plus facilement réalisables dans un milieu<br />
petit et bien circonscrit. La complexité <strong>de</strong> la mobilisation, du partenariat<br />
et <strong>de</strong> la réalisation d’un diagnostic visant l’élaboration d’un plan d’action<br />
sur un territoire tel que celui d’une MRC a nécessité davantage <strong>de</strong> travail<br />
et <strong>de</strong> négociations entre les différentes parties en présence. C’est pourquoi<br />
il est essentiel que l’énergie et les ressources consacrées au processus soient<br />
proportionnelles à l’envergure du milieu et à la complexité <strong>de</strong> la situation, tant<br />
en ce qui concerne les enjeux <strong>de</strong> sécurité du milieu que les structures et intérêts<br />
différents en place. Il est également très important <strong>de</strong> mobiliser le milieu et<br />
<strong>de</strong> réunir au sein d’un groupe <strong>de</strong> travail <strong>de</strong>s acteurs susceptibles d’influencer<br />
la mise en place <strong>de</strong>s mesures proposées. L’exemple du métro démontre bien<br />
la nécessité <strong>de</strong> la concertation entre les acteurs présents dans le milieu <strong>de</strong><br />
vie. Bien que la gare intermodale ne soit pas un milieu <strong>de</strong> l’envergure d’une<br />
ville, les responsabilités sont réparties entre différents acteurs <strong>de</strong> plus d’un<br />
secteur. Par ailleurs, pour réussir le processus d’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité,<br />
les acteurs détenant le pouvoir <strong>de</strong> mettre <strong>de</strong>s mesures en place doivent être<br />
présents, d’où la nécessité d’obtenir la participation <strong>de</strong> déci<strong>de</strong>urs au sein du<br />
groupe. Ainsi, la participation <strong>de</strong> représentants <strong>de</strong>s municipalités ou <strong>de</strong>s MRC<br />
est nécessaire, compte tenu du pouvoir décisionnel <strong>de</strong> ces instances en matière<br />
<strong>de</strong> sécurité. L’engagement <strong>de</strong>s autorités municipales dans le projet <strong>de</strong> la MRC<br />
en témoigne.<br />
Conclusion<br />
L’approche <strong>de</strong> promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité préconisée au Québec permet <strong>de</strong><br />
considérer globalement et d’une manière intégrée un large éventail <strong>de</strong> problèmes : .<br />
criminalité, sentiment <strong>de</strong> sécurité, sécurité routière, violence conjugale, taxage,<br />
etc. Tous ces enjeux sont au centre <strong>de</strong>s préoccupations <strong>de</strong> la population. Cette<br />
approche permet <strong>de</strong> concevoir <strong>de</strong>s interventions qui tiennent compte <strong>de</strong>s<br />
relations dynamiques s’opérant entre les différents phénomènes. Par ailleurs,<br />
elle conduit à la réalisation d’économies parce qu’elle permet <strong>de</strong> proposer <strong>de</strong>s<br />
solutions cohérentes et globales à un ensemble <strong>de</strong> problèmes. Enfin, elle permet<br />
aussi <strong>de</strong> mieux adapter l’action aux réalités <strong>de</strong>s milieux et <strong>de</strong> coopter les lea<strong>de</strong>rs<br />
et les organismes locaux ainsi que la population en leur donnant un rôle <strong>de</strong><br />
premier plan dans le processus.<br />
Au Québec, <strong>de</strong> nombreux projets s’inspirant d’une telle approche ont été mis<br />
sur pied et ces <strong>de</strong>rniers ont connu un succès variable. Il est clair que même<br />
si elle présente <strong>de</strong> nombreux avantages, la réalisation d’un tel processus <strong>de</strong><br />
planification s’est avérée longue et complexe pour les milieux. C’est pourquoi<br />
certaines conditions <strong>de</strong>vraient être présentes.<br />
Tout d’abord, il faut s’assurer <strong>de</strong> la présence d’un soutien méthodologique<br />
adéquat. En effet, la portée <strong>de</strong>s résultats obtenus dépend largement <strong>de</strong> la<br />
rigueur appliquée à toutes les étapes <strong>de</strong> la démarche structurée. Il est donc<br />
indispensable que les milieux puissent compter sur <strong>de</strong>s experts en métho<strong>de</strong><br />
pour les ai<strong>de</strong>r dans leur cheminement (coaching). Ce soutien peut également<br />
prendre la forme d’outils pratiques afin <strong>de</strong> gui<strong>de</strong>r les promoteurs d’un projet<br />
dans la réalisation <strong>de</strong>s activités (outils <strong>de</strong> collecte d’information, outils<br />
d’analyse, outils pour ai<strong>de</strong>r à établir un consensus, etc.).<br />
La stabilité <strong>de</strong>s ressources financières et humaines constitue également une<br />
condition importante. Compte tenu <strong>de</strong> la complexité <strong>de</strong> la démarche et<br />
du temps nécessaire pour la compléter, il est indispensable d’assurer un<br />
financement suffisant et sur un horizon temporel <strong>de</strong> quelques années. Cette<br />
garantie permettra d’assurer un soutien logistique à long terme et sera propice<br />
à stabiliser l’équipe responsable du projet. Une telle stabilité constitue un<br />
gage <strong>de</strong> succès compte tenu <strong>de</strong> la nécessité <strong>de</strong> bien connaître le milieu, les<br />
organismes qui y opèrent, la dynamique locale, etc. Cette condition permet<br />
enfin <strong>de</strong> s’assurer <strong>de</strong> la présence à long terme d’un coordonnateur responsable<br />
<strong>de</strong> la mise en œuvre <strong>de</strong> la démarche. Ce <strong>de</strong>rnier est essentiel car il joue un<br />
rôle <strong>de</strong> fil conducteur <strong>de</strong> l’ensemble du processus et constitue bien souvent la<br />
mémoire collective du groupe mobilisé autour d’un projet <strong>de</strong> sécurité.
54 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et son approche par milieu <strong>de</strong> vie 55<br />
Enfin, une telle approche <strong>de</strong> promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité nécessite un<br />
investissement <strong>de</strong> ressources considérable <strong>de</strong>s organismes du milieu tant à<br />
l’étape <strong>de</strong> la planification qu’au moment <strong>de</strong> la mise en œuvre du plan d’action<br />
qui en découle. Il est par conséquent essentiel <strong>de</strong> s’assurer <strong>de</strong> la participation<br />
au sein d’un groupe <strong>de</strong> travail <strong>de</strong> déci<strong>de</strong>urs représentant les principaux<br />
secteurs impliqués.<br />
Bibliographie<br />
Crawford, A. (1998). Crime prevention & community safety: Politics, policies &<br />
practices. London, New York: Longman.<br />
Green, L.W., Poland, B.D., et Rootman, I. (2000). The settings approach<br />
to health promotion. Dans L.W. Green, B.D. Poland, et I. Rootman<br />
(sous la dir.), Settings for health promotion, linking theory and practice.<br />
Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.<br />
Guldbrandsson, K., et Bremberg, S. (2004). A study <strong>of</strong> safety-promoting<br />
activities for children and adolescents in 25 Swedish municipalities.<br />
Health Promotion International, 19(2), 215-226.<br />
Hawkins, J.D., Catalano, R.F., et Arthur, M.W. (2002). Promoting sciencebased<br />
prevention in communities. Addictive Behaviors, 27, 951-976.<br />
Klassen, T.P., Mackay, J.M., Moher, D., Walker, A., et Jones, A.L. (2000).<br />
Community-based injury prevention interventions. Future Child,<br />
10(1), 83-110.<br />
Krug, É.-G., Dahlberg, L.L., Mercy, J.A., Zwi, A., et Lozano-Ascencio,<br />
R. (2002). Rapport mondial sur la violence et la santé. Genève :<br />
Organisation mondiale <strong>de</strong> la santé.<br />
Levaque, R. (2001). Sécurité dans les milieux <strong>de</strong> vie. Gui<strong>de</strong> à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s<br />
municipalités (2 e édition). Québec : Ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité publique<br />
et Institut national <strong>de</strong> santé publique du Québec. http://www.inspq.<br />
qc.ca/publications/<strong>de</strong>faultlien.asp?submit=1&NumPublication=62<br />
Levaque, R., Le Hénaff, L., et Maurice, P. (2006). Vivre en sécurité, se donner<br />
les moyens. Formation pour l’amélioration <strong>de</strong> la sécurité et la prévention<br />
<strong>de</strong> la criminalité à l’intention <strong>de</strong>s collectivités locales. Sainte-Foy :<br />
Institut national <strong>de</strong> santé publique du Québec. http://www.crpspc.<br />
qc.ca/<strong>de</strong>fault.asp?fichier=outils_formation_formation.htm<br />
Loos, C., Ol<strong>de</strong>nburg, B., et O’Hara, L. (2001). Planning <strong>of</strong> a communitybased<br />
approach to injury control and safety promotion in rural<br />
community. Australian Journal <strong>of</strong> Rural Health, 9, 222-228.<br />
Maslow, A.H. (1968). Toward a psychology <strong>of</strong> being. New York: .<br />
Di Van Nostrand.<br />
Maurice, P., Lavoie, M., Chap<strong>de</strong>laine, A., et Bélanger-Bonneau, H.<br />
(1997). Sécurité et promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité : aspects conceptuels et<br />
opérationnels. Maladies chroniques au Canada, 18(4), 179-186. .<br />
http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/cdic-mcc/18-4/f_f.html<br />
Maurice, P., Lavoie, M., Levaque, R., Chap<strong>de</strong>laine, A., Bélanger-Bonneau,<br />
H., Svanström, L., Laflamme, L., An<strong>de</strong>rsson, R., et Romer, C.. (1998).<br />
Sécurité et promotion <strong>de</strong> la sécurité : aspects conceptuels et opérationnels.<br />
Québec : Centre collaborateur OMS du Québec pour la promotion <strong>de</strong><br />
la sécurité et la prévention <strong>de</strong>s traumatismes. http://www.inspq.qc.ca/<br />
publications/notice.asp?E=p&NumPublication=149<br />
Ministère <strong>de</strong> la Sécurité publique. (2001). Politique ministérielle en prévention<br />
<strong>de</strong> la criminalité. Pour <strong>de</strong>s milieux <strong>de</strong> vie plus sécuritaires. Québec :<br />
Gouvernement du Québec.http://www.msp.gouv.qc.ca/prevention/<br />
prevention.asp?txtSection=publicat&txtCategorie=politique<br />
Nation, M., Crusto, C., Wan<strong>de</strong>rsman, A., Kumpfer, K.L., Seybolt, D.,<br />
Morrissey-Kane, E., et Davino, K. (2003). What works in prevention:<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> effective prevention programs. American Psychologist,<br />
58(6-7), 449-456.<br />
Nilsen, P. (2006). The theory <strong>of</strong> community based health and safety<br />
programs: A critical examination. Injury Prevention, 12, 140-145.
56 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2<br />
Organisation mondiale <strong>de</strong> la santé, Santé et Bien-être social Canada,<br />
et Association canadienne pour la santé publique. (1986). Charte<br />
d’Ottawa pour la promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé. Ottawa : Conférence<br />
internationale pour la promotion <strong>de</strong> la santé.<br />
Paquin, S. (2005). Le partenariat dans la prévention du crime. <strong>Revue</strong><br />
canadienne <strong>de</strong> criminologie et <strong>de</strong> justice pénale, 47(2), 317-335.<br />
Pineault, R., et Daveluy, C. (1990). La planification <strong>de</strong> la santé : Concepts,<br />
métho<strong>de</strong>s, stratégies. Montréal : Agence d’ARC Inc.<br />
Programme Des Nations Unies Pour le Développement (PNUD). (1994).<br />
Rapport sur le développement humain 1994. New York: Oxford<br />
University Press.<br />
Rosenbaum, D.P. (2002). Evaluating multi-agency anti-crime partnerships:<br />
Theory, <strong>de</strong>sign, and measurement issues. Dans N. Tilley, Evaluation<br />
for crime prevention (sous la dir.). Monsey, NY: Criminal Justice Press.<br />
Sergerie, D., et Fortier, D. (2000). Rapport synthèse <strong>de</strong> la démarche<br />
d’implantation du gui<strong>de</strong> sur la sécurité en milieu <strong>de</strong> vie : projet pilote « Le<br />
métro <strong>de</strong> Longueuil ». Direction <strong>de</strong> santé publique, RRSSS Montérégie.<br />
Towner, E., et Dowswell, T. (2002). Community-based childhood injury<br />
prevention interventions: What works? Health Promotion International,<br />
17(3), 273-284.<br />
Turner, S.A., Nixon, J., et McClure, R. (2007). The ‘WHO Safe<br />
Communities’ mo<strong>de</strong>l for the prevention <strong>of</strong> injury in whole<br />
populations. Cochrane Database <strong>of</strong> Systematic Reviews 2005, Issue 2.<br />
Wright, J.L. et Cheng, T.L. (1998). Successful approaches to community<br />
violence intervention and prevention. Pediatric Clinics <strong>of</strong> North<br />
America, 45(2), 459-467.<br />
Volume 2: pages 57–81<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Prévenir les gangs avec une<br />
approche globale et intégrée :<br />
le rôle crucial <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison<br />
Sylvie Hamel, Ph.D.<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>esseure<br />
Département <strong>de</strong> psychoéducation<br />
Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières<br />
Marie-Marthe Cousineau, Ph.D.<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>esseure<br />
École <strong>de</strong> criminologie<br />
Université <strong>de</strong> Montréal<br />
Martine Vézina, M.Sc.<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>essionnelle <strong>de</strong> recherche<br />
Institut <strong>de</strong> recherche pour le développement social <strong>de</strong>s jeunes<br />
A b s t r a c t<br />
In the spring <strong>of</strong> 2000, recognizing that traditional approaches to <strong>de</strong>aling<br />
with street gangs were largely ineffective, the Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue<br />
project began working on alternative solutions incorporating the principles<br />
<strong>of</strong> community social <strong>de</strong>velopment. With funding from the Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Justice and the Department <strong>of</strong> the Solicitor General <strong>of</strong> Canada un<strong>de</strong>r<br />
the National Strategy on Community Safety and Crime Prevention, this<br />
initiative was conducted in collaboration with three City <strong>of</strong> Montreal areas,<br />
which served as pilot sites. The research team responsible for the initiative<br />
joined forces with action committees already in place in these areas, which<br />
brought together representatives from various fields <strong>of</strong> intervention. The<br />
team opted for an action research strategy and a participatory approach,<br />
which, among other things, would facilitate evaluating the process related<br />
to the various actions un<strong>de</strong>rtaken. It further established linkages with liaison
58 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 59<br />
<strong>of</strong>ficers whose role proved to be essential not only to the functioning and<br />
consolidation <strong>of</strong> the multisectoral action networks, but also to ensuring the<br />
sustainability and influence they enjoy today.<br />
R é s u m é<br />
Devant l’insuccès <strong>de</strong>s moyens traditionnellement utilisés pour faire face<br />
aux gangs <strong>de</strong> rue, le projet Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue amorce, au printemps<br />
2000, la création <strong>de</strong> solutions <strong>de</strong> rechange s’appuyant sur les principes<br />
du développement social communautaire. Avec l’appui financier <strong>de</strong>s<br />
ministères <strong>de</strong> la Justice et du Solliciteur général du Canada dans le cadre<br />
<strong>de</strong> la Stratégie nationale sur la sécurité communautaire et la prévention<br />
du crime, cette construction se fait aussi avec la collaboration <strong>de</strong> trois<br />
localités <strong>de</strong> la région montréalaise qui font <strong>of</strong>fice <strong>de</strong> sites pilotes. L’équipe<br />
<strong>de</strong> recherche à l’origine du projet se lie à <strong>de</strong>s comités d’action déjà en place<br />
dans ces milieux, regroupant chacun <strong>de</strong>s représentants <strong>de</strong> divers champs<br />
d’intervention. Elle opte pour une stratégie <strong>de</strong> recherche-action et une<br />
approche participative dans l’intérêt notamment d’évaluer les processus<br />
se rattachant aux opérations qu’elle suscite. Dans cette foulée, l’équipe <strong>de</strong><br />
recherche se lie à <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison dont le rôle s’avère indispensable<br />
non seulement au fonctionnement et à la consolidation <strong>de</strong>s réseaux<br />
d’action multisectorielle, mais aussi à leur pérennité et au rayonnement<br />
qu’ils connaissent aujourd’hui.<br />
État <strong>de</strong> situation à Montréal<br />
L’Enquête policière canadienne sur les gangs <strong>de</strong> jeunes réalisée en 2002 révèle<br />
que, sur l’ensemble du territoire canadien, sept provinces reconnaissent avoir<br />
un problème <strong>de</strong> gangs (Chettleburgh, 2002). Le Québec fait partie <strong>de</strong> ces<br />
provinces et Montréal est l’une <strong>de</strong>s villes les plus affectées. Cette enquête révèle<br />
également que le Canada compte 434 gangs <strong>de</strong> jeunes sur son territoire, <strong>de</strong><br />
même que 7 000 membres <strong>de</strong> gangs. Plus récemment, le Service canadien <strong>de</strong><br />
renseignements criminels (2006) estimait la présence <strong>de</strong> 300 gangs <strong>de</strong> rue à<br />
travers le pays comptant environ 11 000 membres.<br />
Plus précisément, la Division du renseignement du Service <strong>de</strong> police <strong>de</strong> la ville<br />
<strong>de</strong> Montréal (SPVM) évalue la présence d’une vingtaine <strong>de</strong> gangs majeurs<br />
(groupes bien établis avec <strong>de</strong>s activités criminelles organisées) et encore<br />
davantage <strong>de</strong> gangs émergents (nouveaux regroupements violents qui tentent<br />
<strong>de</strong> s’imposer) sur l’ensemble <strong>de</strong> son territoire (SPVM, 2005). Le SPVM estime<br />
aussi que, <strong>de</strong>puis 1989, sept homici<strong>de</strong>s par année sont attribuables aux gangs<br />
sans compter que, <strong>de</strong>puis 2002, 397 tentatives <strong>de</strong> meurtre ont également été<br />
reliées à ces groupes (Barbeau, 2005).<br />
Ces chiffres doivent cependant être interprétés avec pru<strong>de</strong>nce (Petersen,<br />
2004 ; Soullière, 1998) puisqu’ils tentent <strong>de</strong> cerner un phénomène changeant<br />
auquel est attribué <strong>de</strong>s définitions différentes. En effet, aucune définition du<br />
phénomène ne fait encore consensus et celles qui ont été formulées ont évolué<br />
avec le temps (Ball & Curry, 1995 ; Covey, Menard, & Franzese, 1997 ; Curry<br />
& Decker, 2003 ; Decker & Van Winkle, 1996 ; Esbensen, Winfree, He,<br />
& Taylor, 2001 ; Sheldon, Tracy, & Brown, 2001). On convient néanmoins<br />
que le phénomène englobe une diversité <strong>de</strong> groupes qui ne s’adonnent pas<br />
tous à la violence et à la criminalité avec la même intensité (Hébert, Hamel,<br />
& Savoie, 1997). Au premier pôle du continuum se situent les groupes <strong>de</strong><br />
jeunes qui ten<strong>de</strong>nt à imiter les gangs tandis qu’à l’autre extrémité se placent les<br />
organisations criminelles résolument tournées vers la violence et la criminalité.<br />
Entre ces <strong>de</strong>ux limites, se trouvent une quantité <strong>de</strong> groupes, dont les gangs <strong>de</strong><br />
rue. Ceux-ci renvoient à la notion <strong>de</strong> gangstérisme, évoquant la présence d’un<br />
phénomène organisé et criminalisé, qui entraîne, du même coup, une réaction<br />
sociale fortement antagoniste.<br />
Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue<br />
Le Service <strong>de</strong> police <strong>de</strong> la ville <strong>de</strong> Montréal initia en 1996 le projet Jeunesse et<br />
gangs <strong>de</strong> rue. Il souhaitait ainsi faire le point sur la question <strong>de</strong>s gangs <strong>de</strong> rue<br />
et que <strong>de</strong> nouvelles solutions soient expérimentées, constatant que les moyens<br />
mis en œuvre, soit la répression appliquée <strong>de</strong> manière unilatérale, ne donnait<br />
aucun résultat. Ce projet fut placé sous la responsabilité conjointe <strong>de</strong> l’Institut<br />
<strong>de</strong> recherche pour le développement social <strong>de</strong>s jeunes et du Centre jeunesse<br />
<strong>de</strong> Montréal – Institut universitaire. Pour ce faire, trois sources d’information<br />
différentes ont été considérées, soit les écrits, <strong>de</strong>s jeunes ayant fait l’expérience<br />
<strong>de</strong>s gangs ainsi que <strong>de</strong>s informateurs clés. Au terme <strong>de</strong> ses travaux, l’équipe <strong>de</strong><br />
recherche arriva à <strong>de</strong>ux conclusions importantes :<br />
1. Au-<strong>de</strong>là <strong>de</strong> la violence et <strong>de</strong> la criminalité qu’il génère, le phénomène<br />
<strong>de</strong>s gangs est lié à un autre problème tout aussi important : celui voulant<br />
que <strong>de</strong>s jeunes découvrent dans les gangs le moyen <strong>de</strong> combler leurs<br />
besoins les plus fondamentaux (protection, appartenance, reconnaissance<br />
et valorisation), besoins qu’ils ne trouvent à combler nulle part ailleurs<br />
dans leur environnement (famille, école et communauté).<br />
2. En conséquence, la prévention <strong>de</strong>s gangs <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong> que <strong>de</strong>s conditions<br />
soient mises en place pour que « les jeunes s’attachent et s’intègrent
60 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 61<br />
à leur communauté comme ils s’attachent et s’intègrent aux gangs »<br />
(Hamel, Cousineau, Vézina, & Léveillé, 2006, p. 7).<br />
C’est pourquoi l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche préconisa le développement d’une<br />
approche communautaire, globale et intégrée.<br />
Les approches communautaires …<br />
puis globales et intégrées<br />
Les premiers projets <strong>de</strong> type communautaire visant à faire face aux gangs<br />
remontent aux années 1930, notamment dans la région Chicago, avec le Chicago<br />
Area Project qui accordait un pouvoir social et politique à <strong>de</strong>s communautés<br />
locales pour l’amélioration <strong>de</strong>s quartiers. Klein (1995) explique que l’action <strong>de</strong><br />
ce programme était guidée par les principes suivants :<br />
• la délinquance vient <strong>de</strong> l’effet du groupe plutôt que <strong>de</strong> l’individu ;<br />
• les structures <strong>de</strong> la communauté doivent surtout être mises en cause ; et<br />
• le développement et l’organisation communautaire, donnant aux rési<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
le pouvoir d’i<strong>de</strong>ntifier leurs problèmes et <strong>de</strong> déterminer leurs solutions,<br />
peuvent contribuer à sa réduction.<br />
En l’absence <strong>de</strong> résultats d’évaluation, Klein (1995) estime qu’il est tout<br />
à fait probable que ce programme ait contribué à faire diminuer le taux<br />
<strong>de</strong> délinquance dans ces quartiers. Une retombée non négligeable <strong>de</strong> ce<br />
programme est aussi d’avoir favorisé le développement <strong>de</strong> plusieurs services<br />
dans la communauté et <strong>de</strong> donner la preuve que <strong>de</strong>s rési<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>de</strong> quartiers<br />
peuvent s’organiser pour affronter le problème <strong>de</strong>s gangs. Ainsi, Klein (1995)<br />
estime que ces approches sont valables parce que les gangs ne représentent,<br />
selon lui, que le produit d’une communauté qui entraîne l’inadaptation. Si les<br />
structures <strong>de</strong> cette communauté ne sont pas modifiées, les gangs persisteront,<br />
peu importe les transformations <strong>de</strong>s valeurs, la répression ou les autres efforts<br />
pouvant être consentis.<br />
D’autres soulignent par contre que la mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s citoyens comporte<br />
ses limites. Par exemple, plusieurs groupes <strong>de</strong> citoyens et <strong>de</strong> parents se sont<br />
soulevés déjà pour se protéger et pour défendre leur communauté. Mais ces<br />
opérations <strong>de</strong> surveillance se sont avérées périlleuses dans certains cas, pour<br />
<strong>de</strong>s rési<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>de</strong>venus ainsi délateurs (Spergel, 1995). Il est très difficile<br />
pour ces gens <strong>de</strong> maintenir leurs efforts pour faire face à un tel problème.<br />
Bien souvent leurs projets dévient <strong>de</strong> leur trajectoire avec le temps, pour<br />
s’adresser finalement à <strong>de</strong>s problématiques moins menaçantes touchant la<br />
communauté en général (loisirs, tutorat, ai<strong>de</strong> sociale). Plus tard, ceux qu’on<br />
appelle les <strong>de</strong>tached workers se sont aussi rebutés à quelques difficultés. Ces<br />
intervenants ont quitté leur bureau et sont <strong>de</strong>scendu dans la rue dans le but <strong>de</strong><br />
se rapprocher <strong>de</strong>s jeunes (Howell, 1996). Quelques-uns seulement ont réussi à<br />
s’intégrer convenablement à la communauté. Les autres ont semé plus souvent<br />
le doute autour d’eux ; <strong>de</strong>s gangs ont vu dans leur approche, une stratégie<br />
d’infiltration et <strong>de</strong> démantèlement. Craignant pour leur survie et pour leur<br />
image, certains groupes se sont en conséquence endurcis. Des stratégies <strong>de</strong><br />
médiation ont également été critiquées. Ces rencontres <strong>de</strong> trêves (rencontres<br />
entre lea<strong>de</strong>rs <strong>de</strong> gangs) organisées notamment dans <strong>de</strong>s quartiers chauds <strong>de</strong> la<br />
ville <strong>de</strong> Phila<strong>de</strong>lphie ont été considérées comme <strong>de</strong>s activités pouvant légitimer<br />
le lea<strong>de</strong>rship <strong>de</strong>s chefs, contribuer à exagérer les rivalités et à répandre les<br />
rumeurs <strong>de</strong> conflits entre les gangs (Klein, 1995).<br />
Ceci montre évi<strong>de</strong>mment que la prévention du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs par une<br />
approche communautaire <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong> une soli<strong>de</strong> organisation. De plus, parmi<br />
tous les projets qui préten<strong>de</strong>nt adopter une telle approche, il est souvent difficile<br />
<strong>de</strong> dire quel statut est accordé à la communauté (Hastings, 1998). Est-elle une<br />
cible <strong>de</strong> l’intervention en soi ou plutôt un outil servant à atteindre d’autres<br />
cibles, dont les gangs et les jeunes qui en font partie ? Ainsi, bien <strong>de</strong>s projets<br />
s’inscrivant dans ce créneau, ayant été mal définis et mal planifiés au départ,<br />
n’ont pas donné lieu à <strong>de</strong>s résultats probants.<br />
Mais plus tard, viendront d’autres projets axés sur une meilleure organisation<br />
entre les intervenants. Ceci est le cas notamment que du Crisis Intervention<br />
Network (CIN) développé dans le milieu <strong>de</strong>s années 1970 à Phila<strong>de</strong>lphie<br />
(Spergel & Grossman, 1998). Des travailleurs <strong>de</strong> rue contribuaient alors<br />
à la surveillance <strong>de</strong>s gangs en avertissant les policiers dans les cas <strong>de</strong><br />
situations d’urgence. De manière plus globale, ce projet aurait donné lieu à<br />
d’autres formes <strong>de</strong> collaborations, impliquant notamment <strong>de</strong>s intervenants<br />
œuvrant dans le milieu scolaire, <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> probation ainsi que <strong>de</strong><br />
petites organisations locales indépendantes. Cette nouvelle dimension, la<br />
coopération et la collaboration entre acteurs provenant <strong>de</strong> différents secteurs<br />
d’intervention, attire d’ailleurs l’attention <strong>de</strong>s experts. Spergel pour sa part<br />
choisira <strong>de</strong> s’en inspirer pour conduire un projet appelé Little Village Gang<br />
Violence Reduction Project (1987-1991) qui s’inscrit également dans la suite<br />
d’une vaste opération nationale visant à expérimenter une approche, globale<br />
et intégrée, dans 10 villes américaines (Spergel & Grossman, 1998).
62 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 63<br />
Plus précisément, Spergel (1995) fait la promotion d’une approche dont les<br />
composantes sont :<br />
1. la mobilisation communautaire ;<br />
2. l’accès aux opportunités ;<br />
3. l’intervention sociale ;<br />
4. la répression ; et<br />
5. le changement et le développement organisationnel.<br />
Pour ce faire, <strong>de</strong>s intervenants (représentants <strong>de</strong>s forces <strong>de</strong> l’ordre, agents <strong>de</strong><br />
probation, intervenants sociaux œuvrant dans les milieux communautaires et<br />
scolaires) doivent d’abord s’entendre par consensus sur le choix <strong>de</strong> certaines<br />
cibles (certains jeunes, certains gangs ou certains contextes en particulier). Puis<br />
ils doivent développer <strong>de</strong>s liens <strong>de</strong> confiance et d’interdépendance pour que<br />
les stratégies qu’ils mettront en opération, soient bien organisées et intégrées,<br />
s’adressant à un problème dont ils connaissent bien la nature sur un territoire<br />
local et circonscrit.<br />
Les chercheurs ayant accompagné la démarche d’implantation <strong>de</strong> ce modèle<br />
d’action observent plusieurs choses intéressantes. Ils constatent notamment<br />
que <strong>de</strong>s liens novateurs se sont développés entre les policiers et les intervenants<br />
communautaires, <strong>de</strong>s travailleurs <strong>de</strong> rue dont la plupart avaient grandi dans ou<br />
près <strong>de</strong> l’univers <strong>de</strong>s gangs. Ces acteurs très différents, étaient tous préoccupés<br />
par la violence <strong>de</strong>s jeunes et souhaitaient contribuer à sa diminution. Dans<br />
cette foulée, les <strong>of</strong>ficiers <strong>de</strong> police ont développé une meilleure approche avec<br />
les jeunes membres <strong>de</strong> gangs et dans certains cas les travailleurs <strong>de</strong> rue les ont<br />
même guidés afin d’éviter qu’ils n’arrêtent les mauvaises personnes. De leur<br />
côté, les travailleurs <strong>de</strong> rue ont réussi à gar<strong>de</strong>r le respect <strong>de</strong>s jeunes, tout en<br />
poursuivant leur travail <strong>de</strong> référence et d’accompagnement mais en ayant <strong>de</strong>s<br />
liens plus étroits avec les institutions légales (Spergel & Grossman, 1998). Par<br />
contre, il aurait été plus difficile <strong>de</strong> créer <strong>de</strong>s alliances avec la communauté ellemême.<br />
Un comité conseil formé <strong>de</strong> citoyens et <strong>de</strong> divers représentants du milieu<br />
se serait rapi<strong>de</strong>ment dissolu (Spergel, Wa, & Sosa, 2006). Apparemment, ses<br />
membres n’ont pas tous adhéré pleinement au principe d’une coordination<br />
entre les services, sans compter que <strong>de</strong> nombreux antagonismes entre groupes<br />
locaux, agences sociales, représentants <strong>de</strong> l’église et du système <strong>de</strong> justice ont<br />
eu pour effet d’embrouiller la communication entre ces diverses instances.<br />
En contrepartie, les résultats d’une recherche évaluative indépendante font<br />
ressortir une certaine réduction <strong>de</strong> la criminalité <strong>de</strong>s gangs. Les jeunes les<br />
plus concernés sont ceux qui particulièrement présentent <strong>de</strong> lour<strong>de</strong>s histoires<br />
accompagnées <strong>de</strong> nombreuses arrestations pour crimes violents (durant la<br />
pério<strong>de</strong> ayant précédé le programme). Il s’agit <strong>de</strong> jeunes ayant plus <strong>de</strong> 19 ans qui<br />
avec le temps, soit durant les trois premières années <strong>de</strong> mesure du programme,<br />
ont été moins souvent arrêtés (Spergel & Grossman, 1998). Toutefois, un<br />
processus inverse s’observe chez les plus jeunes qui pour leur part n’ont pas<br />
été souvent arrêtés avant que le programme ne soit implanté, mais l’ont été<br />
plus souvent durant le déroulement du programme (Spergel, Wa, & Sosa,<br />
2006). Cependant, le taux d’arrestations reliés à <strong>de</strong>s actes <strong>de</strong> violence graves<br />
ou encore au commerce <strong>de</strong> la drogue aurait diminué <strong>de</strong> façon significative chez<br />
toutes les catégories <strong>de</strong> jeunes. Mais cette tendance n’aurait été maintenue que<br />
pendant les trois premières années <strong>de</strong> ce projet qui s’étala sur cinq ans. Il fut<br />
démontré que cette réussite du programme dépend directement du <strong>de</strong>gré <strong>de</strong><br />
coordination et d’interpénétration <strong>de</strong>s diverses stratégies déployées notamment<br />
par les agents <strong>de</strong> services sociaux, les policiers, les agents <strong>de</strong> probation et<br />
les travailleurs <strong>de</strong> rue. Et cette cohésion dépendrait pour sa part <strong>de</strong>s efforts<br />
soutenus d’un comité d’orientation et <strong>de</strong> développement. Après tant d’efforts,<br />
les auteurs estiment qu’encore trop peu d’attention n’a été consacrée au défi <strong>de</strong>s<br />
relations inter-organisationnelles.<br />
Le premier objectif <strong>de</strong>s approches globales et intégrées consiste donc à<br />
augmenter le potentiel <strong>de</strong>s services et <strong>de</strong>s stratégies qui sont déjà en place,<br />
en les unissant et en développant <strong>de</strong>s procédés plus systématiques. Pour ce<br />
faire, ces approches doivent s’appuyer sur une bonne connaissance <strong>de</strong>s milieux,<br />
<strong>de</strong> leurs besoins et <strong>de</strong> leurs ressources, une bonne communication entre les<br />
organisations, une coordination <strong>de</strong>s programmes qui déjà sont en cours, le<br />
développement <strong>de</strong> nouveaux programmes servant à couvrir l’ensemble d’un<br />
continuum <strong>de</strong> l’intervention (prévention, intervention, répression, réinsertion)<br />
pouvant viser à la fois <strong>de</strong>s populations générales, <strong>de</strong>s populations <strong>de</strong> jeunes<br />
à risque, puis <strong>de</strong>s populations indiquées, constituées <strong>de</strong> jeunes criminalisés<br />
(Coolbaugh & Hansel, 2000). Ces approches, mieux définies et mieux<br />
organisées que les premières initiatives communautaires, induisent cependant<br />
d’autres difficultés, reliées particulièrement à l’implantation <strong>de</strong> programmes,<br />
<strong>de</strong> structures et <strong>de</strong> mécanismes au sein d’environnements complexes. Les<br />
travaux <strong>de</strong> Spergel, Wa et Sosa (2006) montrent en effet qu’elles sont d’une<br />
gran<strong>de</strong> complexité à implanter et qu’elles sont bien difficiles à pérenniser.<br />
Le développement social communautaire<br />
Dans le cadre du projet Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue, l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche a<br />
choisi une approche qui répond à la définition du « développement social<br />
communautaire ». Cette stratégie n’est pas centrée sur les situations et les
64 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 65<br />
faits criminels, mais sur les causes et sur l’amélioration du tissu social comme<br />
moyen <strong>de</strong> freiner la propagation <strong>de</strong> gangs et <strong>de</strong> la délinquance qu’ils génèrent.<br />
Dans cette perspective préventive, les jeunes formant une population indiquée<br />
(les membres <strong>de</strong>s noyaux durs les plus violents et les plus criminalisés) ne<br />
sont pas nécessairement visés en priorité. Cette approche veut aussi toucher<br />
<strong>de</strong>s populations à risque ainsi que d’autres jeunes <strong>de</strong> la population générale,<br />
ou encore la communauté en soi (ses dynamiques, son fonctionnement et .<br />
sa structure).<br />
En fait, un principe important veut que le développement social s’appuie sur<br />
la population elle-même. Non seulement il contribue à son épanouissement,<br />
mais il le fait par l’activation <strong>de</strong> son propre potentiel. Plus précisément, Chavis<br />
(2000) définit le développement social communautaire comme un processus<br />
<strong>de</strong> coopération volontaire, d’entrai<strong>de</strong> et <strong>de</strong> construction <strong>de</strong> liens sociaux<br />
entre les rési<strong>de</strong>nts et les institutions d’un milieu local, visant l’amélioration<br />
<strong>de</strong>s conditions <strong>de</strong> vie tant individuelles que collectives, sur les plans physique,<br />
social et économique.<br />
Dans les faits, l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche visait à faire alliance avec <strong>de</strong>s communautés<br />
locales dans l’intérêt qu’elles <strong>de</strong>viennent plus attrayantes et plus signifiantes<br />
afin que les jeunes y reconnaissent les opportunités qu’elles leur <strong>of</strong>frent <strong>de</strong><br />
satisfaire leurs besoins d’apprendre, <strong>de</strong> se construire et <strong>de</strong> changer les choses.<br />
Dans un tel environnement, la délinquance aurait tendance à perdre <strong>de</strong> sa<br />
vitalité (Hawkins & Catalano, 1992). À cet effet, <strong>de</strong>s groupes d’acteurs<br />
ont été approchés, chacun associé à l’une <strong>de</strong> trois localités <strong>de</strong> la région <strong>de</strong><br />
Montréal et <strong>de</strong>s environs faisant <strong>of</strong>fice <strong>de</strong> projets pilotes. Ces localités étaient<br />
Villeray-La Petite Patrie, Montréal-Nord et Vieux-Longueuil. Ces <strong>de</strong>rnières<br />
ont été choisies en fonction <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>ux critères : d’abord parce qu’on les savait<br />
préoccupées, <strong>de</strong> différentes façons, par le phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs, et aussi<br />
parce qu’elles étaient reconnues pour leur expérience <strong>de</strong> concertation. Ainsi,<br />
<strong>de</strong>s groupes d’acteurs étaient appelés à unir leurs forces et leurs compétences<br />
au pr<strong>of</strong>it <strong>de</strong> leur communauté et <strong>de</strong>s jeunes qui en font partie, autour d’une<br />
lecture renouvelée et partagée du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs et <strong>de</strong> l’élaboration <strong>de</strong><br />
plans d’actions communs visant à y faire face. Dans cette foulée, ces groupes<br />
feraient en quelque sorte <strong>of</strong>fice <strong>de</strong> coalitions dans leur communauté respective.<br />
C’est-à-dire que ces groupes d’intérêt viendraient, par leur engagement et<br />
leur participation, mobiliser d’autres forces dans la communauté pour qu’en<br />
définitive <strong>de</strong>s acteurs <strong>de</strong> tous les niveaux, intervenants, citoyens, <strong>de</strong>s jeunes,<br />
<strong>de</strong>s parents, et <strong>de</strong>s déci<strong>de</strong>urs, joignent leurs efforts et contribuent ensemble à<br />
alimenter la démarche.<br />
Une évaluation <strong>de</strong> ce projet fut conduite entre 2000 et 2005, celle-ci ayant<br />
été attentive aux retombées du projet, mais encore davantage à ses processus<br />
dans l’intérêt <strong>de</strong> développer une compréhension pr<strong>of</strong>on<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>s mécanismes<br />
soutenant le développement <strong>de</strong>s plans d’action par les communautés, <strong>de</strong> même<br />
qu’une conscience aiguisée <strong>de</strong>s enjeux et <strong>de</strong>s caractéristiques <strong>de</strong>s milieux. Pour<br />
ce faire, l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche choisit <strong>de</strong> prendre une approche participative,<br />
qui par certains est considérée comme un moyen <strong>de</strong> remettre le pouvoir <strong>de</strong> la<br />
recherche aux mains <strong>de</strong>s milieux chez qui la connaissance n’est ordinairement<br />
pas reconnue (Soghn, 1995).<br />
Les premiers pas<br />
Pour former <strong>de</strong>s réseaux capables <strong>de</strong> faire face au phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs, ce<br />
sont les tables <strong>de</strong> concertation jeunesse <strong>de</strong> chacun <strong>de</strong>s quartiers visés qui<br />
ont été approchées en premier lieu. Ces regroupements rejoignent déjà une<br />
diversité d’acteurs susceptibles d’être préoccupés par la problématique. Puis<br />
avec ces tables, <strong>de</strong>s assemblées <strong>de</strong> milieu ont été organisées donnant à tous<br />
l’opportunité <strong>de</strong> choisir <strong>de</strong> se joindre ou non à <strong>de</strong>s comités d’action (un par<br />
localité) qui allaient élaborer <strong>de</strong>s plans d’action. Ces comités n’ont donc pas<br />
été formés en fonction <strong>de</strong> critères précis, voulant par exemple que tous les<br />
secteurs d’intervention pertinents (sécurité, social, communautaire, scolaire,<br />
municipal) soient représentés dès le départ.<br />
L’expérience <strong>de</strong> Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue montre d’ailleurs qu’il n’est pas réaliste<br />
<strong>de</strong> miser sur une représentativité exhaustive dès le début. La plupart <strong>de</strong>s acteurs<br />
manquant à l’appel au commencement du projet se sont finalement joints aux<br />
réseaux d’action, au moment opportun, dans certains cas avec une contribution<br />
encore plus soli<strong>de</strong> que ne l’aurait espéré le réseau <strong>de</strong> départ. En d’autres mots,<br />
l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche ne voulait pas forcer la participation <strong>de</strong>s membres, et<br />
risquer <strong>de</strong> bloquer <strong>de</strong> cette façon le processus pouvant mener à la convergence.<br />
L’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche savait aussi que l’arrivée d’un nouveau projet <strong>de</strong>mandant<br />
la mobilisation d’un grand nombre d’acteurs peut constituer un enjeu majeur<br />
pour la concertation locale. S’il s’installe trop rapi<strong>de</strong>ment, en créant une<br />
nouvelle structure, il risque <strong>de</strong> ne pas pouvoir maintenir la mobilisation <strong>de</strong>s<br />
acteurs qui se trouveront tiraillés par leurs multiples affiliations, ou encore il<br />
risque <strong>de</strong> vi<strong>de</strong>r les autres comités en place <strong>de</strong> leurs effectifs et <strong>de</strong> se mettre à<br />
dos une bonne partie <strong>de</strong> la communauté. C’est pourquoi, tout bien considéré,<br />
il apparaissait plus pertinent à l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche <strong>de</strong> se laisser gui<strong>de</strong>r par la<br />
communauté elle-même pour la constitution <strong>de</strong>s réseaux.
66 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 67<br />
Dans cette foulée, les membres <strong>de</strong> ces comités nouvellement formés ont décrété,<br />
malgré leur intérêt à se joindre à la démarche, qu’il leur était impossible <strong>de</strong> la<br />
prendre en charge sans que <strong>de</strong> nouvelles ressources ne leur soient attribuées. Ils<br />
ont donc <strong>de</strong>mandé à recevoir une compensation financière pour le temps qu’ils<br />
allaient consacrer à se réunir et à s’organiser. Après discussion, il fut convenu<br />
plutôt d’embaucher <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison (un par localité). Ceux-ci <strong>de</strong>vaient<br />
être issus <strong>de</strong>s localités (comme rési<strong>de</strong>nts, intervenants ou bénévoles) et choisis<br />
par les membres <strong>de</strong>s comités, puis rémunérés par l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche.<br />
L’embauche <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison<br />
Les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison sont donc tous issus <strong>de</strong> leur localité respective et choisis<br />
par leurs partenaires en raison <strong>de</strong> leur expérience <strong>de</strong> la concertation locale. Ils<br />
ne connaissent que très peu la problématique <strong>de</strong>s gangs mais tous sont centrés<br />
sur la défense <strong>de</strong>s intérêts <strong>de</strong> leur quartier. Maintenant que le projet est terminé,<br />
un <strong>de</strong> ces agents est encore en poste, œuvrant désormais pour <strong>de</strong>s projets qui<br />
découlent directement <strong>de</strong> Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue et qui sont financés par la<br />
municipalité. Cette situation est un indicateur important <strong>de</strong> la pérennisation<br />
du projet dans cette localité, nommée localité B pour les besoins <strong>de</strong> cet article.<br />
Celle-ci lui <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong> d’occuper sensiblement les mêmes fonctions que l’équipe<br />
<strong>de</strong> recherche lui <strong>de</strong>mandait à l’origine. Il s’agit d’assister les milieux en s’occupant<br />
<strong>de</strong> l’organisation <strong>de</strong> rencontres et <strong>de</strong> la coordination d’activités, et <strong>de</strong> s’adonner<br />
à toute autre fonction visant à faciliter la formation et la consolidation <strong>de</strong>s<br />
réseaux. De plus, l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche leur attribuait le rôle d’intermédiaire<br />
pour qu’ils lui facilitent la communication avec les milieux.<br />
En définitive, les résultats <strong>de</strong> l’analyse <strong>de</strong>s processus montrent que la contribution<br />
<strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison s’est avérée beaucoup plus significative que l’équipe <strong>de</strong><br />
recherche ne l’avait prévu. Ces <strong>de</strong>rniers n’ont pas seulement soutenu les réseaux<br />
mais les ont influencé par <strong>de</strong>s procédés qu’ils ont utilisés <strong>de</strong> manière tout à fait<br />
naturelle et qu’il fut possible d’observer et <strong>de</strong> documenter parce que l’équipe<br />
<strong>de</strong> recherche eut une approche participative. Ces informations donnent à voir<br />
plus en pr<strong>of</strong>on<strong>de</strong>ur les enjeux entourant le développement d’une approche<br />
globale et intégrée pour la prévention du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs. Cette <strong>de</strong>rnière,<br />
bien qu’elle soit fortement recommandée, n’est pas tellement connue dans son<br />
intimité. Aucun ouvrage ne traite apparemment <strong>de</strong>s difficultés spécifiques<br />
et <strong>de</strong>s enjeux que pose l’action multisectorielle pour prévenir le phénomène<br />
<strong>de</strong>s gangs, <strong>de</strong>s frontières qui habituellement s’installent entre les différentes<br />
cultures d’intervention et <strong>de</strong>s négociations qu’impose l’élaboration <strong>de</strong> plans<br />
d’action forçant une redistribution <strong>de</strong>s pouvoirs d’action. Ces zones sont celles<br />
qui précisément intéressait l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche pour mieux comprendre<br />
comment peut s’installer et s’articuler une telle approche, mieux juger <strong>de</strong>s<br />
résultats qui peuvent en émerger et mieux figurer également les mécanismes<br />
pouvant avoir une influence sur sa pérennité.<br />
C’est donc un regard neuf qui est posé ici sur l’approche globale et intégrée<br />
comme moyen <strong>de</strong> prévenir les gangs, en explorant spécifiquement l’importance<br />
et la complexité du rôle <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison, illustrée notamment par <strong>de</strong>s<br />
propos qu’ils ont tenus en entrevue, puis analysée <strong>de</strong> manière complémentaire<br />
à la lumière d’informations venant <strong>de</strong>s champs du développement social et<br />
<strong>de</strong> la sociologie <strong>de</strong>s organisations. Ce croisement entre différentes disciplines<br />
permet d’aller un peu plus loin dans l’analyse et la réflexion portant sur le défi<br />
<strong>de</strong> former <strong>de</strong>s réseaux d’action multidisciplinaires, efficaces et solidaires. Il y a<br />
pourtant là un élément <strong>de</strong> solution important, puisque les plus grands experts<br />
dans le domaine <strong>de</strong> la prévention du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs recomman<strong>de</strong>nt <strong>de</strong><br />
prendre <strong>de</strong>s approches globales et intégrées.<br />
Quelques éléments méthodologiques<br />
L’étu<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> cas est la stratégie méthodologique qui fut employée (Grawitz, 1993).<br />
L’analyse, qui est inductive, possè<strong>de</strong> aussi une visée explicative (groun<strong>de</strong>d theory)<br />
puisqu’elle cherche non seulement à déterminer quelles sont les conditions<br />
favorisant la réussite <strong>de</strong>s changements <strong>de</strong> pratiques d’intervention en matière<br />
<strong>de</strong> gangs <strong>de</strong> rue, mais s’efforce aussi <strong>de</strong> comprendre comment ces conditions<br />
agissent (liens fonctionnels) sur cette réussite. Cet examen s’exécute <strong>de</strong> manière<br />
itérative en développant progressivement l’explication à partir d’une série<br />
d’opérations interreliées auxquelles se greffent progressivement <strong>de</strong> nouvelles<br />
propositions théoriques <strong>de</strong> plus en plus précises, jusqu’à l’obtention d’un modèle<br />
théorique d’évaluation ajusté à la réalité observée (Yin, 1989 et 1993).<br />
Il s’agit là aussi d’une approche globale et intégrée. Les principales composantes<br />
<strong>de</strong> la théorie du problème et <strong>de</strong> l’action dont l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche a fait la<br />
promotion sont les suivants :<br />
1. Théorie du problème : Les jeunes découvrent dans les gangs le moyen<br />
<strong>de</strong> combler leurs besoins les plus fondamentaux (protection, appartenance,<br />
reconnaissance et valorisation), moyen qu’ils ne trouvent nulle part ailleurs<br />
dans leur environnement (famille, école et communauté).<br />
2. Philosophie guidant l’action : La prévention <strong>de</strong>s gangs tient à la mise<br />
en place <strong>de</strong>s conditions nécessaires pour que les jeunes s’attachent et<br />
s’intègrent à leur communauté comme ils s’attachent et s’intègrent aux gangs.
68 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 69<br />
3. Principes directeurs <strong>de</strong> l’action :<br />
• perspective multistratégique (sensibilisation, opportunités, intervention,<br />
mobilisation, répression ; sur un continuum d’intervention) ;<br />
• approche globale ciblant jeunes, écoles, familles, communauté ;<br />
• reconnaissance <strong>de</strong>s forces et <strong>de</strong> l’autonomie <strong>de</strong>s individus et <strong>de</strong>s<br />
collectivités ; et<br />
• développement social.<br />
Les données recueillies pour procé<strong>de</strong>r à cette analyse, toutes qualitatives,<br />
proviennent <strong>de</strong> sources variées :<br />
• procès-verbaux <strong>de</strong>s réunions <strong>de</strong> travail <strong>de</strong>s comités d’action locale ;<br />
• entrevues semi-dirigées réalisées à chaque année avec <strong>de</strong>s acteurs clés<br />
<strong>de</strong> chacun <strong>de</strong>s groupes : 33 intervenants <strong>de</strong>s milieux institutionnels et<br />
communautaires ont participé à ces entrevues à la fin <strong>de</strong> l’an 1 du projet,<br />
51 à la fin <strong>de</strong> l’an 2, 28 à la fin <strong>de</strong> l’an 3, incluant cette fois les agents <strong>de</strong><br />
liaison, et 29 à la fin <strong>de</strong> l’an 4, incluant encore une fois les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison ;<br />
• documents <strong>de</strong> travail utilisés par les comités ;<br />
• rapports d’activités <strong>de</strong> l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche ;<br />
• rapports annuels <strong>de</strong>s organismes partenaires ;<br />
• documents d’information, sites Internet sur les partenaires et leurs services ; et<br />
• observations participantes.<br />
L’ensemble du matériel recueilli fut traité <strong>de</strong> façon convergente en suivant un<br />
mo<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong> triangulation. Il fut codifié à partir d’une grille développée à cette<br />
fin, utilisée avec une intention <strong>de</strong> conceptualisation en tentant <strong>de</strong> relier les<br />
différents éléments <strong>de</strong> données, tout en les confrontant aux éléments du modèle<br />
théorique <strong>de</strong> départ. Tout au long du processus d’analyse, la corroboration qui<br />
se base essentiellement sur l’échange d’interprétations entre les membres <strong>de</strong><br />
l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche (Poupart et al., 1997) fut privilégiée pour le contrôle <strong>de</strong><br />
la validité interne.<br />
Plus précisément, les extraits présentés ci-après proviennent d’entrevues<br />
individuelles, réalisées auprès <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison, après la <strong>de</strong>uxième et la<br />
troisième année du projet. Ces <strong>de</strong>rniers répon<strong>de</strong>nt alors à <strong>de</strong>s questions visant à<br />
cerner leur rôle et leur contribution spécifiques. Ces résultats sont complétés à<br />
partir <strong>de</strong>s autres sources ayant été analysées, soit les observations sur le terrain<br />
<strong>de</strong>s membres <strong>de</strong> l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche et les entrevues réalisées auprès <strong>de</strong>s<br />
autres intervenants ayant été associés à cette démarche qui à la fin du projet<br />
ont également été questionnés sur le rôle <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison.<br />
Résultats<br />
Bien qu’avant toutes choses, les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison ont été embauchés pour<br />
assurer le soutien <strong>de</strong>s comités d’action et pour gui<strong>de</strong>r l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche<br />
qui voulait s’ajuster à la culture <strong>de</strong>s milieux, rapi<strong>de</strong>ment il apparaît que leur<br />
premier et plus grand défi se situe à un autre niveau. Il s’agit d’arrimer les<br />
intérêts <strong>de</strong>s différents acteurs qui composent les comités d’action. Ce défi pose<br />
un certain nombre <strong>de</strong> difficultés avec lesquelles les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison composent<br />
<strong>de</strong> manière assez différente.<br />
L’un d’entre eux révèle qu’il doit agir en coulisse, ce qui cependant ne semble<br />
pas rendre son travail trop difficile, mais plutôt intéressant :<br />
Au niveau du réseautage, ça moi je m’y applique beaucoup puis je trouve<br />
ça le fun, ça je le vois que ce que je fais c’est un travail, pas <strong>de</strong> coulisse<br />
mais, je sais pas trop comment dire, un petit peu <strong>de</strong> travail souterrain,<br />
parler à une, parler à l’autre, je pense qu’il y a une <strong>de</strong>s intervenante qui a<br />
dit dans une autre situation un réseautage un<strong>de</strong>rground.<br />
Selon les observations <strong>de</strong> l’équipe <strong>de</strong> recherche, il est arrivé à maintes reprises<br />
que les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison travaillent sur une base individuelle, en <strong>de</strong>hors <strong>de</strong>s<br />
contextes formels. C’est <strong>de</strong> cette manière qu’ils ont formé chacun <strong>de</strong>s nouveaux<br />
arrivants aux comités pour assurer une certaine conformité et continuité dans<br />
la philosophie et les approches. Les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison ont pu alors constater que<br />
certains propos étaient plus faciles à livrer en coulisse, sur une base anonyme.<br />
De cette manière, les membres <strong>de</strong>s comités pouvaient faire le point et s’entendre<br />
le dire, ce qui parfois aidait même à recadrer ou à réaffirmer l’engagement.<br />
Lors <strong>de</strong> ces rencontres, ces <strong>de</strong>rniers pouvaient exprimer tout ce qu’ils avaient<br />
à dire qui n’était pas toujours approprié durant les réunions en grand groupe.<br />
Le cas échéant, les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison pouvaient apporter une information<br />
pertinente servant à défaire un nœud ou à résoudre un malentendu. Ou tout<br />
simplement, ils étaient mis au courant <strong>de</strong> certaines inquiétu<strong>de</strong>s. En d’autres<br />
mots, cette façon <strong>de</strong> faire servi à démocratiser la démarche pour s’assurer que<br />
chacun se sente respecté et reconnu pour la particularité <strong>de</strong> la contribution<br />
qu’il pouvait apporter.<br />
Pour sa part, un autre agent <strong>de</strong> liaison, insiste plutôt sur les discussions entre<br />
tous les membres du groupe, qui dans le contexte qui le concernait, semblaient<br />
être d’une gran<strong>de</strong> importance :
70 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 71<br />
(…) bien sûr, structurer, animer, alimenter les rencontres, les discussions,<br />
favoriser l’échange <strong>de</strong> discussion et d’information entre le mon<strong>de</strong>. Mais<br />
si j’avais à me donner un mandat, compte tenu <strong>de</strong> la dynamique <strong>de</strong><br />
la localité, ça serait <strong>de</strong> favoriser une cohésion, puis, au minimum, un<br />
consensus là dans… au niveau du plan d’action. Ça serait comme,<br />
ouais, l’idéal.<br />
Il semble en effet que les rencontres <strong>de</strong>s comités, celles où tous les partenaires<br />
se trouvent réunis, étaient indispensables à l’unité et à la solidarité <strong>de</strong>s groupes.<br />
Bien souvent, les membres y découvraient que d’autres partageaient leur point<br />
<strong>de</strong> vue et qu’ils n’étaient pas les seuls à entretenir certaines appréhensions.<br />
Dans tous les cas où les comités ont réduit trop radicalement le nombre <strong>de</strong><br />
leurs réunions, parce qu’elles étaient trop exigeantes, ils y sont revenus par<br />
la suite, jugeant rapi<strong>de</strong>ment que la démarche perdait <strong>de</strong> son aplomb et <strong>de</strong> sa<br />
consistance. Le collectif, lorsqu’il fonctionne ron<strong>de</strong>ment, permet <strong>de</strong> dépasser<br />
la mise individuelle.<br />
Mais dans la localité C, le consensus entre les acteurs semble avoir été un<br />
objectif bien difficile à atteindre. Plus tard dans l’entrevue, l’agent <strong>de</strong> liaison<br />
précise qu’il <strong>de</strong>vait composer avec <strong>de</strong>s visions opposées, évoquant même que<br />
<strong>de</strong>s enjeux <strong>de</strong> pouvoir étaient à considérer :<br />
On a pas un rôle <strong>de</strong> pouvoir, c’est un rôle <strong>de</strong> liaison, fait qu’il n’y a<br />
pas… ça fait que c’est correct, on va accepter que je puisse émettre mes<br />
opinions au même titre que l’ensemble du Comité, les influencer, oui,<br />
sûrement, dans le sens <strong>de</strong> ramener <strong>de</strong>s affaires. Même s’il y a peut-être <strong>de</strong>s<br />
organismes qui sont diamétralement opposés quant au type d’intervention<br />
préconisé par rapport à Jeunesse et Gangs <strong>de</strong> rue, moi j’essaie <strong>de</strong> ramener<br />
ça ensemble pareil, dans un continuum d’interventions…<br />
Cette observation rejoint celle <strong>de</strong> l’agent <strong>de</strong> liaison <strong>de</strong> la localité B. Sans affirmer<br />
que les membres <strong>de</strong> son comité se livrent à une guerre <strong>de</strong>s pouvoirs, il évoque<br />
à tout le moins une dynamique mettant en jeu <strong>de</strong>s tensions qui <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong>nt à<br />
être contrôlées :<br />
Officiellement y’a pas <strong>de</strong> relations <strong>de</strong> pouvoir, mais <strong>of</strong>ficieusement y’a <strong>de</strong>s<br />
tensions. Le pouvoir, pas par rapport au Comité, mais entre organismes<br />
le plus (…) mais ils sont amenés à s’accepter mutuellement, ils sont très<br />
courtois les uns avec les autres (…) <strong>de</strong>s fois ils ont <strong>de</strong>s visions très différentes<br />
aussi, mais ça c’est <strong>of</strong>ficiel (…) Mais jusque là ça a pas enrayé le travail .<br />
du Comité.<br />
Ces premiers extraits illustrent bien la difficulté que posent, dès le début <strong>de</strong> la<br />
démarche, les processus d’appropriation du projet. À qui appartient le projet et<br />
doit-il appartenir à quelqu’un ? En fin <strong>de</strong> compte, quel est donc ce « collectif » .<br />
regroupé autour du projet Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue et <strong>de</strong>s comités d’action<br />
qui se sont mis en place ? Derrière l’objectif <strong>de</strong> ces groupes d’arriver à une<br />
vision commune du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs <strong>de</strong> rue pour l’élaboration <strong>de</strong> plans<br />
d’action, <strong>de</strong>s individus sont, selon toute vraisemblance, en train <strong>de</strong> configurer<br />
une nouvelle « cartographie » d’influences, <strong>de</strong> consensus, <strong>de</strong> désaccords<br />
et <strong>de</strong> négociations, à laquelle se rattachent également d’autres dimensions<br />
importantes, dont l’histoire <strong>de</strong>s quartiers et <strong>de</strong> leur lea<strong>de</strong>rship, <strong>de</strong> même que<br />
celle <strong>de</strong>s relations entre les personnes qui composent les comités.<br />
Au fil <strong>de</strong>s discussions servant aux acteurs à se connaître et à se définir, il s’est<br />
avéré également que certains sujets ont porté à la controverse. Bien que ces points<br />
d’achoppement <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong>nt une énergie accrue pour parvenir à les surmonter,<br />
ceux-ci <strong>de</strong>meurent néanmoins nécessaires pour accé<strong>de</strong>r à quelque chose <strong>de</strong><br />
nouveau. La résolution <strong>de</strong>s controverses <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong> donc <strong>de</strong> créer <strong>de</strong>s espaces<br />
<strong>de</strong> médiation, ce que firent les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison en animant les rencontres<br />
ainsi que les autres processus <strong>de</strong> la démarche <strong>de</strong> telle sorte que chacun puisse<br />
exprimer son point <strong>de</strong> vue. Parfois, ils pouvaient même discerner <strong>de</strong>s problèmes<br />
latents et provoquer la controverse afin qu’elle soit traitée en grand groupe, et<br />
<strong>de</strong> cette manière rétablir la transparence au sein du collectif. Ils jouaient alors<br />
le rôle d’arbitre.<br />
Dans le cas <strong>de</strong> la localité B, il fallut par exemple vingt réunions du comité<br />
d’action, s’étalant sur 36 mois <strong>de</strong> travail pour atteindre un premier niveau<br />
<strong>de</strong> consensus entre les acteurs. Celui-ci conduisit à la conception d’un cadre<br />
<strong>de</strong> référence, s’agissant d’un passage obligé avant <strong>de</strong> pouvoir passer à l’action.<br />
Plusieurs enjeux ont d’abord dû être dénoués avant <strong>de</strong> pouvoir procé<strong>de</strong>r.<br />
Des interventions passées avaient causé <strong>de</strong> nombreuses tensions au sein <strong>de</strong><br />
la concertation locale, et en conséquence la communauté avait cessé, <strong>de</strong>puis<br />
<strong>de</strong> nombreuses années, <strong>de</strong> chercher <strong>de</strong>s solutions au problème <strong>de</strong>s gangs <strong>de</strong><br />
rue. L’intervention auprès <strong>de</strong> ces groupes avait alors été placée sous l’entière<br />
responsabilité <strong>de</strong>s policiers. Avec l’arrivée du projet qui remettait le sujet <strong>de</strong>s<br />
gangs <strong>de</strong> rue à l’ordre du jour, il est <strong>de</strong>venu indispensable que ces points <strong>de</strong><br />
tension soient examinés à nouveau. Dans un milieu habitué à réagir contre les<br />
gangs plutôt que d’y faire face par d’autres moyens, le processus d’appropriation<br />
du nouveau modèle proposé (une approche globale et intégrée) a conduit les<br />
membres du comité à renégocier leur position et leur pouvoir respectif sur<br />
l’échiquier <strong>de</strong> la concertation. C’est pourquoi une entente claire <strong>de</strong>vait d’abord<br />
être établie entre eux, formalisée dans un cadre <strong>de</strong> référence, qui d’ailleurs fit
72 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 73<br />
l’objet d’une importante diffusion dans le quartier. Cet exercice permis <strong>de</strong><br />
rallier <strong>de</strong> nouveaux partenaires, dont la municipalité qui aujourd’hui donne<br />
un financement stable à nouveau projet, appelé l’Animation du milieu urbain,<br />
qui ne cesse d’interpeller <strong>de</strong> nouveaux alliés.<br />
Mais dans le processus ayant conduit à l’élaboration du cadre <strong>de</strong> référence <strong>de</strong><br />
la localité B, la médiation fut d’une telle importance dans le rôle <strong>de</strong> l’agent<br />
<strong>de</strong> liaison, que celui-ci juge qu’il lui aurait été pr<strong>of</strong>itable d’avoir une certaine<br />
expertise dans le domaine :<br />
Il y a <strong>de</strong>s nœuds qui coincent. Actuellement il y a <strong>de</strong>s nœuds qui se<br />
dénouent, mais il y aurait peut-être eu <strong>de</strong>s procédures meilleures à un<br />
moment donné que j’aurais pu utiliser pour dénouer <strong>de</strong>s choses. Je suis<br />
très à l’écoute, je connais les conflits, je connais les difficultés historiques<br />
qui se sont installées. Est-ce que j’ai pris le temps qu’il fallait ? Est-ce<br />
que j’ai l’expertise qu’il fallait ? Je pense qu’il y a quelque chose, là, qui<br />
m’a manqué, qui me manque. Quoique peut-être l’histoire va dire que<br />
c’était mieux comme ça et puis que les nœuds vont se défaire, j’en suis<br />
consciente… C’est là que je ne suis pas sûre. C’est la connaissance peutêtre<br />
d’une pédagogie peut-être, je ne sais pas comment on peut appeler<br />
ça. Une approche ? Une approche stratégique ? Une connaissance peutêtre<br />
au niveau <strong>de</strong>s relations ?<br />
Puis au moment <strong>de</strong> la mise en action, les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison ont dû se faire<br />
relationnistes. Les membres <strong>de</strong>s réseaux porteurs avaient alors besoin <strong>de</strong><br />
regrouper toutes les ressources pertinentes qui pourraient les ai<strong>de</strong>r à réaliser<br />
leur plan d’action. À ce moment, les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison ont joué un rôle majeur<br />
s’exerçant à l’extérieur <strong>de</strong>s comités. Ils l’on fait en plongeant dans la concertation<br />
locale pour faire connaître les travaux et les orientations <strong>de</strong> leur comité, tout<br />
en récoltant en retour l’information nécessaire pour que leur plan d’action<br />
soit bien ancré dans la communauté, qu’il s’arrime soli<strong>de</strong>ment aux courants,<br />
aux opportunités et aux ressources ambiantes. Cette façon <strong>de</strong> faire permis aux<br />
comités <strong>de</strong> gagner une crédibilité dans leur communauté, non seulement parce<br />
qu’on leur reconnaissait une expertise en matière <strong>de</strong> gangs, mais parce que les<br />
moyens qu’ils prenaient pour négocier leur place et leur pouvoir d’action étaient<br />
respectueux. Cette façon <strong>de</strong> faire leur aura valu l’appui <strong>de</strong> leur communauté<br />
ainsi que l’attribution <strong>de</strong>s ressources supplémentaires dont ils avaient besoin.<br />
L’agent <strong>de</strong> liaison <strong>de</strong> la localité B exprime bien dans ces <strong>de</strong>ux extraits toute<br />
l’importance <strong>de</strong> son rôle à cette étape :<br />
Le fait d’avoir été agente <strong>de</strong> liaison, le fait d’être sur plusieurs tables <strong>de</strong><br />
concertation, ça m’amène à être en relation fréquente avec les organismes<br />
qui vont même m’appeler pour <strong>de</strong>s références… Souvent ce n’est même<br />
pas moi qui fait la première démarche, ils vont m’appeler pour <strong>de</strong>s<br />
références, ils vont m’appeler pour me dire : « tu sais on a dit ça dans<br />
la réunion, je pense qu’il va falloir s’assurer qu’il y aura un suivi là… »<br />
Un organisme avait embauché <strong>de</strong>ux animateurs pour son organisme et<br />
m’a <strong>de</strong>mandé <strong>de</strong> venir leur expliquer la concertation <strong>de</strong> Montréal-Nord.<br />
Je suis <strong>de</strong>venue comme une ressource, une personne ressource qui est<br />
disponible au fond, qui n’est pas non plus, … Il n’y a aucune crainte par<br />
rapport à ce que je peux faire qui pourrait nuire à qui que ce soit.<br />
(…) le fait d’être agente <strong>de</strong> liaison ça me met dans une situation où je suis<br />
en contact avec tout le mon<strong>de</strong> et j’ai une conscience <strong>de</strong> la réalité du milieu<br />
peut-être plus importante qui m’amène à être capable <strong>de</strong> développer <strong>de</strong>s<br />
projets. Si j’avais été juste parent du Comité <strong>de</strong> parents, …, je n’aurais pas<br />
eu les moyens <strong>de</strong> développer ce projet-là parce que je n’aurais pas su qui,<br />
comment, qui mettre en lien, comment faire tout ça.<br />
C’est en s’appuyant sur ces processus que prit forme le projet l’Animation<br />
du milieu urbain, tel que mentionné précé<strong>de</strong>mment. Ce projet répond au<br />
fait que <strong>de</strong> plus en plus <strong>de</strong> jeunes du quartier fréquentent désormais la rue,<br />
les parcs et autres endroits publics, n’ayant nulle part ailleurs où aller pour<br />
socialiser et se divertir. Pour éviter que la situation ne se détériore davantage,<br />
et parce que celle-ci est propice à la formation <strong>de</strong> gangs, il est apparu capital<br />
pour la communauté que <strong>de</strong>s intervenants animent ces lieux, y assurent une<br />
présence, recréent d’une certaine façon ce que les jeunes peuvent retrouver<br />
dans les maisons <strong>de</strong> jeunes (activités sportives, culturelles et ludiques), mais<br />
à ciel ouvert. Pour son fonctionnement, le projet Animation du milieu urbain<br />
s’appuie sur la mobilisation <strong>de</strong> l’ensemble <strong>de</strong>s ressources du milieu pour aller<br />
vers les jeunes, là où ils se trouvent, et pour qu’ils disposent gratuitement d’un<br />
maximum <strong>de</strong> lieux et d’activités en <strong>de</strong>hors <strong>de</strong>s heures <strong>de</strong> classe.<br />
En 2004, le projet mettait en scène les intervenants <strong>de</strong> trois maisons <strong>de</strong> jeunes,<br />
du service <strong>de</strong> police, <strong>de</strong> la municipalité, <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>ux écoles secondaires, <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>ux<br />
centres pour jeunes raccrocheurs et <strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>ux entreprises d’économie sociale<br />
qui, ensemble, ont réussi à joindre 7 922 jeunes qui ont participé à <strong>de</strong>s activités<br />
régulière et ponctuelles (événements spéciaux). En 2005, 9 631 jeunes se sont<br />
inscrits à <strong>de</strong>s activités régulières et 1 404, à <strong>de</strong>s activités ponctuelles (Hamel,<br />
Cousineau, & Vézina, 2006). En 2006, le projet était mis en candidature<br />
pour recevoir le prix d’excellence du Réseau québécois <strong>de</strong> Villes et Villages en
74 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 75<br />
santé qui se consacre aux projets <strong>de</strong> développement durable. Ceci indique que<br />
le projet initial est resté fidèle aux principes <strong>de</strong> son modèle <strong>de</strong> départ et que le<br />
réseau qui le porte se consoli<strong>de</strong> et s’allonge constamment.<br />
En 2007, le réseau porteur fera l’expérimentation d’un nouveau projet<br />
dont l’objectif est <strong>de</strong> consoli<strong>de</strong>r et d’activer un réseau sociocommunautaire<br />
d’accompagnement direct et engagé auprès <strong>de</strong> jeunes en processus <strong>de</strong><br />
désaffiliation <strong>de</strong>s gangs <strong>de</strong> rue. C’est donc <strong>de</strong> manière graduelle que les<br />
membres du réseau d’action se rapprochent du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs. D’abord<br />
ils se sont occupés <strong>de</strong> leur propre réseau, puis <strong>de</strong>s jeunes en général, <strong>de</strong>s jeunes<br />
à risque ainsi que <strong>de</strong>s jeunes victimes, pour finalement s’adresser aux jeunes<br />
criminalisés. Une approche globale et intégrée se met donc en forme où<br />
chaque nouvelle cible s’emboîte en quelque sorte dans la précé<strong>de</strong>nte, un peu<br />
à la manière <strong>de</strong> poupées russes : tout en prévoyant <strong>de</strong>s objectifs qui lui sont<br />
particuliers, ceux qui ont été définis pour les autres cibles sous-jacentes lui sont<br />
tout autant utiles et fondamentaux.<br />
Discussion<br />
Au cœur <strong>de</strong> cette démarche, les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison ont joué un rôle important,<br />
s’agissant essentiellement <strong>de</strong> créer <strong>de</strong>s liens. Pour commencer, leur travail se<br />
concentre à l’intérieur <strong>de</strong>s comités qu’ils animent, <strong>de</strong>s réseaux émergents qui<br />
<strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong>nt à être encadrés. Les liens <strong>de</strong> confiance et d’interdépendance entre<br />
les membres s’installent au prix <strong>de</strong> discussions et <strong>de</strong> négociations difficiles qui<br />
apparemment trouvent issue dans <strong>de</strong>s compromis qui également sont obtenus<br />
grâce au travail <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison. Ces <strong>de</strong>rniers jouent alors le rôle d’arbitre<br />
et <strong>de</strong> médiateur. Puis lorsque ces réseaux se consoli<strong>de</strong>nt autour <strong>de</strong> philosophies<br />
et <strong>de</strong> plans d’action communs, le rôle <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison est alors <strong>de</strong> leur<br />
trouver <strong>de</strong> nouveaux alliés qui leur permettront <strong>de</strong> mettre en opération les<br />
plans d’action qu’ils ont conçus. Une fois <strong>de</strong> plus, les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison tissent<br />
<strong>de</strong>s liens qui d’ailleurs <strong>de</strong>man<strong>de</strong>nt à être soigneusement entretenus tout au long<br />
<strong>de</strong> la démarche.<br />
L’analyse du rôle <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison montre aussi <strong>de</strong> façon fort révélatrice<br />
que le développement d’une approche globale et intégrée ne va pas <strong>de</strong> soi. En<br />
cela, cette recherche confirme tout à fait la position <strong>de</strong> Spergel, Wa et Sosa<br />
(2006). Toutefois, l’analyse <strong>de</strong>s processus qui la caractérise permet <strong>de</strong> mieux<br />
situer le défi que pose le développement d’une approche globale et intégrée, qui<br />
manifestement dépasse les questions technique et mécanique <strong>de</strong> la coordination<br />
et <strong>de</strong> l’intégration <strong>de</strong>s stratégies d’intervention. Selon toute vraisemblance, le<br />
développement d’une approche globale et intégrée fait appel à d’autres enjeux<br />
fondamentaux, à commencer par celui <strong>de</strong> la reconnaissance <strong>de</strong>s acteurs qui<br />
composent les réseaux porteurs. En effet, il semble que le plus important, et<br />
sans doute le plus difficile, reste que les stratégies à intégrer soient considérées<br />
à juste titre comme ayant une importance équivalente sur le continuum <strong>de</strong><br />
l’intervention, ce qui bien entendu vaut aussi pour les acteurs et les organismes<br />
qui les mettent en œuvre.<br />
Par conséquent, l’animation d’une telle entreprise doit être sensible aux inégalités<br />
possibles entre les acteurs et leur pouvoir d’action, d’autant plus que celle-ci<br />
doit conduire à <strong>de</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>onds changements (l’intégration et l’incorporation <strong>de</strong>s<br />
stratégies) qui forcément sont <strong>de</strong> nature à provoquer <strong>de</strong>s résistances. Règle<br />
générale, les conflits qui surgissent au sein <strong>de</strong> telles coalitions ne sont que le<br />
reflet <strong>de</strong> ceux que l’on retrouve dans la communauté élargie et ces coalitions ne<br />
pourraient causer aucun changement dans l’environnement sans d’abord faire<br />
face à leurs propres divergences (Chavis, 2001). Celles qui parviennent à les<br />
résoudre <strong>de</strong>viendraient en principe plus fortes qu’elles ne l’étaient avant. Les<br />
intérêts et les pouvoirs divergents qui au départ ont pour effet <strong>de</strong> générer <strong>de</strong>s<br />
tensions <strong>de</strong>viendraient en retour responsables, une fois que l’on parvient à établir<br />
<strong>de</strong> nouvelles ententes, d’une force accrue qui transporte les nouveaux groupes<br />
d’acteurs. Les coalitions peuvent avoir un tel effet d’entraînement que certains<br />
estiment qu’elles servent <strong>de</strong> véhicules à l’autonomisation (empowerment)<br />
<strong>de</strong>s communautés. Non seulement ces coalitions sont <strong>de</strong>s lieux propices à<br />
la résolution <strong>de</strong> conflits qui empêchent les communautés d’avancer et <strong>de</strong> se<br />
prendre en main, mais également <strong>de</strong>s endroits d’où émergent <strong>de</strong>s procédés et<br />
<strong>de</strong>s techniques appropriés servant à l’implantation <strong>de</strong> projets sociaux novateurs<br />
(Chavis, 2001).<br />
Ainsi, les résistances, les conflits, <strong>de</strong> même que les processus conduisant à<br />
leur résolution feraient partie intégrante du développement <strong>de</strong>s approches<br />
novatrices, dont font partie sans conteste les approches globales et intégrées.<br />
Les résultats présentés ci-haut le confirment sans équivoque. Pour les<br />
experts œuvrant dans le champ du développement <strong>de</strong>s communautés,<br />
cette dynamique n’a rien d’inhabituel. La gestion <strong>de</strong>s convergences et <strong>de</strong>s<br />
divergences constitue en effet une stratégie d’organisation communautaire<br />
bien connue (Chaskin, Brown, Venkatesh, & Vidal, 2001). Il y aurait<br />
lieu, selon les situations, <strong>de</strong> ne mettre l’emphase que sur les conflits ou que<br />
sur le consensus. Ceci dépend <strong>de</strong>s résistances que soulèvent les efforts <strong>de</strong><br />
changement qui sont <strong>de</strong>mandés aux intervenants. Par exemple, les stratégies<br />
centrées sur le consensus tentent <strong>de</strong> contribuer au changement en recourant<br />
au respect mutuel, faisant que les tactiques qui sont le plus souvent utilisées<br />
sont <strong>de</strong> l’ordre <strong>de</strong> l’organisation, <strong>de</strong> la coordination et <strong>de</strong> la mise en réseau.
76 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 77<br />
On i<strong>de</strong>ntifie les opportunités à travailler ensemble et <strong>de</strong> cette façon on cultive<br />
les bénéfices mutuels. Cette approche correspond tout à fait au rôle que les<br />
agents <strong>de</strong> liaison se sont donnés spontanément.<br />
Plus fondamentalement encore, les agents <strong>de</strong> liaison ont joué un rôle crucial au<br />
plan <strong>de</strong> la communication et selon Cottrel (1976), cette dimension contribue au<br />
développement <strong>de</strong>s communautés compétentes qu’il définit comme celles étant<br />
capables 1) <strong>de</strong> collaborer <strong>de</strong> manière efficace dans les processus conduisant à<br />
l’i<strong>de</strong>ntification <strong>de</strong>s problèmes et <strong>de</strong>s besoins qui les concernent, 2) <strong>de</strong> s’entendre<br />
par consensus à propos d’objectifs à atteindre, 3) <strong>de</strong> s’entendre également sur<br />
les façons et les moyens à prendre pour y arriver et 4) <strong>de</strong> collaborer <strong>de</strong> manière<br />
efficace au moment venu <strong>de</strong> passer à l’action. Ces communautés compétentes,<br />
capables <strong>de</strong> s’articuler et <strong>de</strong> s’interinfluencer, trouveraient leurs assises au sein<br />
d’une communication signifiante. Cette communication n’est pas celle qui se<br />
contente d’émettre et <strong>de</strong> recevoir <strong>de</strong>s messages, mais celle où le diffuseur tient<br />
compte <strong>de</strong> la position et du rôle <strong>de</strong> celui qui reçoit le message. En d’autres<br />
mots, la communication se fait, en tenant compte du langage et <strong>de</strong> l’univers <strong>de</strong><br />
l’autre dans l’intérêt d’être le mieux compris que possible, tout en anticipant<br />
comment l’autre pourrait répondre. Cette façon <strong>de</strong> faire prend pour acquis<br />
que la communication comprend une quantité d’erreurs d’interprétation qui<br />
peuvent miner considérablement les relations si ces erreurs ne sont pas corrigées<br />
au fur et à mesure qu’elles se présentent. Les communautés compétentes<br />
sont donc celles qui véritablement apprennent à parler le même langage, par<br />
accumulation <strong>de</strong> sens communs. Ces communautés équilibrées auraient trouvé<br />
le moyen d’établir un certain nombre d’accommo<strong>de</strong>ments permettant aux<br />
antagonistes <strong>de</strong> trouver la paix pour pouvoir ainsi continuer leurs opérations.<br />
Ceci rejoint en tous points les propos <strong>de</strong> Callon (1999) qui pour sa part œuvre<br />
dans le champ <strong>de</strong> la sociologie <strong>de</strong>s organisations et s’intéresse au développement<br />
<strong>de</strong>s innovations techniques et sociales. Celui-ci prétend que :<br />
L’innovation est par définition un phénomène émergent au cours duquel<br />
se mettent progressivement en place <strong>de</strong>s interactions liant <strong>de</strong>s agents,<br />
<strong>de</strong>s savoir et <strong>de</strong>s biens, qui étaient auparavant non connectés et qui<br />
sont pris peu à peu dans un faisceau d’interdépendances : le réseau,<br />
considéré dans sa dimension formelle, est un puissant outil pour suivre<br />
la mise en place <strong>de</strong> ces connexions et pour décrire les formes qu’elles<br />
prennent. Mais ce qui caractérise l’innovation c’est qu’elle consiste<br />
également en une alchimie qui combine <strong>de</strong>s ingrédients hétérogènes : .<br />
elle traverse les institutions tissant <strong>de</strong>s relations compliquées et<br />
inattendues entre <strong>de</strong>s sphères d’activité différentes jouant à la fois sur les<br />
relations interpersonnelles, sur le marché, sur le droit, sur la science et la<br />
technologie. (Callon, 1999, p. 14)<br />
Ceci revient à dire que la solidité technique d’un programme ne suffit pas<br />
à garantir qu’il puisse s’implanter dans un milieu donné. La qualité d’un<br />
programme dépend aussi du réseau qui l’accueille renfermant <strong>de</strong>s relais, <strong>de</strong>s<br />
traducteurs ainsi que <strong>de</strong>s médiateurs qui, en poursuivant leurs propres intérêts,<br />
consacrent beaucoup d’énergie à intégrer, à adapter et à créer <strong>de</strong>s compatibilités.<br />
Ce sont donc les déplacements, les efforts, les investissements, les adaptations<br />
que le programme implique et que ces concepteur doivent tolérer également<br />
qui contribuent à fabriquer les équivalences, à tracer le réseau, à <strong>de</strong>ssiner<br />
les relations et les interactions qui sont les seules à pouvoir donner vie au<br />
programme, à le rendre utile et fonctionnel.<br />
Conclusion<br />
Devant ces considérations, on peut comprendre qu’il soit si difficile d’implanter<br />
un programme dans une communauté, sachant que l’implantation renvoie<br />
généralement à <strong>de</strong>s techniques <strong>de</strong> dissémination traditionnelles qui sont<br />
encore fort répandues. Celles-ci ne ren<strong>de</strong>nt pas l’information accessible à tous<br />
et ne permettent pas non plus aux communautés locales <strong>de</strong> trouver ce qui leur<br />
convient le mieux et qui pourrait les ai<strong>de</strong>r, sans compter que règle générale, elles<br />
ne s’intéressent pas tellement à connaître les communautés et à contribuer leur<br />
développement (Chinman et al., 2005). Dans cette logique, les communautés<br />
seraient conçues et investies strictement comme <strong>de</strong>s lieux d’expérimentation<br />
sans considérer qu’elles sont <strong>de</strong>s organismes vivants constitués <strong>de</strong> relations<br />
humaines fort complexes. Ou encore, lorsque l’on reconnaît cette dimension<br />
au sein <strong>de</strong>s communautés, celle-ci est vue bien souvent comme un obstacle<br />
majeur, ne pouvant que contribuer au ralentissement <strong>de</strong>s opérations. Cela<br />
est possible en effet : « introduction <strong>of</strong> structured programs and bureaucratic<br />
procedures in the absence <strong>of</strong> social solidarity is likely to produce indifference,<br />
suspicion or out right hostility » (tel que cité par Podoleksy, 1985 dans Kelly,<br />
Caputo, & Jamieson, 2005, p. 33).<br />
Par contre, en abordant les choses autrement, il est possible également que<br />
la dimension humaine et sociale <strong>de</strong>vienne responsable du déploiement d’un<br />
programme, <strong>de</strong> son extension et <strong>de</strong> sa consolidation. À l’évi<strong>de</strong>nce cette<br />
dimension est fondamentale et tout aussi importante que la dimension<br />
technique (mécanismes <strong>de</strong> coordination <strong>de</strong>s services) que l’on associe pour<br />
naturellement au développement <strong>de</strong>s approches globales intégrées et c’est<br />
pourquoi, celle-ci doit être supportée par <strong>de</strong>s moyens concrets. Dans le cadre
78 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 79<br />
<strong>de</strong> Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue, ce sont <strong>de</strong>s agents <strong>de</strong> liaison qui ont assumé cette<br />
fonction. C’est pourquoi nous recommandons que le statut et le rôle <strong>de</strong> l’agent<br />
<strong>de</strong> liaison soit reconnu et formalisé, comme condition <strong>de</strong> base essentielle à la<br />
réalisation du tout projet visant à prévenir les gangs par une approche globale<br />
et intégrée.<br />
Bibliographie<br />
Ball, R.A., & Curry, G.D. (1995). The logic <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>finition in criminology:<br />
Purposes and methods for <strong>de</strong>fining “gangs”. Crimonology, 33 .<br />
(2), 225-245.<br />
Barbeau, D. (2005, 15 décembre). Actualité gang <strong>de</strong> rue : bilan <strong>de</strong>s projets du<br />
SPVM (2005). Montréal : Service <strong>de</strong> police <strong>de</strong> la Ville <strong>de</strong> Montréal.<br />
Callon, M. (1999). Réseau et coordination. Paris : Economica.<br />
Chaskin, R.J., Brown, P., Venkatesh, S., & Vidal, A. (2001). Building<br />
community capacity. New-York: Aldine <strong>de</strong> Gruyter.<br />
Chavis, D.M. (2000). Mobilizing community capacity building. Présentation<br />
au Laboratoire <strong>de</strong> recherche en écologie humaine et sociale, Université<br />
du Québec à Montréal, 28 avril 2000.<br />
Chavis, D.M. (2001). The paradoxes and promises <strong>of</strong> community coalitions.<br />
American Journal <strong>of</strong> Community Psychology, 29 (2), 309-320.<br />
Chettleburgh, M.C. (2002). Résultats <strong>de</strong> l’enquête policière canadienne sur<br />
les gangs <strong>de</strong> jeune <strong>de</strong> 2002. Ottawa : Rapport présenté au Solliciteur<br />
général du Canada.<br />
Chinman, M., Hannah, G., Wan<strong>de</strong>rsman, A., Ebener, P., Hunter, S.B.,<br />
Imm, P., & Sheldon, J. (2005). Developing a community science<br />
research agenda for building community capacity for effective<br />
prevention interventions. American Journal <strong>of</strong> Community Psychology,<br />
35 (3/4), 143-157.<br />
Coolbaugh, K., & Hansel, C.J. (2000). The comprehensive strategy: Lessons<br />
learned from pilot sites. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Justice,<br />
Office <strong>of</strong> Justice Programs, Office <strong>of</strong> Juvenile Justice and Delinquency<br />
Prevention.<br />
Cottrel, L.S. (1976). Competent community. Dans B.H. Kaplan, R.N.<br />
Wilson, & A.H. Leighton (sous la dir.), Further explorations in social<br />
psychiatry. New-York: Basis Books, Inc., Publishers.<br />
Covey, H.C., Menard, S., & Franzese, R.J. (1997). Juvenile gangs (2nd ed.)<br />
Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.<br />
Curry, G.D., & Decker, S.H. (2003). Confronting gangs: Crime and<br />
community (2nd ed). Los Angeles, CA: Roxbury.<br />
Decker, S.H., & Van Winkle, B. (1996). Life in the gang: Family, friends,<br />
and violence. New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.<br />
Esbensen, F., Winfree, L.T.Jr., He, N., & Taylor, T.J. (2001). Youth gangs<br />
and <strong>de</strong>finitional issues: When is a gang a gang, and why does it matter.<br />
Crime and Delinquency, 47, 105-130.<br />
Grawitz, M. (1993). Métho<strong>de</strong>s <strong>de</strong>s sciences sociales. Paris : Dalloz.<br />
Hamel, S., Cousineau, M-M., & Vézina, M. (2006). Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong><br />
rue : évaluation d’un projet d’action intersectorielle pour la prévention<br />
du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs. Montréal : Institut <strong>de</strong> recherche pour le<br />
développement social <strong>de</strong>s jeunes, pour le Centre national pour la<br />
prévention du crime.<br />
Hamel, S., Cousineau, M-M., Vézina, M., et Léveillé, S. (2006). Gui<strong>de</strong><br />
d’action intersectorielle pour la prévention du phénomène <strong>de</strong>s gangs.<br />
Montréal : Institut <strong>de</strong> recherche pour le développement social <strong>de</strong>s<br />
jeunes, pour le Centre national pour la prévention du crime.<br />
Hastings, R. (1998). La prévention du crime par le développement social :<br />
une stratégie à la recherche d’une synthèse. Criminologie, 31, 109-123.<br />
Hawkins, D.J., & Catalano, R.F. (1992). Communities that care: Action for<br />
drug abuse prevention. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.<br />
Hébert, J., Hamel, S., & Savoie, G.J. (1997). Jeunesse et gangs <strong>de</strong> rue, phase I :<br />
revue <strong>de</strong> la littérature. Montréal : Centres jeunesse <strong>de</strong> Montréal et<br />
Institut <strong>de</strong> recherche sur le développement social <strong>de</strong>s jeunes.
80 R e v u e d e l’ I P C 2 Prévenir les gangs avec une approche globale et intégrée 81<br />
Howell, C. (1996). Youth gangs: An overview. Juvenile Justice Bulletin.<br />
Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Justice, Office <strong>of</strong> Justice<br />
Programs, Office <strong>of</strong> Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention.<br />
Kelly, K., Caputo, T., & Jamieson, W. (2005). Reconsi<strong>de</strong>ring sustainability:<br />
Some implications for community-based crime prevention. Critical<br />
<strong>Social</strong> Policy, 25 (3), 306-324.<br />
Klein, M.W. (1995). The American street gang. New York, NY: Oxford<br />
University Press.<br />
Petersen, R.D. (2004). Un<strong>de</strong>rstanding contemporary gangs in America:<br />
An interdisciplinary approach. New Jersey, NJ: Prentice Hall.<br />
Poupart, J., Deslauriers, J.-P., Groulx, L.-H., Laperrière, A., Mayer, R., &<br />
Pires, A. (1997). La recherche qualitative : enjeux épistémologiques et<br />
méthodologiques. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin.<br />
Spergel, I.A., & Grossman, S.F. (1998). The little village project: .<br />
A community approach to the gang problem. Dans P.l. Ewalt, .<br />
E.M. Freeman & D.L. Poole (sous la dir.), Community building<br />
(pp. 130-148). Washington D.C.: National Association <strong>of</strong> .<br />
<strong>Social</strong> Workers.<br />
Spergel, I.A., Wa, K.M., & Sosa, R.V. (2006). The comprehensive,<br />
community-wi<strong>de</strong> gang problem program mo<strong>de</strong>l: Success and failure.<br />
Dans J.F. Short & L.A. Hugues (sous la dir.), Studying youth gangs (pp.<br />
203-224). Toronto: AltaMira Press.<br />
Yin, R.K. (1989). Case study research: Design and methods. Newbury Park:<br />
Sage Publications.<br />
Yin, R.K. (1993). Applications <strong>of</strong> case study research. Newbury Park: .<br />
Sage Publications.<br />
Service <strong>de</strong> police <strong>de</strong> la Ville <strong>de</strong> Montréal. (2005). Plan d’action corporatif<br />
2005 du SPVM. 3 décembre 2004. Montréal : Document interne.<br />
Service canadien <strong>de</strong> renseignements criminels. (2006). Rapport annuel sur<br />
le crime organisé au Canada. Ottawa : Document <strong>de</strong> consultation du<br />
gouvernement du Canada.<br />
Shel<strong>de</strong>n, R.G., Tracy, S.K., & Brown, W.B. (2001). Youth gangs in American<br />
society. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.<br />
Sohng, S.S.L. (1995). Participatory research and community organizing.<br />
Working paper presented at The New <strong>Social</strong> Movement and<br />
Community Organizing Conference. Seattle: University <strong>of</strong><br />
Washington.<br />
Soulliere, N. (1998). Youths and gangs: Various views, random and varied<br />
strategies. Ottawa: Research Centre Canadian Police College.<br />
Spergel, I.A. (1995). The youth gang problem: A community approach. .<br />
New York: Oxford University Press.
Volume 2: pages 83–106<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Communities That Care:<br />
A Comprehensive System for Youth<br />
Prevention and Promotion, and<br />
Canadian Applications to Date<br />
Robert J. Flynn<br />
School <strong>of</strong> Psychology<br />
& Centre for Research on Educational and Community Services<br />
University <strong>of</strong> Ottawa<br />
R é s u m é<br />
Une communauté ensemble (UCE ; en anglais, Communities That Care) est<br />
un système opérationnel basé sur les facteurs <strong>de</strong> risque et <strong>de</strong> protection<br />
qui permet aux communautés locales d’entreprendre la planification <strong>de</strong> la<br />
prévention sur plusieurs niveaux et dans plusieurs secteurs et <strong>de</strong> la mise en<br />
œuvre <strong>de</strong>s programmes basés sur <strong>de</strong>s données probantes. Le but <strong>de</strong> l’UCE<br />
est <strong>de</strong> prévenir plusieurs problèmes courants auxquels font face les jeunes :<br />
l’utilisation <strong>de</strong>s substances, la délinquance, la violence, les grossesses<br />
précoces, le décrochage scolaire, et les problèmes <strong>de</strong> santé mentale. L’UCE<br />
est mis en œuvre en cinq phases, chacune accompagnée <strong>de</strong> sessions <strong>de</strong><br />
formation spécifiques <strong>de</strong>stinées aux lea<strong>de</strong>rs communautaires et aux<br />
bénévoles. Ces étapes sont le <strong>de</strong>gré <strong>de</strong> disposition <strong>de</strong> la communauté, sa<br />
mobilisation, l’évaluation <strong>de</strong>s facteurs <strong>de</strong> risque et <strong>de</strong> protection et <strong>de</strong>s<br />
ressources disponibles dans la communauté, la planification stratégique<br />
communautaire, et la mise en œuvre et l’évaluation du plan stratégique<br />
<strong>de</strong> prévention. Des étu<strong>de</strong>s d’évaluation <strong>de</strong>s besoins, basées sur le sondage<br />
UCE pour les jeunes, ainsi que <strong>de</strong>s évaluations quant au processus, à la mise<br />
en œuvre, et aux résultats témoignent, <strong>de</strong> façon prometteuse et croissante,<br />
<strong>de</strong> l’efficacité <strong>de</strong> l’approche UCE. Ces évaluations, alliées aux résultats<br />
prometteurs du petit nombre d’applications UCE réalisées jusqu’à présent<br />
au Canada, suggèrent que l’approche, maintenant disponible en français
84 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 85<br />
comme en anglais, <strong>de</strong>vrait être appliquée et évaluée plus largement dans<br />
le contexte canadien que ce n’est le cas à l’heure actuelle.<br />
A b s t r a c t<br />
Communities That Care (CTC) is a risk-and-protection-based system<br />
that enables local communities to engage in multi-level, multi-sectoral<br />
prevention planning and implement evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based programs. The<br />
purpose <strong>of</strong> CTC is to prevent common youth problems (substance abuse,<br />
<strong>de</strong>linquency, violence, teen pregnancy, school drop-out, and mental<br />
health difficulties) and promote positive youth <strong>de</strong>velopment. CTC is<br />
implemented in five phases, each accompanied by specific training<br />
sessions for community lea<strong>de</strong>rs and volunteers. These sessions are,<br />
respectively, community readiness, community mobilization, community<br />
risk, protection, and resource assessment, community strategic planning,<br />
and community plan implementation and evaluation. Needs-assessment<br />
studies <strong>of</strong> the CTC Youth Survey, process or implementation evaluations,<br />
and outcome evaluations have provi<strong>de</strong>d positive and growing evi<strong>de</strong>nce<br />
<strong>of</strong> the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> the CTC prevention approach. These evaluations,<br />
together with the promising results <strong>of</strong> the small number <strong>of</strong> Canadian CTC<br />
applications to date, suggest that the approach, now available in both<br />
English and French versions, should receive more frequent implementation<br />
and evaluation than is currently the case in Canada.<br />
Introduction<br />
Hawkins and Catalano (2002) <strong>de</strong>fine Communities That Care (CTC) as an<br />
“operating system” that allows a community to plan strategically to prevent<br />
common and <strong>of</strong>ten serious behavioural problems among young people<br />
and to promote their positive <strong>de</strong>velopment. CTC is thus analogous to the<br />
Windows computer operating system. Just as Windows enables a person to<br />
use specific application programs (e.g., Word or PowerPoint) to attain personal<br />
or pr<strong>of</strong>essional goals, so, too, does CTC permit a community to implement<br />
evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based programs to prevent youth problems and promote positive youth<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment. Since its inception in 1992, CTC has targeted five adolescent<br />
problem behaviours: substance abuse, <strong>de</strong>linquency, violence, teen pregnancy,<br />
and school drop-out. More recently, CTC has begun to extend its purview to<br />
inclu<strong>de</strong> problems <strong>of</strong> mental health (e.g., <strong>de</strong>pressive symptoms) and physical<br />
health (e.g., obesity). To date, CTC has been implemented in virtually every<br />
state in the US, as well as in the UK, the Netherlands, Australia, Canada, and,<br />
most recently, in Cyprus.<br />
Theoretical Basis <strong>of</strong> Communities That Care<br />
<strong>Social</strong> Development Mo<strong>de</strong>l<br />
CTC is theoretically <strong>de</strong>rived from the <strong>Social</strong> Development Mo<strong>de</strong>l (SDM) <strong>of</strong><br />
the <strong>Social</strong> Development Research Group at the University <strong>of</strong> Washington in<br />
Seattle. The SDM promotes constructive involvements by young people within<br />
the community (bonding), encourages them to <strong>de</strong>velop the competencies<br />
nee<strong>de</strong>d to <strong>de</strong>al successfully with situations that put them at risk <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>veloping<br />
problem behaviours (skills-enhancement), and provi<strong>de</strong>s positive reinforcement<br />
for adherence to <strong>de</strong>sirable community standards and norms (Arthur, Ayers,<br />
Graham, & Hawkins, 2004). CTC is also based on several key prevention<br />
principles that research on the antece<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>of</strong> problem behaviours has suggested<br />
are both valid and nee<strong>de</strong>d:<br />
a) Providing gui<strong>de</strong>d mobilization and empowerment <strong>of</strong> the local community,<br />
with wi<strong>de</strong>spread involvement by community lea<strong>de</strong>rs, ordinary citizens, and<br />
young people themselves;<br />
b) Targeting multiple levels <strong>of</strong> intervention, given that risk and protective<br />
factors operate on the community, family, school, and individual/peergroup<br />
levels (Hawkins, Catalano, & Miller, 1992; Hawkins, Herrenkohl,<br />
Farrington, Brewer, Catalano, & Harachi, 1998; Shaw & Winslow, 1997);<br />
c) Addressing multiple problems, in light <strong>of</strong> the fact that rates <strong>of</strong> adolescent<br />
substance abuse and mental health difficulties, <strong>de</strong>linquency, violence,<br />
school dropout and teen pregnancy co-vary at the population level, due to<br />
their links with common risk factors, and also co-occur within the same<br />
individuals (Hawkins, Jenson, Catalano, & Lishner, 1988; Huizinga &<br />
Jakob-Chien, 1998; O’Donnell, Hawkins, & Abbott, 1995); and<br />
d) Implementing, with a high <strong>de</strong>gree <strong>of</strong> fi<strong>de</strong>lity, prevention programs that are<br />
tested and effective (i.e., evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based) and are pitched at the individual/<br />
peer, family, school, or community levels (Cady, 2004; Hawkins, 1999).<br />
CTC Logic Mo<strong>de</strong>l<br />
As an operating system for youth prevention and promotion, CTC mobilizes<br />
community lea<strong>de</strong>rs, organizations, and grassroots members to tailor prevention<br />
planning, implementation and evaluation to local needs. Training and technical<br />
assistance support community lea<strong>de</strong>rs and ordinary citizens as they mobilize
86 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 87<br />
resources, research risk and protective factors, and implement validated<br />
intervention programs on an ongoing, long-term basis. Figure 1 (adapted from<br />
Feinberg, Greenberg, & Osgood, 2004a and Greenberg, Feinberg, Gomez, &<br />
Osgood, 2005), presents the basic CTC logic mo<strong>de</strong>l, which <strong>de</strong>picts the CTC<br />
system theory.<br />
According to Figure 1, the level <strong>of</strong> readiness <strong>of</strong> a given community for the<br />
CTC prevention system will influence how well the approach works in that<br />
community. Also important are the training and technical assistance received<br />
by members <strong>of</strong> the key CTC committees, namely, the Key Lea<strong>de</strong>rs Group and<br />
the Community Prevention Board (<strong>de</strong>scribed below in the section on the fivephase<br />
CTC implementation process).<br />
Figure 1. Communities That Care logic mo<strong>de</strong>l, showing the inputs, processes,<br />
and outcomes making up CTC as an operational prevention system <br />
Knowledge & attitu<strong>de</strong>s about CTC<br />
programming & prevention<br />
Communities That Care Mo<strong>de</strong>l <strong>of</strong><br />
Assessment and Intervention<br />
Assessment <strong>of</strong> Risk, Protection, and Problem Behaviour:<br />
The CTC Youth Survey<br />
The CTC Youth Survey (CTC-YS; Arthur, Hawkins, Pollard, Catalano, &<br />
Baglioni, 2002) was <strong>de</strong>veloped to provi<strong>de</strong> scientifically valid information<br />
on the basis <strong>of</strong> which communities might select appropriate evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based<br />
preventive interventions. As shown in Table 1, the CTC-YS measures 23<br />
risk factors and 10 protective factors that predict adolescents’ use <strong>of</strong> alcohol,<br />
tobacco, and other drugs, <strong>de</strong>linquency, gang involvement, and other problem<br />
behaviours. The instrument also assesses the prevalence and frequency <strong>of</strong> drug<br />
use and antisocial behaviours. The instrument has been shown to have good<br />
psychometric quality (i.e., to be reliable and valid) in a range <strong>of</strong> populations<br />
(Glaser, Van Horn, Arthur, Hawkins, & Catalano, 2005). It is <strong>de</strong>signed to be<br />
completed within a single class period (about 50 minutes) and is appropriate<br />
for adolescents between the ages <strong>of</strong> 11 and 18 (Arthur et al., 2002).<br />
Training &<br />
technical<br />
assistance<br />
Community<br />
readiness<br />
CTC Project & Committee Functioning<br />
Internal<br />
(Community<br />
Prevention<br />
Board [CPB])<br />
External<br />
(CPB links<br />
with wi<strong>de</strong>r<br />
community)<br />
Fi<strong>de</strong>lity <strong>of</strong> CTC<br />
implementation<br />
CTC<br />
effectiveness<br />
CTC<br />
sustainability<br />
& community<br />
outcomes<br />
According to Feinberg, Ri<strong>de</strong>nour, and Greenberg (2007), the CTC-YS is<br />
unique because <strong>of</strong> its broad assessment <strong>of</strong> risk and protective factors, its theorybased<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment, and its wi<strong>de</strong>spread use in community prevention programs.<br />
The CTC-YS assesses risk and protective factors that have been shown to<br />
be associated with problem behaviours among adolescents such as violence,<br />
substance use, school dropout, and teen pregnancy. The instrument, based on<br />
the well-established <strong>Social</strong> Development Mo<strong>de</strong>l (Catalano & Hawkins, 1996),<br />
is a key CTC assessment tool that enables communities to i<strong>de</strong>ntify risk and<br />
protective pr<strong>of</strong>iles and then to select evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based prevention programs and<br />
policies that target specific risk or protection factors.<br />
This training and technical assistance are inten<strong>de</strong>d to increase participants’<br />
positive attitu<strong>de</strong>s and knowledge about the CTC approach and, more generally,<br />
about prevention. Finally, an effective CTC project is seen as leading to positive<br />
outcomes, including enhanced CTC project sustainability, reductions in risk<br />
factors and problem behaviours, and increases in protective factors and positive<br />
youth <strong>de</strong>velopment. This CTC logic mo<strong>de</strong>l provi<strong>de</strong>s the basic system template<br />
against which the evolution <strong>of</strong> any particular CTC project may be evaluated.<br />
Adapted from Feinberg, Greenberg, & Osgood, 2004a, and Greenberg, Feinberg, Gomez,<br />
& Osgood, 2005.
88 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 89<br />
Table 1. Risk and protective factors assessed with the Community That Cares<br />
Youth Survey, at the community, school, family, and peer/individual levels<br />
Community Risk Factors<br />
Low neighbourhood attachment<br />
Community disorganization<br />
Transitions and mobility<br />
Perceived availability <strong>of</strong> drugs<br />
Poor family management<br />
Family conflict<br />
Family Risk Factors<br />
Family history <strong>of</strong> antisocial behaviour<br />
Parental attitu<strong>de</strong>s favourable towards drug use<br />
Community Protective Factors<br />
Community opportunity for prosocial involvement<br />
Community rewards for prosocial involvement<br />
Laws and norms favourable to drug use<br />
Perceived availability <strong>of</strong> handguns<br />
Family attachment<br />
Family Protective Factors<br />
Family opportunity for prosocial involvement<br />
Family rewards for prosocial involvement<br />
Intervention: The Five-Phase CTC Implementation Process<br />
Communities adopting the CTC strategy use a five-phase implementation<br />
process that inclu<strong>de</strong>s six different training modules (Hawkins, 1999; Quinby<br />
et al., in press). These phases are the following:<br />
1) Assessing the extent to which a given community is ready to .<br />
implement CTC;<br />
2) Becoming organized and trained to implement CTC;<br />
3) Assessing the level <strong>of</strong> risk, protection, and healthy or negative behavioural<br />
outcomes in the community;<br />
4) Elaborating an action plan for the community; and<br />
5) Implementing the plan and evaluating the <strong>de</strong>gree to which programs .<br />
have been faithfully implemented and outcomes achieved (Quinby et al.,<br />
in press).<br />
Parental attitu<strong>de</strong>s favourable to antisocial Behaviour<br />
School Risk Factors<br />
Aca<strong>de</strong>mic failure<br />
Low commitment to school<br />
Peer/Individual Risk Factors<br />
Rebelliousness<br />
Early initiation <strong>of</strong> antisocial behaviour<br />
Early initiation <strong>of</strong> drug use<br />
Favourable attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards antisocial behaviour<br />
Favourable attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards drug use<br />
Low perceived risks <strong>of</strong> drug use<br />
Interaction with antisocial peers<br />
Friends’ use <strong>of</strong> drugs<br />
Sensation seeking<br />
Rewards for antisocial involvement<br />
School Protective Factors<br />
School opportunity for prosocial involvement<br />
School rewards for prosocial involvement<br />
Peer/Individual Protective Factors<br />
Religiosity<br />
<strong>Social</strong> skills<br />
Belief in the moral or<strong>de</strong>r<br />
In phase 1, Community readiness, lea<strong>de</strong>rs in a given community who wish to<br />
invest in prevention evaluate the <strong>de</strong>gree to which their community is prepared<br />
to adopt CTC and i<strong>de</strong>ntify barriers to its doing so. Required are a shared belief<br />
in the usefulness <strong>of</strong> prevention and cooperation among community actors and<br />
agencies. Phase 1 also focuses on recruiting key lea<strong>de</strong>rs as CTC champions,<br />
negotiating with school boards to conduct the CTC youth survey, hiring a<br />
full-time CTC coordinator, and recruiting influential community members to<br />
take part in the initial CTC workshop, the Key Lea<strong>de</strong>rs Orientation (KLO).<br />
In phase 2, Community mobilization, the community lea<strong>de</strong>rs receive a halfday<br />
<strong>of</strong> KLO from a certified CTC trainer. This training educates participants<br />
about the main principles <strong>of</strong> prevention science, <strong>de</strong>scribes the CTC system,<br />
and encourages the community lea<strong>de</strong>rs to i<strong>de</strong>ntify potential members <strong>of</strong><br />
the Community Prevention Board (CPB), the coalition that conducts CTC<br />
planning and prevention activities (Quinby et al., in press). During this phase,<br />
the second CTC training session, Community Board Orientation (CBO), is<br />
provi<strong>de</strong>d to the members recruited for the CPB. These individuals typically<br />
come from a wi<strong>de</strong> range <strong>of</strong> community sectors: elected <strong>of</strong>ficials, parents, youth,<br />
social service, law enforcement, schools, public health, faith organizations,<br />
and business. This committee oversees CTC planning and implementation<br />
and later, in phase five, secures the resources nee<strong>de</strong>d to implement the<br />
strategic prevention plan that it has <strong>de</strong>veloped for the community. The twoday<br />
training, at which CPB members’ attendance is crucial, covers content<br />
similar to that <strong>of</strong> the KLO. The Community Board Orientation introduces<br />
the Community Prevention Board members to the CTC theory, structure,
90 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 91<br />
and process, strives to create a shared vision for the local community, and<br />
ends with the formation <strong>of</strong> work groups to implement CTC. These work<br />
groups inclu<strong>de</strong> Board Maintenance, Risk and Protective Factor Assessment,<br />
Resource Assessment and Analysis, Public Relations, Youth Involvement,<br />
and Funding. During phase 2, the CTC coordinator establishes the CPB,<br />
recruiting members, i<strong>de</strong>ntifying lea<strong>de</strong>rs for the work groups, and helping the<br />
work groups to set realistic and appropriate goals for the next year (Quinby et<br />
al., in press). The CTC trainer also assists the CTC coordinator through the<br />
provision <strong>of</strong> technical assistance.<br />
In phase 3, the CPB members, with the assistance <strong>of</strong> the CTC coordinator,<br />
carry out a comprehensive assessment <strong>of</strong> community risk and protection<br />
factors, prevention services, and youth behaviour. This phase requires the<br />
administration <strong>of</strong> the CTC Youth Survey in local schools, usually to stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
in gra<strong>de</strong>s 6, 8, 10, and 12. Members <strong>of</strong> the Risk and Protective Factor<br />
Assessment work group <strong>of</strong> the CPB receive the third CTC training module,<br />
Community Assessment Training, to learn how to interpret the data provi<strong>de</strong>d<br />
by the CTC Youth Survey (as well as supplementary data from archival or<br />
other sources), i<strong>de</strong>ntify elevated risk factors and <strong>de</strong>pressed protective factors,<br />
and know the prevalence <strong>of</strong> young people’s problem behaviour. During phase<br />
3, the CPB receives the fourth CTC training workshop, Community Resource<br />
Assessment Training. This enables the CPB to carry out a resource assessment in<br />
which it i<strong>de</strong>ntifies community programs, resources, and policies that address<br />
its prioritized risk and protective factors, promote healthy <strong>de</strong>velopment, and<br />
prevent problem behaviours (Quinby et al., in press). The CTC trainer also<br />
provi<strong>de</strong>s technical assistance that enables the CTC coordinator to <strong>de</strong>termine<br />
whether current community programs are high-quality, evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based services<br />
that are most likely to produce targeted outcomes. The resource assessment<br />
also i<strong>de</strong>ntifies current gaps in services.<br />
During phase 4, the full CPB examines the findings from phase 3 and <strong>de</strong>velops<br />
a community action plan. The fifth CTC training module, Community Plan<br />
Training (CPT), helps the CPB to select evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based prevention programs<br />
that fit with their prioritized risk and protection factors. To select these<br />
programs, the CPB uses the CTC Prevention Strategies Gui<strong>de</strong> (Hawkins &<br />
Catalano, 2004), which <strong>de</strong>scribes over 50 evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based prevention programs<br />
that, in at least one high-quality research trial, have had a positive impact<br />
on risk, protection, and problem behaviours. The CPT training teaches CPB<br />
members to write a community action plan that has clear and measurable<br />
prevention goals and <strong>de</strong>scribes explicitly how the small number <strong>of</strong> evi<strong>de</strong>ncebased<br />
programs or policies that it has selected will be implemented. During<br />
this phase, the CTC coordinator’s main role is to involve all CPB members<br />
and key stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs in <strong>de</strong>veloping the community action plan.<br />
In phase 5, Implementing the action plan and monitoring and evaluating<br />
program implementation and outcomes, CPB members receive the sixth and<br />
final CTC training workshop, Community Plan Implementation Training. The<br />
latter emphasizes that prevention programs must be implemented with a high<br />
level <strong>of</strong> fi<strong>de</strong>lity, in conformity with the content, amount <strong>of</strong> exposure, and<br />
mo<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>livery specified by the program <strong>de</strong>velopers. Besi<strong>de</strong>s implementing<br />
the evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based programs that they have selected and inclu<strong>de</strong>d in their<br />
community action plan, CPB members learn how to monitor the progress <strong>of</strong><br />
implementation and assess changes in participants. Phase 5 is a long-term,<br />
ongoing cycle. Every two years, the CTC Youth Survey is re-administered in<br />
the schools, and fresh supplementary community assessment data are gathered.<br />
After examining these new data, the CPB revises its action plan, targeting<br />
new risk or protective factors and selecting new evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based programs or<br />
policies to implement, in light <strong>of</strong> the new information.<br />
Tools for Assessing the Fi<strong>de</strong>lity <strong>of</strong> CTC<br />
Implementation During Phases 1 to 5<br />
The CTC Milestones and Benchmarks rating tool<br />
Fixen, Naoom, Blase, Friedman, and Wallace (2005) have argued convincingly<br />
that without high-fi<strong>de</strong>lity implementation, even the best evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based<br />
programs are con<strong>de</strong>mned to produce mediocre results, far below those <strong>of</strong><br />
which they are capable. To evaluate the <strong>de</strong>gree to which they have implemented<br />
the five phases <strong>of</strong> CTC with fi<strong>de</strong>lity, CTC users employ a Milestones and<br />
Benchmarks instrument. The milestones are goals that communities are to<br />
meet, whereas the benchmarks are actions that community members take or<br />
conditions that have to be met to achieve these goals (Quinby et al., in press).<br />
The six training sessions explain the milestones and benchmarks and equip<br />
the CPB with the skills to achieve most <strong>of</strong> them.<br />
An example <strong>of</strong> a milestone (from phase 3) would be “I<strong>de</strong>ntify priority risk<br />
and protective factors”, and a benchmark in this process would be, “Deci<strong>de</strong><br />
who will be involved in the prioritization process”. By completing the various<br />
milestones and benchmarks during each <strong>of</strong> the five phases, the CPB documents<br />
and evaluates the extent to which it has completed the core components <strong>of</strong> the<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> the CTC operating system.
92 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 93<br />
CTC assessment-<strong>of</strong>-training tools<br />
As an additional way <strong>of</strong> evaluating the fi<strong>de</strong>lity <strong>of</strong> implementation, several<br />
measures are used to assess the results <strong>of</strong> the six CTC training workshops.<br />
These measures inclu<strong>de</strong> participant attendance records, pre/post changes<br />
in participants’ attitu<strong>de</strong>s and knowledge, and telephone surveys (using<br />
the Community Board Interview instrument) <strong>of</strong> CPB members some 6 to .<br />
12 months after the CBO training.<br />
Evaluations <strong>of</strong> Communities That Care<br />
Most <strong>of</strong> the evaluations <strong>of</strong> CTC to date have been needs-assessments (including<br />
studies <strong>of</strong> the reliability, validity, or other characteristics <strong>of</strong> the CTC<br />
Youth Survey), process or implementation evaluations (especially <strong>of</strong> CTC<br />
implementation fi<strong>de</strong>lity), or outcome evaluations (<strong>of</strong> the effects <strong>of</strong> CTC on risk,<br />
protection, or youth behaviours).<br />
Prevention Needs-Assessments:<br />
Studies With the CTC Youth Survey<br />
Arthur et al. (2002) <strong>de</strong>scribed the <strong>de</strong>velopment, reliability, and validity <strong>of</strong> the<br />
self-report CTC Youth Survey (CTC-YS), which, in providing specific data<br />
on community needs (i.e., on the level <strong>of</strong> risk, protection, and adolescent<br />
problems), enables communities to select targeted, evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based prevention<br />
programs and policies. The CTC-YS is typically supplemented by key archival<br />
data (e.g., from the census) on risk factors such as extreme poverty, which is<br />
information not readily collected from stu<strong>de</strong>nt surveys (Hawkins, Catalano,<br />
& Arthur, 2002). Arthur et al. (2002) indicated that the CTC-YS was created<br />
for two reasons. First, research suggested that youth problem behaviours (e.g.,<br />
substance use, violence, or <strong>de</strong>linquency) could be prevented by reducing risk or<br />
increasing protection. Second, an epi<strong>de</strong>miological tool was nee<strong>de</strong>d to assess a<br />
broad set <strong>of</strong> risk and protective factors among community youth populations<br />
and to gui<strong>de</strong> the selection <strong>of</strong> appropriate preventive interventions. Arthur<br />
and his colleagues thus set about fashioning an instrument that could be<br />
administered within a single class period (about 50 minutes in length) and<br />
would be appropriate for young people between the ages <strong>of</strong> 11 and 18. The<br />
risk and protective factors assessed with the CTC-YS were empirically based.<br />
That is, they had been found to predict drug use and <strong>de</strong>linquent behaviour at<br />
the level <strong>of</strong> the individual young person in two or more longitudinal studies<br />
in which the factors had been measured before the outcomes. The internal<br />
consistencies <strong>of</strong> the risk and protection scales in the CTC-YS had an average<br />
value <strong>of</strong> .78, and all <strong>of</strong> the scales were significantly correlated in the predicted<br />
direction with substance-use and <strong>de</strong>linquency outcomes (Arthur et al., 2002).<br />
Hawkins, Van Horn, and Arthur (2004) used CTC-YS data on 28,091 stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
in gra<strong>de</strong>s 6, 8, 10, and 12 in 41 small to mo<strong>de</strong>rate-sized US communities to<br />
test the key assumptions <strong>of</strong> the public-health approach on which CTC is based,<br />
namely that there are differences between communities in levels <strong>of</strong> risk and<br />
protection and that these differences are related to different levels <strong>of</strong> drug use.<br />
Inter-community variability in risk and protective factors and substance use<br />
(calculated as community-level intra-class correlations) was found to account<br />
for a meaningful amount <strong>of</strong> the total variability in substance use (most <strong>of</strong><br />
which occurred between individual stu<strong>de</strong>nts). Moreover, almost all the intercommunity<br />
differences in levels <strong>of</strong> risk and protection were, as hypothesized,<br />
significantly correlated with inter-community differences in substance use<br />
outcomes. With data from the same sample <strong>of</strong> 41 communities, Fagan, Van<br />
Horn, Hawkins, and Arthur (2007a) subsequently showed that most <strong>of</strong> the<br />
community and family risk and protective factors assessed with the CTC-<br />
YS, when aggregated to the community level, predicted the prevalence among<br />
stu<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>of</strong> tobacco, alcohol, and marijuana use two years later, whether in the<br />
same or different cohorts <strong>of</strong> stu<strong>de</strong>nts (although the community-level factors<br />
predicted better within than across cohorts).<br />
Glaser et al. (2005) used CTC-YS data on 176,464 stu<strong>de</strong>nts and confirmatory<br />
factor analysis to show that the data provi<strong>de</strong>d a good fit with the hypothesized<br />
risk and protection factor structure <strong>of</strong> the instrument. Also, as expected, the<br />
ol<strong>de</strong>r stu<strong>de</strong>nts had been exposed to greater risks and less protection than their<br />
younger counterparts.<br />
Arthur et al. (2007) <strong>de</strong>scribed the <strong>de</strong>velopment and validation <strong>of</strong> optimal cut<strong>of</strong>f<br />
points for the CTC-YS scales, in prevention planning and prioritization<br />
<strong>of</strong> needs at a population level. These cut-<strong>of</strong>f points resulted in dichotomized<br />
risk and protective factor scales that allow communities to establish risk and<br />
protection pr<strong>of</strong>iles in prevalence-rate terms, thereby facilitating prevention<br />
planning and selecting particular targets for intervention.<br />
Feinberg, Ri<strong>de</strong>nour, and Greenberg (2007) factor-analyzed two waves <strong>of</strong> .<br />
CTC-YS data on large samples <strong>of</strong> Pennsylvania stu<strong>de</strong>nts in or<strong>de</strong>r to reduce 31<br />
risk and protective factors to a smaller set <strong>of</strong> aggregated indices. The researchers<br />
felt that a smaller number <strong>of</strong> indices would be useful for avoiding problems <strong>of</strong><br />
multicollinearity in relating risk and protection factors to youth outcomes as<br />
well as for facilitating comparisons between the community, school, family, or<br />
individual/peer domains. Their 8 aggregated indices (community cohesion,<br />
community availability <strong>of</strong> and norms regarding drugs and firearms, school
94 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 95<br />
prosocial environment, family cohesion, family risk, peer antisocial behaviour,<br />
risky attitu<strong>de</strong>s, and risky behavioural ten<strong>de</strong>ncies) were all related in the<br />
anticipated direction with youth problem behaviours, at a level that was as<br />
high or slightly higher than that attained by the original scales.<br />
Fagan, Van Horn, Hawkins, and Arthur (2007b) investigated possible<br />
gen<strong>de</strong>r differences in the relationships between 22 risk and protective factors<br />
and serious <strong>de</strong>linquency. They found that all 22 risk and protective factors<br />
were significantly related to serious <strong>de</strong>linquency, for both gen<strong>de</strong>rs, with the<br />
strongest relationships observed at the level <strong>of</strong> individual and peer factors. For<br />
both gen<strong>de</strong>rs, social skills were strongly related with less <strong>de</strong>linquency, whereas<br />
rebelliousness, sensation-seeking, and having <strong>de</strong>linquent peers were associated<br />
with greater <strong>de</strong>linquency. Similarly, for both gen<strong>de</strong>rs, poor family management<br />
was related to higher rates <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>linquency, while opportunities at school for<br />
prosocial involvement were associated with less <strong>de</strong>linquency. Overall, the males<br />
had greater involvement than the females in serious <strong>de</strong>linquency because they<br />
had experienced stronger relationships between risk and <strong>of</strong>fending, higher<br />
exposure to risk, and lower exposure to protection. Both gen<strong>de</strong>rs, however,<br />
were seen as needing preventive interventions.<br />
Process and Implementation Evaluations <strong>of</strong> CTC<br />
Process and implementation evaluations by <strong>Social</strong> Development<br />
Research Group, University <strong>of</strong> Washington in Seattle<br />
Hawkins, Catalano, and Arthur (2002) summarized the process-related<br />
findings that several evaluations <strong>of</strong> CTC had furnished up to that time.<br />
They noted that the initial field tests <strong>of</strong> CTC in the state <strong>of</strong> Washington<br />
had <strong>de</strong>monstrated that community lea<strong>de</strong>rs and resi<strong>de</strong>nts would participate<br />
in the required CTC training, adopt the CTC risk-and-protection approach,<br />
implement prevention plans, and continue to use them (Harachi, Ayers,<br />
Hawkins, & Catalano, 1996; Harachi Manger, Hawkins, Haggerty, and<br />
Catalano, 1992). Moreover, communities in the state <strong>of</strong> Washington that<br />
had used CTC were consi<strong>de</strong>rably more likely to implement evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based<br />
prevention programs than communities that had employed a different<br />
prevention mo<strong>de</strong>l (Arthur et al., 2004). These earlier as well as later studies<br />
indicated that communities trained to use the CTC operating system showed<br />
improved inter-agency collaboration, less service duplication, enhanced<br />
coordination in allocating resources, increased involvement <strong>of</strong> community<br />
stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs (pr<strong>of</strong>essionals, citizens, and young people) in prevention activities,<br />
more effective education <strong>of</strong> local citizens concerning youth problems, greater<br />
tailoring <strong>of</strong> prevention strategies to community-specific risk and resource<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>iles, and a greater likelihood <strong>of</strong> choosing empirically validated prevention<br />
strategies (Hawkins et al., 2002; Jenson, Hartman, Smith, Draayer, &<br />
Schurtz, 1997).<br />
Quinby et al. (in press) have shown, with data collected during the first<br />
18 months <strong>of</strong> the large-scale Community Youth Development Study<br />
(CYDS), that a high level <strong>of</strong> CTC implementation has been achieved. The<br />
CYDS is a five-year (2003-2008), group-randomized controlled trial <strong>of</strong><br />
the efficacy <strong>of</strong> the CTC operating system. The study involves 24 small- to<br />
medium sized communities, 12 <strong>of</strong> which were randomly assigned to the<br />
experimental (CTC) condition and 12 to the control (prevention-servicesas-usual)<br />
condition. Paired pre- and post-surveys from the Community<br />
Board Orientation showed that significant changes in a positive direction<br />
occurred on 14 <strong>of</strong> the 17 items assessed, covering participants’ knowledge<br />
<strong>of</strong> prevention science and the CTC process. Eight months later, attendance<br />
at the CBO was found to be significantly related to greater board-member<br />
un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> CTC, higher community readiness, more frequent<br />
attendance at board meetings, and more hours <strong>de</strong>voted to the CTC process.<br />
Also, when the CTC communities were at the halfway mark <strong>of</strong> phase five<br />
<strong>of</strong> the CTC process (implementation and evaluation), between 89% and<br />
100% <strong>of</strong> the community coordinators and trainers rated the milestones<br />
in the first four and a half CTC phases as “completely met” or “majority<br />
met”, even on those milestones and benchmarks that were rated as “very<br />
challenging” or “mostly challenging” (namely, addressing readiness issues;<br />
securing a CTC champion in the community; preparing archival data to<br />
supplement the CTC Youth Survey; engaging all stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs to support<br />
the community action plan; and i<strong>de</strong>ntifying resources required for new<br />
programs and policy implementation).<br />
Quinby et al. (in press) suggested that the high level <strong>of</strong> fi<strong>de</strong>lity with which<br />
CTC was being implemented was due to the use <strong>of</strong> certified CTC trainers<br />
in presenting the six training sessions, easy-to-use materials and gui<strong>de</strong>s,<br />
the use <strong>of</strong> data from the CTC Youth Survey to set outcome goals, locally<br />
based CTC coordinators, the use <strong>of</strong> benchmarks and milestones to monitor<br />
implementation progress, and skilled technical assistance and coaching. Thus,<br />
when these elements are in place, CTC appears to provi<strong>de</strong> communities with<br />
a feasible process for implementing science-based prevention.
96 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 97<br />
Process and implementation evaluations by Prevention<br />
Research Center, Pennsylvania State University<br />
In the mid-1990s, the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency<br />
fun<strong>de</strong>d a program <strong>of</strong> CTC implementation in more than 100 communities<br />
in the state (Feinberg et al., 2004a). A series <strong>of</strong> process studies based on these<br />
local CTC projects by a research group at the Prevention Research Centre<br />
at Pennsylvania State University have ma<strong>de</strong> an important contribution<br />
to un<strong>de</strong>rstanding the various factors that influence the success <strong>of</strong> .<br />
CTC implementation.<br />
Feinberg, Greenberg, Osgood, An<strong>de</strong>rson, and Babinski (2002) examined the<br />
effectiveness <strong>of</strong> CTC training as a means <strong>of</strong> introducing prevention science<br />
into a community. They found that stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs’ attendance at training<br />
was associated with greater individual-level knowledge <strong>of</strong> the relationship<br />
between risks and youth behaviour problems and greater general familiarity<br />
with the CTC framework. Greater attendance at training was also associated,<br />
at the project level, with better un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> empirical criteria for<br />
selecting evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based programs. At both the individual and project<br />
(community) levels, attendance at training was also related to better internal<br />
CTC functioning (clarity <strong>of</strong> goals and roles, fi<strong>de</strong>lity to the CTC prevention<br />
mo<strong>de</strong>l, and board structure and stability) and better relationships with other<br />
community groups.<br />
In a second CTC process study, Feinberg et al. (2004a) investigated whether<br />
measures <strong>of</strong> several key CTC domains – community readiness, prevention<br />
knowledge, coalition functioning, and barriers – were associated with the<br />
perceived effectiveness <strong>of</strong> community prevention coalitions. The investigators<br />
found that community readiness was in<strong>de</strong>ed strongly related to perceived<br />
coalition effectiveness, a relationship mediated by the quality <strong>of</strong> coalition<br />
internal functioning. Also, CTC projects that had been implemented<br />
most poorly were marked by the highest levels <strong>of</strong> infighting. Finally, more<br />
favourable attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards, and greater knowledge <strong>of</strong>, prevention on the part<br />
<strong>of</strong> community lea<strong>de</strong>rs were related to better internal coalition functioning<br />
(i.e., more purposeful functioning and lower rates <strong>of</strong> member turnover).<br />
Feinberg, Greenberg, and Osgood (2004b) studied the correlates <strong>of</strong> CTC<br />
participants’ perceived needs for technical assistance. They discovered that less<br />
community readiness to implement CTC, lower levels <strong>of</strong> internal coalition<br />
functioning and perceived coalition effectiveness, and lower rates <strong>of</strong> community<br />
lea<strong>de</strong>rs’ attendance at initial CTC training sessions were all related to participants’<br />
perceptions that more technical assistance was nee<strong>de</strong>d. The researchers also found<br />
that CTC project directors may un<strong>de</strong>restimate the need for technical assistance<br />
in areas directly reflecting on their own skills (e.g., lea<strong>de</strong>rship <strong>de</strong>velopment).<br />
Relatedly, Greenberg et al. (2005) found that even well functioning CTC<br />
community prevention boards nee<strong>de</strong>d technical assistance, especially in linking<br />
the assessment <strong>of</strong> risks to the selection and implementation <strong>of</strong> evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based<br />
programs. Also, more cohesive CTC board functioning predicted more positive<br />
perceptions <strong>of</strong> project efficacy and sustainability, and greater board knowledge<br />
<strong>of</strong> prevention was related to higher implementation fi<strong>de</strong>lity, which, in turn,<br />
predicted greater sustainability. Finally, higher levels <strong>of</strong> community readiness,<br />
implementation fi<strong>de</strong>lity, and board external influence all predicted <strong>de</strong>creased<br />
<strong>de</strong>linquency rates (Greenberg et al., 2005).<br />
Gomez, Greenberg, and Feinberg (2005) examined the sustainability <strong>of</strong><br />
CTC coalitions in Pennsylvania, beyond an initial three-year funding period.<br />
Successful sustainability was predicted by four indicators <strong>of</strong> the quality <strong>of</strong> early<br />
board functioning: greater board knowledge about prevention, more emphasis<br />
on the selection <strong>of</strong> evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based prevention programs, better internal board<br />
functioning, and greater fi<strong>de</strong>lity in implementing the CTC mo<strong>de</strong>l. Gomez<br />
et al. (2005) suggested that a<strong>de</strong>quate early training and ongoing technical<br />
assistance were likely to promote higher-quality coalition functioning during<br />
the start-up phase and thus contribute to greater sustainability.<br />
Feinberg, Riggs, and Greenberg (2005) investigated whether social network<br />
analysis may be useful for un<strong>de</strong>rstanding differences among communities in<br />
their readiness to implement community prevention initiatives. They discovered<br />
that during the early start-up phase, the closer and more direct the ties among<br />
prevention board members, the higher the level <strong>of</strong> perceived readiness. Also,<br />
social networks in which many individuals rather than only a few were core<br />
members exhibited higher levels <strong>of</strong> readiness. Thus, social networks appear to<br />
be an important aspect <strong>of</strong> community change interventions.<br />
Outcome evaluations <strong>of</strong> CTC<br />
Over time, the strength and scope <strong>of</strong> the <strong>de</strong>signs used in the US to evaluate the<br />
effects <strong>of</strong> CTC have increased greatly. The early evaluations were correlational<br />
in nature, whereas the two most recent studies have used quasi-experimental<br />
and group-randomized <strong>de</strong>signs, respectively.<br />
In its 1997 report to Congress, the Office <strong>of</strong> Juvenile Justice and Delinquency<br />
Prevention (as cited in Hawkins, 1999) stated that communities using CTC
98 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 99<br />
had experienced reductions in risk factors and in crime. Buchanan County in<br />
Missouri, for example, had targeted three risk factors for priority attention: early<br />
and persistent anti-social behaviour, aca<strong>de</strong>mic failure, and low commitment<br />
to school. During the 1996-1997 school year, after implementing a program<br />
to reduce these risks, Buchanan County found that 81% <strong>of</strong> stu<strong>de</strong>nts in the<br />
program improved failing gra<strong>de</strong>s in two or more core subjects to passing<br />
gra<strong>de</strong>s. The County also experienced a 78% <strong>de</strong>crease in truancy, a 62%<br />
<strong>de</strong>crease in tardiness, a 31% reduction in referrals for school discipline, and a<br />
33% <strong>de</strong>crease in juvenile crime in the community.<br />
Feinberg, Greenberg, Osgood, Sartorius, and Bontempo (2007), from<br />
the Penn State prevention research group, reported on a large-scale quasiexperimental<br />
impact study <strong>of</strong> CTC. Whereas the CYDS (Brown et al., 2007)<br />
is a group-randomized efficacy trial <strong>of</strong> CTC un<strong>de</strong>r optimal conditions, the<br />
quasi-experiment by Feinberg, Greenberg, et al. (2007) was an effectiveness<br />
study conducted un<strong>de</strong>r real-world conditions and at a population level. The<br />
participants were stu<strong>de</strong>nts attending random samples <strong>of</strong> schools in 2001 and<br />
2003, in gra<strong>de</strong>s 6, 8, 10, and 12, as well as volunteer schools in 2003. A total<br />
<strong>of</strong> 43,842 stu<strong>de</strong>nts in 2001 and 101,988 in 2003 completed the CTC Youth<br />
Survey and took part in the study. There were 41 school districts associated<br />
with local CTC projects in 2001 and 94 in 2003 (many new CTC projects<br />
were fun<strong>de</strong>d in Pennsylvania between 2001 and 2003). The researchers<br />
focused on 15 risk factors from the school, family, and peer/individual domains<br />
(they exclu<strong>de</strong>d the community domain because they did not expect CTC<br />
to have an impact on broad community factors in a short period <strong>of</strong> time).<br />
Six outcome measures were studied: antisocial behaviors; drug involvement; .<br />
30-day alcohol use; binge drinking; being drunk or high in school; and<br />
tobacco use. Potential confounding variables at the school district level,<br />
including poverty, were controlled.<br />
Results <strong>of</strong> this large-scale quasi-experiment show that CTC-associated school<br />
districts had lower levels <strong>of</strong> some risk factors and lower rates <strong>of</strong> substance use<br />
and <strong>de</strong>linquency than did non-CTC-associated school districts. In 2001, there<br />
were 2 times as many significant comparisons favouring CTC (in terms <strong>of</strong><br />
reduced risk factors or improved outcomes) as would be expected by chance<br />
and 7.8 times as many in 2003. Second, when the analyses were restricted to<br />
those gra<strong>de</strong> cohorts that could have been directly affected by evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based<br />
mo<strong>de</strong>l programs, the CTC sites had 10.7 times as many positive outcomes as<br />
would have been expected by chance. Third, the greatest number <strong>of</strong> significant<br />
effects were found in the 6th gra<strong>de</strong> stu<strong>de</strong>nts, in terms <strong>of</strong> risk reduction (via<br />
improvements in family supervision and discipline, friends’ behaviour and<br />
attitu<strong>de</strong>s, and the stu<strong>de</strong>nt’s own attitu<strong>de</strong>s) and in terms <strong>of</strong> improved outcomes<br />
(on all the outcomes except drug use). Also, the CTC-associated schools<br />
showed consistent evi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>of</strong> a positive impact on the outcome <strong>of</strong> anti-social<br />
behaviour, for gra<strong>de</strong>s 6 through 10. For the 12th gra<strong>de</strong>, there was evi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>of</strong><br />
a positive impact by CTC on alcohol use and drug involvement.<br />
Overall, Feinberg, Greenberg, et al. (2007) interpreted their results as<br />
providing substantial evi<strong>de</strong>nce that CTC had a positive impact in reducing<br />
risk factors and improving behavioural outcomes, un<strong>de</strong>r real-world conditions.<br />
This conclusion was buttressed by the fact that when the analyses in 2003 were<br />
limited to stu<strong>de</strong>nt cohorts who had been exposed to evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based programs<br />
targeting their age groups, the impact <strong>of</strong> CTC was even stronger. Moreover,<br />
Feinberg, Greenberg, et al. (2007) felt that their findings were conservative,<br />
for at least two reasons. First, many local CTC projects targeted age groups<br />
outsi<strong>de</strong> the range assessed by the CTC Youth Survey, such that the analyses<br />
did not capture the full range <strong>of</strong> CTC effects on communities. Second, the<br />
analyses compared CTC with a “prevention-as-usual” rather than with a “noprevention”<br />
comparison group.<br />
The five-year period <strong>of</strong> the CYDS (2003-2008) will soon be completed<br />
(although supplementary data-gathering will continue until the youngest<br />
children in the longitudinal sample have graduated from high school, in 2011).<br />
Thus, the results <strong>of</strong> this group-randomized efficacy study will soon begin<br />
to appear in the prevention literature. The only peer-reviewed CYDS-based<br />
paper to have been published as <strong>of</strong> this writing appears to be one by Brown,<br />
Hawkins, Arthur, Briney, and Abbott (2007), on the effects <strong>of</strong> CTC on<br />
community prevention service systems. These investigators examined changes<br />
between 2001 (pre-project) and 2004 (18 months after CTC implementation<br />
in 12 US communities) on three community-level outcomes. Controlling for<br />
respon<strong>de</strong>nt and community characteristics, multilevel analyses showed that<br />
the CTC communities, compared with the 12 control communities, had<br />
significantly greater increases in the adoption <strong>of</strong> a science-based approach<br />
to prevention in collaboration across various community sectors, and in<br />
cooperation on specific prevention activities. Brown et al. (2007) suggested that<br />
this success in changing proximal system outcomes, as a first step in producing<br />
more effective prevention services, would eventually lead to reductions in risk,<br />
increases in protection, and more positive youth outcomes.
100 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 101<br />
Applications <strong>of</strong> Communities That Care<br />
in Canada to Date<br />
CTC has been implemented in only a few Canadian communities. The first<br />
Canadian project was initiated a <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong> ago in Squamish, BC, a small city <strong>of</strong><br />
15,000 located on the west coast <strong>of</strong> Canada between Vancouver and Whistler.<br />
Initially supported by a three-year grant from Health Canada (1999-2002),<br />
CTC Squamish has succee<strong>de</strong>d in sustaining itself and is now becoming an<br />
important source <strong>of</strong> CTC training and consultation for other communities in<br />
BC. CTC Squamish will celebrate its first <strong>de</strong>ca<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong> existence by sponsoring<br />
a national conference in October 2008, at which the keynote address will be<br />
given by Richard Catalano, co-foun<strong>de</strong>r <strong>of</strong> CTC and the current director <strong>of</strong> the<br />
<strong>Social</strong> Development Research Group at the University <strong>of</strong> Washington. During<br />
its first cycle <strong>of</strong> operation, CTC Squamish implemented two evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based<br />
programs, Strengthening Families and the Perry Pre-School Program. More<br />
recently, it has expan<strong>de</strong>d its prevention focus to inclu<strong>de</strong> the area <strong>of</strong> drug and<br />
alcohol abuse.<br />
In 2001-2004, the present author and several colleagues piloted an earlier<br />
version <strong>of</strong> CTC in three Ontario communities. Funding was provi<strong>de</strong>d by<br />
the Trillium Foundation <strong>of</strong> Ontario, the National Crime Prevention Centre,<br />
and the University <strong>of</strong> Ottawa ACADRE Centre (an organization promoting<br />
Aboriginal health research). The project involved partner organizations in<br />
the three communities: in Hawkesbury, Services for Children and Adults<br />
<strong>of</strong> Prescott-Russell; in Sudbury, the Children’s Aid Society <strong>of</strong> Sudbury and<br />
District and N’Swakamok Native Friendship Centre; in Ottawa, the Nepean<br />
Community Resource Centre and the Centre for Research on Educational<br />
and Community Services at the University <strong>of</strong> Ottawa.<br />
The pilot project began in 2001 in Hawkesbury, Ontario, a mainly francophone<br />
town <strong>of</strong> 10,000 people. A diverse Community Prevention Board <strong>of</strong> 15 members<br />
was established and collected data on community risk and protective factors,<br />
establishing objectives for each risk factor and the means <strong>of</strong> attaining each.<br />
CTC Hawkesbury chose to focus on improving out-<strong>of</strong>-school-time activities,<br />
persuading the city council to invest in city parks and positive youth activities<br />
and completing a baseline school survey <strong>of</strong> stu<strong>de</strong>nt problem behaviours and<br />
positive <strong>de</strong>velopment.<br />
In Sudbury, a city <strong>of</strong> 200,000, the CTC project (2002-2004) concentrated on<br />
young people in the urban Aboriginal population. A productive partnership<br />
was established between the local Children’s Aid Society and the N’Swakamok<br />
Native Friendship Centre. With the support <strong>of</strong> two Aboriginal staff members,<br />
CTC Sudbury created a broad consensus in the community regarding the<br />
major risk and protective factors and service gaps affecting Aboriginal youths<br />
and <strong>de</strong>veloped an inventory <strong>of</strong> available and nee<strong>de</strong>d resources for Aboriginal<br />
youths and their families.<br />
In the Bayshore neighbourhood <strong>of</strong> Ottawa, the CTC project (2003-2004)<br />
served a mainly immigrant population <strong>of</strong> youths and their families. Despite the<br />
brevity <strong>of</strong> its existence, CTC Ottawa-Bayshore was able to form a Community<br />
Prevention Board, organize several well atten<strong>de</strong>d community events, and<br />
collect data on risk and protective factors.<br />
In 2005, a third period <strong>of</strong> CTC <strong>de</strong>velopment in Canada began. Services to<br />
Children and Adults <strong>of</strong> Prescott-Russell are now un<strong>de</strong>rtaking an ambitious<br />
training and implementation effort in three mainly francophone communities<br />
in eastern Ontario, namely, Hawkesbury, Rockland, and Casselman. Funding<br />
is being provi<strong>de</strong>d by the Ontario Ministry <strong>of</strong> Children and Youth Services.<br />
This project is implementing the most recent version <strong>of</strong> CTC, with training<br />
and technical assistance provi<strong>de</strong>d by the University <strong>of</strong> Washington. The<br />
CTC training materials and CTC Youth Survey have all been translated into<br />
French. An evaluation <strong>of</strong> the new Prescott-Russell project is being conducted<br />
by the Centre for Research on Educational and Community Services at the<br />
University <strong>of</strong> Ottawa, using the same approach and tools that are employed<br />
by the University <strong>of</strong> Washington. Four interim evaluation reports on the<br />
Prescott-Russell project have been issued to date, assessing the results <strong>of</strong> the<br />
first four <strong>of</strong> the six CTC training sessions, namely, that for CTC key lea<strong>de</strong>rs<br />
(La Roche & Flynn, 2007a), for Community Prevention Board members (La<br />
Roche & Flynn, 2007b), for CPB members regarding the assessment <strong>of</strong> risk<br />
and protective factors (La Roche & Flynn, 2007c), and for CPB members<br />
concerning the assessment <strong>of</strong> community resources (La Roche & Flynn,<br />
2008). Interesting parallels with the University <strong>of</strong> Washington CTC training<br />
results have emerged. Later in 2008, the fi<strong>de</strong>lity <strong>of</strong> implementation in the<br />
three Prescott-Russell communities will be evaluated and annual interviews<br />
with community lea<strong>de</strong>rs and volunteers will be initiated.<br />
Finally, it should be mentioned that major elements <strong>of</strong> the CTC approach<br />
are being used at present in a school-based prevention initiative in three<br />
service districts <strong>of</strong> northern Ontario (Armstrong, Flynn, & Van Dyk, 2007).<br />
This initiative, while not a CTC project, <strong>de</strong>monstrates the flexibility <strong>of</strong> the<br />
prevention approach. The project involves only three family and child service<br />
agencies and four school boards and is thus not a community coalition.
102 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 103<br />
Moreover, the initiative is concerned only with school, family, and individual/<br />
peer risk and protective factors, and thus exclu<strong>de</strong>s community-level factors.<br />
Nevertheless, the use <strong>of</strong> major elements <strong>of</strong> the CTC approach has allowed<br />
prevention needs to be assessed through administration <strong>of</strong> the CTC Youth<br />
Survey in 85 schools and the selection <strong>of</strong> an evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based program, Lion’s<br />
Quest. Based on the lessons learned from the pilot evaluation in English and<br />
French in 2007-2008, Lion’s Quest is likely to be more wi<strong>de</strong>ly implemented in<br />
the three service districts and four school boards in the future.<br />
Conclusion<br />
Overall, the CTC approach emerges as very promising from the foregoing<br />
review. It has much to commend it: a well established theoretical base, clearly<br />
sequenced training and implementation procedures, a strong emphasis on<br />
strategic planning and evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based programs, and supportive needsassessment,<br />
process/implementation, and outcome evaluation data. Its initial<br />
applications in the Canadian context have also been positive. Taken together,<br />
this suggests that the time has come for more frequent implementation and<br />
more a<strong>de</strong>quately fun<strong>de</strong>d evaluations <strong>of</strong> CTC in Canada.<br />
References<br />
Armstrong, L. L., Flynn, R. J., & Van Dyk, C. (2007, June). Evaluation<br />
proposal for the Tri-District School-Based Initiative. Ottawa, ON:<br />
Centre for Research on Educational and Community Services,<br />
University <strong>of</strong> Ottawa.<br />
Arthur, M.W., Ayers, C. D., Graham, K. A., & Hawkins, D. (2004).<br />
Mobilizing communities to reduce risk for drug abuse: A comparison<br />
<strong>of</strong> two strategies. In Z. Sloboda & W. Bukoski (Eds.), Handbook <strong>of</strong><br />
drug abuse and prevention: Theory, science and practice (pp. 129-144).<br />
New York: Klewer Aca<strong>de</strong>mic/Plenum Publishers.<br />
Arthur, M. W., Briney, J. S., Hawkins, J. D., Abbott, R. D., Brooke-Weiss,<br />
B. L., & Catalano, R. F. (2007). Measuring risk and protection<br />
in communities using the Communities That Care Youth Survey.<br />
Evaluation and Program Planning, 30, 197-211.<br />
Arthur, M. W., Hawkins, J.D., Pollard, J.A., Catalano, R.F., & Baglioni,<br />
A. J., Jr. (2002). Measuring risk and protective factors for substance<br />
use, <strong>de</strong>linquency, and other adolescent problem behaviors: The<br />
Communities That Care Youth Survey. Evaluation Review, 26, 575-601.<br />
Brown, E. C., Hawkins, J. D., Arthur, M. W., Briney, J. S., & Abbott, R.<br />
D. (2007). Effects <strong>of</strong> Communities That Care on prevention service<br />
systems: Findings from the Community Youth Development Study at<br />
1.5 years. Prevention Science, 8, 180-191.<br />
Cady, R. (2004). Communities that Care: Implementation in the United States.<br />
Paper presented to a pre-conference symposium on the International<br />
Implementation <strong>of</strong> Communities That Care, Society for Prevention<br />
Research, Quebec City, Quebec, May.<br />
Catalano, R. F., & Hawkins, J. D. (1996). The social <strong>de</strong>velopment mo<strong>de</strong>l:<br />
A theory <strong>of</strong> antisocial behavior. In J. D. Hawkins (Ed.), Delinquency<br />
and crime: Current theories (pp. 149-197). New York: Cambridge<br />
University Press.<br />
Fagan, A. A., Van Horn, M. L., Hawkins, J. D., & Arthuer, M. W.<br />
(2007a). Using community and family risk and protective factors<br />
for community-based prevention planning. Journal <strong>of</strong> Community<br />
Psychology, 35, 535-555.<br />
Fagan, A. A., Van Horn, M. L., Hawkins, J. D., & Arthuer, M. W. (2007b).<br />
Gen<strong>de</strong>r similarities and differences in the association between risk and<br />
protective factors and self-reported serious <strong>de</strong>linquency. Prevention<br />
Science, 8, 115-124.<br />
Feinberg, M. E., Greenberg, M. T., & Osgood, D. W. (2004a). Readiness,<br />
functioning and perceived effectiveness in community prevention<br />
coalitions: A study <strong>of</strong> communities that care. American Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Community Psychology, 33, 163-176.<br />
Feinberg, M. E., Greenberg, M. T., & Osgood, D. W. (2004b). Technical<br />
assistance in prevention programs: Correlates <strong>of</strong> perceived need in<br />
communities that care. Evaluation and Program Planning, 27, 263-274.
104 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 105<br />
Feinberg, M. E., Greenberg, M. T., Osgood, D. W., An<strong>de</strong>rson, A., &<br />
Babinski, L. (2002). The effects <strong>of</strong> training community lea<strong>de</strong>rs<br />
in prevention science: Communities that Care in Pennsylvania.<br />
Evaluation and Program Planning, 25, 245-259.<br />
Feinberg, M. E., Greenberg, M. T., Osgood, W., Sartorius, J., & Bontempo, D.<br />
(2007). Effects <strong>of</strong> the Communities That Care mo<strong>de</strong>l in Pennsylvania<br />
on youth risk and problem behaviors. Prevention Science, 8, 261-270.<br />
Feinberg, M. E., Ri<strong>de</strong>nour, T. A., & Greenberg, M. T. (2007). Aggregating<br />
indices <strong>of</strong> risk and protection for adolescent behaviour problems: .<br />
The Communities That Care Youth Survey. Journal <strong>of</strong> Adolescent<br />
Health, 40, 506-513.<br />
Feinberg, M. E., Riggs, N. R., & Greenberg, M. T. (2005). <strong>Social</strong> .<br />
networks and community prevention coalitions. Journal <strong>of</strong> Primary<br />
Prevention, 26, 279-298.<br />
Fixen, D., L., Naoom, S. F., Blase, K. A., Friedman, R. M., & Wallace, F.<br />
(2005). Implementation research: A synthesis <strong>of</strong> the literature. Rampa,<br />
FL: University <strong>of</strong> South Florida, Louis <strong>de</strong> la Parte Florida Mental<br />
Health Institute, The National Implementation Research Network<br />
(FMHI Publication #231).<br />
Glaser, R. R., Van Horn, M. L., Arthur, M. W., Hawkins, J. D., & Catalano,<br />
R. F. (2005). Measurement properties <strong>of</strong> the Communities That Care<br />
Youth Survey across <strong>de</strong>mographic groups. Journal <strong>of</strong> Quantitative<br />
Criminology, 21, 73-102.<br />
Gomez, B. J., Greenberg, M. T., & Feinberg, M. E. (2005). Sustainability<br />
<strong>of</strong> community coalitions: An evaluation <strong>of</strong> Communities That Care.<br />
Prevention Science, 6, 199-202.<br />
Greenberg, M. T., Feinberg, M. E., Gomez, B. J., & Osgood, D.<br />
W. (2005) Testing a community prevention focused mo<strong>de</strong>l <strong>of</strong><br />
coalition functioning and sustainability: A comprehensive study<br />
<strong>of</strong> Communities that Care in Pennsylvania. In T. Stockwell, P.<br />
Gruenewald, J. Toumbourou & W. Loxley (Eds.), Preventing<br />
harmful substance use: The evi<strong>de</strong>nce base for policy and practice.<br />
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.<br />
Harachi, T. W., Ayers, C. D., Hawkins, J. D., & Catalano, R. F. (1996).<br />
Empowering communities to prevent adolescent subsance abuse:<br />
Processs evaluation results from a risk- and protection-focused<br />
community mobilization effort. Journal <strong>of</strong> Primary Prevention, 16,<br />
233-254.<br />
Harachi Manger, T., Hawkins, J. D., Haggerty, K. P., & Catalano, .<br />
R. F. (1992). Mobilizing communities to reduce risks for drug abuse:<br />
Lessons on using research to gui<strong>de</strong> prevention practice. Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Primary Prevention, 13, 3-22.<br />
Hawkins, J. D. (1999). Preventing crime and violence through Communities<br />
that Care. European Journal on Criminal Policy and Research, 7, 443-458.<br />
Hawkins, J. D., & Catalano, R. F. (2002). Investing in your community’s<br />
youth: An introduction to the Communities That Care system. South<br />
Deerfield, MA: Channing Bete Company.<br />
Hawkins, J. D., & Catalano, R. F. (2004). CTC prevention strategies gui<strong>de</strong>.<br />
South Deerfield, MA: Channing-Bete Company.<br />
Hawkins, J. D., Catalano, R. F., & Arthur, M. W. (2002). Promoting sciencebased<br />
prevention in communities. Addictive Behaviors, 27, 951-976.<br />
Hawkins, J. D., Catalano, R., & Miller, J. (1992). Risk and protective<br />
factors for alcohol and other drug problems in adolescence and early<br />
adulthood: Implications for substance abuse prevention. Psychological<br />
Bulletin, 112, 66-105.<br />
Hawkins, J. D., Herrenkohl, T., Farrington, D. P., Brewer, D., Catalano, .<br />
R. F., & Harachi, T. W. (1998). A review <strong>of</strong> predictors <strong>of</strong> youth<br />
violence. In R. Loeber & D. P. Farrington (Eds.), Serious and violent<br />
juvenile <strong>of</strong>fen<strong>de</strong>rs (pp. 106-146). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.<br />
Hawkins, J. D., Jenson, J. M., Catalano, R. F., & Lishner, D. M. (1988).<br />
Delinquency and drug abuse: Implications for social services. <strong>Social</strong><br />
Service Review, 62, 258-284.<br />
Hawkins, J. D., Van Horn, M. L., & Arthur, M. W. (2004). Community<br />
variation in risk and protective factors and substance use outcomes.<br />
Prevention Science, 5, 213-220.
106 I P C R e v i e w 2 Communities That Care 107<br />
Huizinga, D., & Jakob-Chien, C. (1998). The contemporaneous cooccurrence<br />
<strong>of</strong> serious and violent juvenile <strong>of</strong>fending and other problem<br />
behaviours. In R. Loeber & D. P. Farrington (Eds.), Serious and violent<br />
juvenile <strong>of</strong>fen<strong>de</strong>rs: Risk factors and successful interventions (pp. 47-67).<br />
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.<br />
Jensen, J. M., Hartman, J. C., Smith, J. R., Draayer, D., & Schurtz, R.<br />
(1997). Evaluation <strong>of</strong> Iowa’s Juvenile Crime Prevention Community<br />
Grant Fund Program. Iowa City, IA: School <strong>of</strong> <strong>Social</strong> Work, University<br />
<strong>of</strong> Iowa.<br />
Quinby, R. K., Fagan, A. A., Hanson, K., Brooke-Weiss, B., Arthur, M.<br />
W., & Hawkins, J. D. (in press). Installing the Communities That<br />
Care prevention system: Implementation progress and fi<strong>de</strong>lity in a<br />
randomized controlled trial. Journal <strong>of</strong> Community Psychology.<br />
Shaw, D. S., & Winslow, E. B. (1997). Precursors and correlates <strong>of</strong> antisocial<br />
behavior from infancy to preschool. In D. M. St<strong>of</strong>f, J. Breiling, & J.<br />
D. Maser (Eds.), Handbook <strong>of</strong> antisocial behavior (pp. 148-158). New<br />
York: John Wiley & Sons.<br />
La Roche, M., & Flynn, R. J. (2007a, mai). Résultats <strong>de</strong> l’évaluation <strong>de</strong>s<br />
formations <strong>de</strong>s lea<strong>de</strong>rs-clés du projet Une communauté ensemble dans<br />
Prescott-Russell. Rapport intérimaire. Ottawa, ON : Centre <strong>de</strong><br />
recherche sur les services éducatifs et communautaires, Université<br />
d’Ottawa.<br />
La Roche, M. & Flynn, R. J. (2007b, mai). Résultats <strong>de</strong> l’évaluation <strong>de</strong>s<br />
conseils communautaires du projet Une communauté ensemble dans<br />
Prescott-Russell. Rapport intérimaire. Ottawa, ON: Centre <strong>de</strong><br />
recherche sur les services éducatifs et communautaires, Université<br />
d’Ottawa.<br />
La Roche, M., & Flynn, R. J. (2007c, novembre). Évaluation <strong>de</strong> la session <strong>de</strong><br />
formation sur l’évaluation <strong>de</strong>s facteurs <strong>de</strong> risque : Implantation du projet<br />
Une communauté ensemble dans Prescott-Russell. Rapport intérimaire.<br />
Ottawa, ON : Centre <strong>de</strong> recherche sur les services éducatifs et<br />
communautaires, Université d’Ottawa.<br />
La Roche, M., & Flynn, R. J. (2008, février). Évaluation <strong>de</strong> la session <strong>de</strong><br />
formation sur l’évaluation <strong>de</strong>s ressources <strong>de</strong> la communauté : Implantation<br />
du projet Une communauté ensemble dans Prescott-Russell. Rapport<br />
intérimaire. Ottawa, ON : Centre <strong>de</strong> recherche sur les services<br />
éducatifs et communautaires, Université d’Ottawa.<br />
O’Donnell, J., Hawkins, J. D., & Abbott, R. D. (1995). Predicting serious<br />
<strong>de</strong>linquency and substance use among aggressive boys. Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63, 529-537.
Volume 2: pages 109–135<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Development, Evaluation and<br />
National Implementation <strong>of</strong><br />
a School-Based Program to<br />
Reduce Violence and Related<br />
Risk Behaviours: Lessons from<br />
the Fourth R<br />
Claire V. Crooks<br />
CAMH Centre for Prevention Science<br />
David A. Wolfe<br />
CAMH Centre for Prevention Science & University <strong>of</strong> Toronto<br />
Ray Hughes<br />
CAMH Centre for Prevention Science<br />
Peter G. Jaffe<br />
Centre for Research and Education on Violence Against Women and<br />
Children <strong>of</strong> the University <strong>of</strong> Western Ontario<br />
Debbie Chiodo<br />
CAMH Centre for Prevention Science<br />
The Fourth R randomized controlled trial was fun<strong>de</strong>d by the Canadian<br />
Institutes <strong>of</strong> Health Research. Additional funding for program<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment and dissemination has been received from the U.S. National<br />
Institutes <strong>of</strong> Health Youth Violence Consortium, the Ontario Ministry
110 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 111<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Attorney General, Public Health Agency <strong>of</strong> Canada, the Ontario<br />
Mental Health Foundation, and the London Community Foundation.<br />
We are especially grateful to the Royal LePage Shelter Foundation and<br />
the Crooks family for the support <strong>of</strong> the national dissemination <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Fourth R. David Wolfe holds the RBC Chair in Children’s Mental<br />
Health at the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health.<br />
R É S U M É<br />
Le Fourth R est un programme global <strong>of</strong>fert en milieu scolaire et <strong>de</strong>stiné<br />
à contrer trois comportements à risque interreliés et caractéristiques <strong>de</strong><br />
l’adolescence : la violence (l’intimidation, la violence entre camara<strong>de</strong>s et<br />
dans le cadre <strong>de</strong> fréquentations), l’abus d’alcool ou d’autres drogues, et<br />
les relations sexuelles à risque. Ce programme recourt à une stratégie <strong>de</strong><br />
réduction <strong>de</strong>s méfaits axée sur la jeunesse, qui mise sur leurs connaissances,<br />
leur capacité d’entretenir <strong>de</strong>s relations positives, et la prise <strong>de</strong> décision.<br />
Ce programme est donné en classe par <strong>de</strong>s enseignants et repose sur<br />
21 leçons conformes aux directives provinciales <strong>de</strong> l’Ontario en matière<br />
d’éducation physique et <strong>de</strong> santé pour les élèves <strong>de</strong> neuvième année. Il<br />
comporte également d’autres éléments applicables à l’échelle <strong>de</strong> l’école et<br />
relatifs à la formation <strong>de</strong>s enseignants et à l’information aux parents. On<br />
entrevoit élargir la portée <strong>de</strong> ce programme et l’<strong>of</strong>frir à d’autres niveaux<br />
scolaires et d’autres secteurs (p. ex. au programme d’enseignement <strong>de</strong><br />
l’anglais en 10 e année) et à <strong>de</strong>s groupes <strong>de</strong> jeunes particuliers (p. ex. dans le<br />
cadre du programme d’enseignement <strong>de</strong>s perspectives autochtones). Cet<br />
article présente un aperçu du développement du programme Fourth R et<br />
<strong>de</strong>s pratiques exemplaires qui lui servent <strong>de</strong> fon<strong>de</strong>ments. On y résume les<br />
résultats d’un plan d’expérience aléatoire auprès d’une grappe <strong>de</strong> 20 écoles<br />
dans le but <strong>de</strong> démontrer son efficacité à améliorer les connaissances, les<br />
capacités et les attitu<strong>de</strong>s <strong>de</strong>s jeunes qui y participent comparativement à<br />
ceux qui suivent le cour <strong>de</strong> santé typique. Ce programme a été conçu en<br />
Ontario et a <strong>de</strong>puis été mis en œuvre dans plus <strong>de</strong> 350 écoles à l’échelle <strong>de</strong> la<br />
province ; il a en outre été adapté et mis en œuvre dans six autres provinces<br />
dans le cadre d’une stratégie nationale <strong>de</strong> diffusion. L’article présente les<br />
résultats d’une enquête menée auprès <strong>de</strong> partenaires nationaux et mettant<br />
en lumière les facteurs contribuant à promouvoir avec succès la mise en<br />
œuvre et la diffusion du programme Fourth R, <strong>de</strong> même que les obstacles<br />
qui pourraient se dresser.<br />
A B S T R A C T<br />
The Fourth R is a comprehensive school-based program aimed at<br />
reducing three interconnected risk behaviours in adolescence: violence<br />
(bullying, peer and dating violence), substance abuse, and unsafe sex.<br />
The program applies a youth-focused, harm-reduction strategy that<br />
encompasses knowledge, positive relationship skills, and <strong>de</strong>cisionmaking.<br />
The foundation <strong>of</strong> the program is a 21-lesson curriculum that meets<br />
Ontario provincial education gui<strong>de</strong>lines for gra<strong>de</strong> 9 Health and Physical<br />
Education and is taught by classroom teachers. There are additional<br />
school-wi<strong>de</strong>, teacher training, and parent information components.<br />
Expansion projects inclu<strong>de</strong> extending the program to other gra<strong>de</strong>s and<br />
areas (e.g., Fourth R Gra<strong>de</strong> 10 English Curriculum) and to specific groups<br />
<strong>of</strong> youth (i.e., Fourth R Aboriginal Perspective Curriculum). This article<br />
provi<strong>de</strong>s an overview <strong>of</strong> the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R and the best<br />
practice principles upon which it is based. Results <strong>of</strong> a 20 school Cluster<br />
Randomized Design are summarized to provi<strong>de</strong> evi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>of</strong> the efficacy <strong>of</strong><br />
the Fourth R in producing gains in knowledge, skills, and attitu<strong>de</strong>s among<br />
youth compared to youth who receive typical health class. Developed in<br />
Ontario, the Fourth R has now been implemented in more than 350 schools<br />
provincially, and has been adapted and implemented in six other Canadian<br />
provinces as part <strong>of</strong> a national dissemination strategy. The article presents<br />
the results <strong>of</strong> a survey <strong>of</strong> national partners that highlights factors that<br />
promote successful implementation and dissemination <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R, as<br />
well as potential barriers.<br />
Introduction<br />
There is wi<strong>de</strong>spread interest in school-based violence prevention for children<br />
and adolescents for several reasons. First, violence causes harm to direct and<br />
indirect victims, and prevention has the potential to reduce this harm. Second,<br />
once aggression becomes an entrenched pattern, it can be extremely difficult<br />
to alter. Third, adolescence presents a window <strong>of</strong> opportunity for youth to<br />
<strong>de</strong>velop healthy relationship patterns as they begin to <strong>de</strong>velop intimate<br />
relationships outsi<strong>de</strong> the family. Fourth, the school setting provi<strong>de</strong>s many<br />
logistical advantages for universal <strong>de</strong>livery <strong>of</strong> services. Despite this attraction,<br />
school-based violence prevention has not lived up to its promise in that effective<br />
programs have achieved neither wi<strong>de</strong>spread nor sustained implementation.<br />
Three separate but equally important components must to be addressed in<br />
or<strong>de</strong>r to achieve the <strong>de</strong>sired outcome <strong>of</strong> integrated and sustainable schoolbased<br />
prevention programming:
112 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 113<br />
• There is a need for theoretically-driven programs that are directed by<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopmental needs <strong>of</strong> the target group and best practice science;<br />
• There is a need for programs that have been empirically validated;<br />
• There is also a need for programs to be <strong>de</strong>signed from the outset with<br />
attention to implementation and dissemination.<br />
This article discusses the <strong>de</strong>velopment, evaluation, and national dissemination<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Fourth R, a comprehensive school-based program <strong>de</strong>signed to promote<br />
healthy relationships and prevent risk behaviours among adolescents. The<br />
Fourth R can be used to illustrate some <strong>of</strong> the critical issues in <strong>de</strong>veloping and<br />
implementing theoretically-driven, empirically-validated programs.<br />
History and Development <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R<br />
The Fourth R (for Relationships) grew out <strong>of</strong> the Youth Relationships Project<br />
(YRP), a dating violence prevention program <strong>de</strong>veloped for youth with family<br />
backgrounds <strong>of</strong> maltreatment and violence. The YRP is an 18-session groupbased<br />
intervention that was <strong>de</strong>signed to reduce all forms <strong>of</strong> harassment, abuse,<br />
and violence by and against dating partners (Wolfe et al., 2003a). It was<br />
<strong>de</strong>veloped to address the particular needs <strong>of</strong> teens who had grown up with<br />
abuse and trauma experiences in their families <strong>of</strong> origin and who were thereby<br />
at greater risk for violence in their own relationships. The goal was to help teens<br />
<strong>de</strong>velop positive roles in dating by providing information, building skills, and<br />
enabling the participants to be involved in a community service component.<br />
The Youth Relationships Project was evaluated in a randomized trial with<br />
158 high-risk 14–16 year olds with histories <strong>of</strong> maltreatment (Wolfe et al.,<br />
2003b). The control condition was existing care, which typically inclu<strong>de</strong>d .<br />
bi-monthly visits from a social worker and the provision <strong>of</strong> basic shelter and<br />
care. Youth in the study completed measures <strong>of</strong> dating abuse and victimization,<br />
emotional distress, and healthy relationship skills at bimonthly intervals, when<br />
dating someone. The youths were followed on average for 16 months postintervention,<br />
and showed the intervention to be effective in reducing inci<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
<strong>of</strong> physical and emotional abuse over time (as rated by the teens themselves<br />
and their dating partners), relative to controls. An interesting adjunct finding<br />
was that symptoms <strong>of</strong> trauma and emotional distress were also lower over time<br />
compared to the control group, even though these symptoms were not directly<br />
targeted by the intervention.<br />
The YRP’s success in <strong>de</strong>monstrating changes in attitu<strong>de</strong>s that are favourable<br />
to violence and in the abusive behaviours <strong>of</strong> youth at risk for violent<br />
relationships resulted in wi<strong>de</strong>spread interest in adapting the program for all<br />
youth, regardless <strong>of</strong> risk status. In adapting the YRP for a universal (and<br />
slightly younger) audience in a classroom setting, several changes were<br />
ma<strong>de</strong>. Compared to its pre<strong>de</strong>cessor, the Fourth R inclu<strong>de</strong>d a larger focus on<br />
the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> healthy relationships and resolving normative conflict,<br />
a broa<strong>de</strong>r range <strong>of</strong> violence (including bullying, harassment, group-based<br />
peer violence, and dating violence), and a much greater emphasis on role<br />
playing and skills <strong>de</strong>velopment. In addition to violence, the Fourth R also<br />
inclu<strong>de</strong>d material on substance use and sexual behaviour, thus addressing this<br />
important triad <strong>of</strong> adolescent risk behaviours.<br />
The first version <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R was piloted in a few schools in Southwestern<br />
Ontario in the Fall <strong>of</strong> 2001. Over the next several years the program was<br />
revised based on teacher and stu<strong>de</strong>nt feedback, and evaluated in a cluster<br />
randomized controlled trial (RCT) during the 2004-2005 school year. As <strong>of</strong><br />
2008 it was being implemented in over 350 schools in Ontario as well as in<br />
several other provinces. The results <strong>of</strong> this initial evaluation <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R<br />
as well as the successes and challenges <strong>of</strong> its implementation in schools across<br />
Canada are discussed in this paper.<br />
Description <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R<br />
The cornerstone <strong>of</strong> the core gra<strong>de</strong> 9 version <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R is a 21-lesson skillbased<br />
curriculum that promotes healthy relationships and targets violence, highrisk<br />
sexual behaviour, and substance use among adolescents. This curriculum<br />
has been evaluated by Curriculum Services Canada and meets the Ontario<br />
provincial expectations for the Healthy Active Living strand in gra<strong>de</strong> 9 Physical<br />
and Health Education. It is <strong>de</strong>livered by teachers who receive specialized training.<br />
Our contention is that relationship skills can be taught in much the same way as<br />
the other “three R’s” (Reading, ‘Riting, and ‘Rithmetic), and establishing these<br />
skills as a fundamental part <strong>of</strong> the high school curriculum is equally essential.<br />
Furthermore, given the abundance <strong>of</strong> negative relationship mo<strong>de</strong>ls available to<br />
teens, it is crucial that they be exposed to healthy alternatives and equipped with<br />
the skills to <strong>de</strong>velop healthy relationships themselves. Healthy relationships and<br />
skills should be seen as complementary to, not competitive with, success in basic<br />
aca<strong>de</strong>mic skills <strong>of</strong> numeracy and literacy (Greenberg, Domitrovich, Graczyk,<br />
& Zins, 2005). The Fourth R is comprised <strong>of</strong> three units to address violence,<br />
substance use, and healthy sexuality/sexual behaviour. Together, these three<br />
units address the triad <strong>of</strong> adolescent risk behaviours that are connected to each<br />
other in terms <strong>of</strong> co-occurrence, but are also jointly rooted in peer and dating<br />
relationships experienced by youth.
114 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 115<br />
Each unit contains similar themes <strong>of</strong> value clarification, provision <strong>of</strong><br />
information, <strong>de</strong>cision-making and an extensive skill <strong>de</strong>velopment component.<br />
Connections among the three units (i.e., behaviour domains) are emphasized<br />
throughout. Accurate information and value clarification allow adolescents<br />
the opportunity to think about their own boundaries and comfort levels, and<br />
about the <strong>de</strong>cisional balances involved in each <strong>of</strong> these behaviour areas. These<br />
processes are ongoing and integrated into skill <strong>de</strong>velopment. Adolescents<br />
receive ample practice role playing ways to resolve conflict, both as participants<br />
and in the role <strong>of</strong> bystan<strong>de</strong>r. Furthermore, they have the opportunity to apply<br />
the skills in each <strong>of</strong> the three areas. For example, instead <strong>of</strong> learning assertive<br />
communication in general, they learn to practice assertive communication<br />
during realistic situations such as dating and peer conflict, pressure to use<br />
drugs or alcohol, and pressure to engage in sexual behaviour.<br />
The other key components focus on the wi<strong>de</strong>r school community and parents.<br />
School interventions inclu<strong>de</strong> staff and teacher awareness education, information<br />
about the program, and supplementary activities by the stu<strong>de</strong>nt led Youth Safe<br />
Schools (YSS) committees to increase links between community partners. A<br />
YSS committee is <strong>de</strong>veloped in each school with guidance from a teacher, based<br />
on a manual that provi<strong>de</strong>s guidance in recruitment, training, planning and<br />
conducting activities, and evaluating success (Gibbings, Crooks, & Hughes,<br />
2005). Committees vary in how <strong>of</strong>ten they meet, but the minimum requirement<br />
is monthly meetings and a specific number <strong>of</strong> activities. For example, YSS<br />
committees organize guest speakers, school-wi<strong>de</strong> media campaigns, field trips<br />
and agency open houses to raise the pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> violence prevention in their<br />
school. At some schools, the YSS takes on ambitious multi-year projects. For<br />
example, in one school the committee has un<strong>de</strong>rtaken to produce a violence<br />
prevention publication, Echoes in the Wind, in conjunction with its gifted<br />
program. Now in its third year <strong>of</strong> production, the editorial team invites citywi<strong>de</strong><br />
contributions from stu<strong>de</strong>nts at other schools. In addition, an annual<br />
conference brings youth committees from throughout a particular district<br />
together to <strong>de</strong>velop lea<strong>de</strong>rship skills and share i<strong>de</strong>as and successes. Parents<br />
are provi<strong>de</strong>d with an initial orientation to the program and with information<br />
on <strong>de</strong>velopmental changes in adolescence and parenting strategies relevant to<br />
raising adolescents.<br />
A Foundation in Best Practice Principles<br />
The Fourth R was <strong>de</strong>signed to align with best practice principles, including<br />
skill <strong>de</strong>velopment within a relationship context, positive youth <strong>de</strong>velopment<br />
initiatives, comprehensive coverage <strong>of</strong> target and related issues, and being<br />
gen<strong>de</strong>r strategic (Wolfe, Jaffe, & Crooks, 2006). In the next section, we<br />
<strong>de</strong>scribe how these principles are operationalized in the Fourth R.<br />
Strengthening Relationship Skills<br />
The importance <strong>of</strong> skills has emerged as a fundamental principle <strong>of</strong> best practice<br />
in prevention programs, regardless <strong>of</strong> the actual behaviour(s) being targeted.<br />
The Information Motivation Behavior Skills (IMB) mo<strong>de</strong>l is particularly<br />
useful for conceptualizing how to bridge the frequently observed gap between<br />
knowing what to do and doing it (Fisher, Fisher, Mischovich, Kimble, &<br />
Malloy, 1996). In simple terms, to promote the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> skills that will<br />
actually be used, adolescents need a strong foundation <strong>of</strong> accurate information,<br />
the building blocks <strong>of</strong> effective behavioural responses in difficult situations,<br />
and the blueprint <strong>of</strong> motivation to use these skills.<br />
The Fourth R uses a number <strong>of</strong> strategies to increase the salience and interactive<br />
nature <strong>of</strong> the information component. One important aspect <strong>of</strong> information<br />
salience, the perceived cognitive authority <strong>of</strong> the source <strong>of</strong> information, is<br />
addressed by involving ol<strong>de</strong>r adolescents in a number <strong>of</strong> ways. For example,<br />
the Teen Panel – a group <strong>of</strong> teenage parents who speak about contraception,<br />
choices, and the realities <strong>of</strong> teen parenting – is always received as a high impact<br />
experience for youth. In addition, ol<strong>de</strong>r peers (typically gra<strong>de</strong> 11 or 12 stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
from the Lea<strong>de</strong>rship Class) are used to assist in the gra<strong>de</strong> 9 classes. Within<br />
the context <strong>of</strong> the high school peer hierarchy, using ol<strong>de</strong>r stu<strong>de</strong>nts is a highly<br />
effective avenue for increasing the salience <strong>of</strong> information.<br />
Most successful prevention programs have a skills building component,<br />
as improving social and emotional competence is a hallmark <strong>of</strong> effective<br />
prevention programs (Greenberg, Domitrovich, & Bumberger, 2000).<br />
Adolescents need the opportunity to learn new skills, such as assertiveness,<br />
communication, and problem-solving, and practice applying them in different<br />
situations. Simply being instructed in skills, discussing them, or even writing<br />
out responses are not likely to increase skills and self-efficacy. To foster skill<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment, it is critical to provi<strong>de</strong> realistic opportunities to practice and<br />
receive feedback. Adolescents need to practice skills in as realistic a situation as<br />
possible to increase their feelings <strong>of</strong> self-efficacy that these skills will actually<br />
work when called upon in situations <strong>of</strong> conflict.<br />
Role plays can be extremely effective for skill <strong>de</strong>velopment, but they need to be<br />
carefully planned, introduced, and <strong>de</strong>briefed. A role play activity that gets out<br />
<strong>of</strong> hand can produce a counterproductive failure experience, or be so anxiety-
116 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 117<br />
provoking that the experience is aversive. In the Fourth R, stu<strong>de</strong>nts role play a<br />
range <strong>of</strong> conflict situations relating to peer and dating relationships. Because<br />
the process <strong>of</strong> responding to a provocative situation such as bullying or pressure<br />
to use drugs is difficult, role plays are broken down into small steps. Stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
are given actual scripts for the first few exercises to reduce their discomfort<br />
and ease them into action one step at a time. Over time, stu<strong>de</strong>nts practice<br />
brainstorming solutions, trying responses, trying responses in the presence <strong>of</strong><br />
other people, trying responses in the face <strong>of</strong> resistance, and analyzing what<br />
worked well and what did not. Importantly, they have ample opportunities to<br />
see their peers attempt to navigate similar scenarios, and discuss the relative<br />
merits <strong>of</strong> different approaches, both through watching their classmates and<br />
through vi<strong>de</strong>o examples that were <strong>de</strong>veloped for the program. Through<br />
feedback from their teachers and peers, they are able to handle increasingly<br />
complicated and difficult situations. Teachers are also instructed on ways to<br />
integrate these role play learning opportunities into the daily activities <strong>of</strong> high<br />
school (e.g., in the gym or hallway).<br />
Even with accurate information and the behavioural skills to make healthy<br />
choices, motivation is <strong>of</strong>ten a critical missing piece in preventing violence and<br />
unsafe choices. Motivation to behave in a certain way or make specific choices<br />
is a critical <strong>de</strong>terminant <strong>of</strong> outcomes. Previous attempts to motivate teens have<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten relied on scare tactics. This approach is rarely successful, especially for<br />
those most likely to experiment, and is particularly ill-suited to adolescents’<br />
stage <strong>of</strong> cognitive <strong>de</strong>velopment (Wolfe et al., 2006). Conversely, using<br />
peer culture to increase motivation can be a powerful tool with adolescents<br />
(Cuijpers, 2002).<br />
The Fourth R targets motivation at the peer level in a number <strong>of</strong> ways. For<br />
example, each school’s YSS committee involves stu<strong>de</strong>nts from different gra<strong>de</strong>s,<br />
and is youth-led. These committees or clubs provi<strong>de</strong> a public face and forum<br />
for stu<strong>de</strong>nts interested in social action work, and they create media campaigns<br />
for the school that specifically target peer level influences. The manual provi<strong>de</strong>s<br />
strategies on recruiting a diverse group <strong>of</strong> stu<strong>de</strong>nts, and these stu<strong>de</strong>nts build<br />
on the universal prevention strategies used in the classroom to extend the<br />
material. Previous campaigns have inclu<strong>de</strong>d segments on peer pressure – some<br />
have even targeted the gap between what stu<strong>de</strong>nts think their peers are doing<br />
and what they are actually doing. The issue <strong>of</strong> cognitive authority is addressed<br />
by using the club to <strong>de</strong>velop and implement these campaigns, since youth are<br />
much more likely to see information from their peers as relevant and useful<br />
compared to messages perceived as adult-driven. Stu<strong>de</strong>nt club members also<br />
present information or assist with role plays in younger gra<strong>de</strong>s in the capacity<br />
<strong>of</strong> peer lea<strong>de</strong>rs. Similarly, motivation can be socially constructed at the<br />
community level, such as by hosting an annual violence prevention lea<strong>de</strong>rship<br />
awards night for stu<strong>de</strong>nts who have excelled in violence prevention and gen<strong>de</strong>r<br />
equity activities.<br />
Ensuring Comprehensive Participation<br />
Programs that address the various contexts within which youth function and<br />
the different factors that affect youth behaviour are more likely to be successful<br />
than those that focus on one specific context or <strong>de</strong>terminant <strong>of</strong> behaviour<br />
(Greenberg et al., 2000). In addition to the school-wi<strong>de</strong> component <strong>de</strong>livered<br />
through the YSS Committee, age-appropriate inclusion <strong>of</strong> parents and teacher<br />
involvement need to be targeted.<br />
Age-Appropriate Inclusion <strong>of</strong> Parents. A comprehensive approach dictates the<br />
inclusion <strong>of</strong> parents, although <strong>de</strong>ciding how to inclu<strong>de</strong> parents can be challenging<br />
in light <strong>of</strong> the <strong>de</strong>velopmental stage. Developing an i<strong>de</strong>ntity autonomous from<br />
their parents is a major <strong>de</strong>velopmental task for adolescents, but at the same time<br />
they need to balance this newfound autonomy with ways <strong>of</strong> staying connected<br />
to parents. We opted to use a primarily information-dissemination strategy with<br />
parents. Parents receive a presentation about the program at the orientation<br />
night for prospective high school stu<strong>de</strong>nts and their parents in the spring <strong>of</strong><br />
gra<strong>de</strong> 8. Once stu<strong>de</strong>nts are at a school that <strong>of</strong>fers the Fourth R, their parents are<br />
sent newsletters <strong>de</strong>signed to address a range <strong>of</strong> topics, including information<br />
about the changes adolescents experience, the trends for various behaviours,<br />
and what their adolescents will learn in the program.<br />
Teacher Involvement. Teachers need sufficient training to successfully<br />
implement a program such as the Fourth R. Similar to the discussion <strong>of</strong> the IMB<br />
mo<strong>de</strong>l <strong>of</strong> behaviour change for adolescents, teachers need training that addresses<br />
all three <strong>of</strong> these areas: information, motivation, and behavioural skills. Without<br />
a<strong>de</strong>quate training and booster sessions for teachers, the most innovative (and<br />
effective) components <strong>of</strong> programs can get dropped (Greenberg et al., 2005).<br />
Our teacher training uses the same principles as our program: teachers are<br />
provi<strong>de</strong>d with sufficient background information, and given opportunities to<br />
practice and receive feedback on their attempts to facilitate role plays.<br />
Being Gen<strong>de</strong>r Strategic<br />
Finally, prevention with adolescents requires an un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> the gen<strong>de</strong>r<br />
forces they are facing, and programming to match their world view about
118 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 119<br />
these gen<strong>de</strong>r realities (Crooks, Wolfe, & Jaffe, 2007). High school stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
are <strong>de</strong>velopmentally at a stage where notions <strong>of</strong> gen<strong>de</strong>r tend to be very rigid.<br />
The typical high school environment rewards behaviours consistent with the<br />
male “jock” i<strong>de</strong>al, while <strong>de</strong>valuing activities seen as more feminine, leading<br />
to an aggressively homophobic culture. At the same time, adolescents report<br />
that girls hit boys as or more <strong>of</strong>ten than boys hit girls in their relationships.<br />
Because they lack the gen<strong>de</strong>red un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> important differences in the<br />
nature <strong>of</strong> this violence, both boys and girls will be hypersensitive to messages<br />
that they hear as “boy bashing” (Tutty et al., 2002). The challenge is to<br />
un<strong>de</strong>rstand this reality, yet increase awareness <strong>of</strong> adolescents’ un<strong>de</strong>rstanding<br />
<strong>of</strong> gen<strong>de</strong>r and societal constructs <strong>of</strong> gen<strong>de</strong>r. In the Fourth R, we target gen<strong>de</strong>r<br />
awareness through media <strong>de</strong>construction activities, discussions about different<br />
expectations and standards for boys and girls, and sometimes using different<br />
activities for boys and girls. Opportunities to discuss these issues in single sex<br />
groupings provi<strong>de</strong> increased comfort while <strong>de</strong>bating sensitive issues.<br />
In summary, the Fourth R was based on an empirically-validated program for<br />
secondary prevention <strong>of</strong> dating violence among higher risk youth, and has<br />
been expan<strong>de</strong>d on the basis <strong>of</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntified best practice principles to reach all<br />
youth more universally. In particular, skills-based programming including<br />
an emphasis on positive youth <strong>de</strong>velopment, a comprehensive approach, and<br />
being gen<strong>de</strong>r strategic were i<strong>de</strong>ntified as guiding principles. After a few years<br />
<strong>of</strong> piloting and revisions, the result was a theoretically sound program that was<br />
ready for a rigorous quantitative evaluation.<br />
Overview <strong>of</strong> Current Evaluation Findings<br />
Our research team has completed the initial evaluation <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R,<br />
conducted with over 1500 stu<strong>de</strong>nts in 10 intervention and 10 control<br />
schools. A cluster randomized controlled (RCT) <strong>de</strong>sign was used to assign<br />
the 20 high schools (i.e., clusters) to the intervention or control condition.<br />
Pre- and post-testing were conducted in the fall <strong>of</strong> the stu<strong>de</strong>nts’ Gra<strong>de</strong> 9 year<br />
and approximately four months later. Results examined gains in attitu<strong>de</strong>s,<br />
knowledge, and engagement in the classroom exercises related to the central<br />
issues <strong>of</strong> relationship violence, sexual health, and substance use/abuse measured<br />
soon after stu<strong>de</strong>nts completed the program. However, this initial phase <strong>of</strong> the<br />
evaluation does not examine behavioural outcomes per se because the time<br />
frame is too short to assess actual changes in self-reported risk behaviours.<br />
Follow-up data from this sample will be reported in 2008 to <strong>de</strong>termine the<br />
extent to which stu<strong>de</strong>nts in the program reduced their overall risk behaviours<br />
two years following program <strong>de</strong>livery, relative to control schools.<br />
Findings from the initial phase <strong>of</strong> the evaluation indicate that Fourth R<br />
stu<strong>de</strong>nts learned the materials and had significant gains, relative to controls,<br />
in knowledge and attitu<strong>de</strong>s pertaining to violence, substance use, and sexual<br />
health. Notably, Fourth R stu<strong>de</strong>nts were better able to i<strong>de</strong>ntify subtle forms <strong>of</strong><br />
abuse in dating relationships, compared to the control group. Stu<strong>de</strong>nts in the<br />
intervention schools also enjoyed their physical health education classes more<br />
than stu<strong>de</strong>nts in the other schools, and found the exercises and activities to be<br />
very engaging. Given the importance <strong>of</strong> motivation in invoking behavioural<br />
change, these stu<strong>de</strong>nt satisfaction ratings are an important piece <strong>of</strong> establishing<br />
an effective and sustainable program.<br />
Finally, and perhaps most importantly, we found significant gains in skill<br />
acquisition among stu<strong>de</strong>nts from intervention schools, using a sub-sample <strong>of</strong><br />
200 stu<strong>de</strong>nts (100 per condition). To assess skill acquisition un<strong>de</strong>r realistic<br />
circumstances, we created a behavioural analog using peer actors. The actors<br />
invited stu<strong>de</strong>nts (two at a time) to a party, and pressured them to engage in<br />
risk behaviours (e.g., to bring alcohol, drugs, money, etc.). Blind raters co<strong>de</strong>d<br />
these 5-minute paired interactions in terms <strong>of</strong> stu<strong>de</strong>nt <strong>de</strong>monstration <strong>of</strong> skills<br />
taught in the program (i.e., negotiation, <strong>de</strong>lay, refusal) as well as their extent<br />
<strong>of</strong> yielding and compliance to these negative pressures. The findings support<br />
the claim that the stu<strong>de</strong>nts do acquire important skills in the program. For<br />
example, Fourth R stu<strong>de</strong>nts were 2.2 times more likely than controls to show<br />
at least one negotiation skill during role-play interaction; 4.8 times more likely<br />
to show at least one <strong>de</strong>lay skill during role-play interaction (girls only); and<br />
were 50% less likely to yield to the coercive pressures being perpetrated against<br />
them. The groups did not differ in terms <strong>of</strong> complying behaviours. Half <strong>of</strong> the<br />
tapes were co<strong>de</strong>d separately by teachers (who were blind to whether the youth<br />
was a Fourth R participant or not) on concepts such as the application <strong>of</strong> skills<br />
and communication. Teachers also provi<strong>de</strong>d a global rating <strong>of</strong> the likelihood<br />
that the stu<strong>de</strong>nt on the vi<strong>de</strong>o would make a healthy <strong>de</strong>cision in a real situation<br />
similar to the one being <strong>de</strong>picted. For all <strong>of</strong> the dimensions co<strong>de</strong>d by teachers,<br />
a significant main effect emerged favoring the stu<strong>de</strong>nts who had participated<br />
in the Fourth R. Further <strong>de</strong>tails on the <strong>de</strong>sign and findings are available in<br />
Wolfe et al. (un<strong>de</strong>r review).<br />
The Fourth R has also been found to exert a school-level effect above and<br />
beyond the gains <strong>of</strong> individual stu<strong>de</strong>nts. In another investigation, we examined<br />
the relationship between multiple forms <strong>of</strong> child maltreatment and violent<br />
<strong>de</strong>linquency in adolescence (see Crooks, Scott, Wolfe, Chiodo, & Killip,<br />
2007). Prospective data from the same stu<strong>de</strong>nts were used to examine the<br />
additive influence <strong>of</strong> individual-level variables (i.e., childhood maltreatment,
120 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 121<br />
parental monitoring, sex <strong>of</strong> youth), and school-level variables (i.e., stu<strong>de</strong>nts’<br />
sense <strong>of</strong> safety across the entire stu<strong>de</strong>nt body) on engagement in <strong>de</strong>linquency.<br />
Stu<strong>de</strong>nts were assessed on these variables at the beginning <strong>of</strong> gra<strong>de</strong> 9 and four<br />
to six months later. Consistent with the literature in general, results at the<br />
individual-level i<strong>de</strong>ntified being male, experiencing maltreatment in childhood,<br />
and poor parental nurturing as important predictors <strong>of</strong> violent <strong>de</strong>linquency.<br />
School climate also played a significant role in predicting <strong>de</strong>linquency: schools<br />
in which stu<strong>de</strong>nts felt safe had fewer gra<strong>de</strong> 9 stu<strong>de</strong>nts engaging in violent<br />
<strong>de</strong>linquent behaviours. Notably, the impact <strong>of</strong> cumulative forms <strong>of</strong> childhood<br />
maltreatment on risk for engaging in violent <strong>de</strong>linquency was greater among<br />
those schools that had not participated in the Fourth R, suggesting a schoolwi<strong>de</strong><br />
buffering effect for the most vulnerable stu<strong>de</strong>nts. That is, stu<strong>de</strong>nts in<br />
Fourth R schools were less likely to engage in violent <strong>de</strong>linquency than stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
in non-Fourth R schools, all other risk factors being equal. Interested rea<strong>de</strong>rs<br />
are referred to the forthcoming paper (Crooks, et al., 2007).<br />
In summary, evaluation to date supports the contention that the Fourth R leads<br />
to important individual gains in knowledge and attitu<strong>de</strong>s towards violence,<br />
substance use and sexual health. In addition to self-report data, we have<br />
evi<strong>de</strong>nce that Fourth R participants show superior skill acquisition compared<br />
to participants in typical health class. Finally, there is evi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>of</strong> a school-level<br />
effect in that being a Fourth R school may mo<strong>de</strong>rate the impact <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>trimental<br />
influences such as multiple forms <strong>of</strong> child maltreatment. Our two-year follow-up<br />
<strong>of</strong> self-reported engagement in various risk behaviours (currently being analyzed)<br />
will provi<strong>de</strong> information about the sustained impact <strong>of</strong> the program.<br />
Extensions <strong>of</strong> the Core Program<br />
The core Fourth R program was <strong>de</strong>veloped for <strong>de</strong>livery in a universal setting<br />
with gra<strong>de</strong> 9 or 10 stu<strong>de</strong>nts. We have now completed several adaptations and<br />
extensions to fulfill two additional purposes. First, several adaptations were<br />
<strong>de</strong>veloped for specific groups <strong>of</strong> youth based on the core program, in recognition<br />
that specific subgroups or settings have more distinct needs than can be met<br />
with a universal approach. These adaptations inclu<strong>de</strong> a version for use in<br />
Alternative Education settings, an Aboriginal Perspective Fourth R version,<br />
and a version that matches the Ontario Catholic curriculum expectations (see<br />
Table 1 on p. 128 for adaptation <strong>de</strong>tails). The Aboriginal Perspective program,<br />
for example, retains the skills-based focus <strong>of</strong> the original program, but situates<br />
the program in a cultural i<strong>de</strong>ntity framework (Crooks, in press). The historical<br />
context <strong>of</strong> Aboriginal peoples in Canada is addressed as a contributor to specific<br />
vulnerabilities and risk behaviours, and there are additional opportunities to<br />
bring el<strong>de</strong>rs and community members into the classroom. A peer mentoring<br />
program serves as an adjunct component to the classroom-based instruction<br />
to promote positive relationships between youth at risk for leaving school and<br />
ol<strong>de</strong>r, prosocial peers who are well connected to school, all un<strong>de</strong>r the guidance<br />
<strong>of</strong> the First Nations Counselors and a community mentor at each school.<br />
The second type <strong>of</strong> expansion is predicated on the finding that the most<br />
effective programs are <strong>de</strong>livered over the course <strong>of</strong> several years, with each year<br />
being tailored to the specific <strong>de</strong>velopmental stage <strong>of</strong> the youth. Expansions in<br />
this vein inclu<strong>de</strong> a Gra<strong>de</strong> 8 curriculum for Healthy Living, and Gra<strong>de</strong> 10 and<br />
11 English Curriculum versions (see Table 2 on p. 129 for a <strong>de</strong>scription <strong>of</strong><br />
extensions). The <strong>de</strong>cision to use English class in Gra<strong>de</strong> 10 and 11 was based in<br />
part on the fact that English is a required course in Ontario (whereas Physical<br />
and Health Education is optional after Gra<strong>de</strong> 9). In addition, switching<br />
from Physical and Health Education to English <strong>of</strong>fers a shift in focus and<br />
learning modalities. The emphasis on critical analysis skills and literacy in the<br />
English curriculum versions helps to generalize the skills-based instruction<br />
received in Gra<strong>de</strong> 9. In comparison to the original core program, these newer<br />
innovations have been the subject <strong>of</strong> summative evaluations rather than a<br />
full RCT. Educators using the program and their stu<strong>de</strong>nts have completed<br />
feedback forms and numerous stu<strong>de</strong>nt focus groups have been conducted.<br />
The preliminary findings suggest that educators and stu<strong>de</strong>nts alike enjoy<br />
the programs and find them beneficial. Further revisions and more rigorous<br />
evaluations are un<strong>de</strong>rway.<br />
National Implementation Project<br />
Early on in the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R significant interest emerged in<br />
disseminating the program to other provinces, based on the empirical basis<br />
<strong>of</strong> the precursor (i.e., the YRP) and the adherence to best practice principles.<br />
Interest from educators coalesced along more logistical lines. Educators liked<br />
that the program was curriculum-based, met Ministry gui<strong>de</strong>lines in Ontario,<br />
and was taught by teachers rather than outsi<strong>de</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essionals. A large donation<br />
from a private foundation in 2003 initiated efforts towards launching a<br />
national dissemination, envisioned as a roll-out that would involve one<br />
additional province each year. The prototype was to i<strong>de</strong>ntify and work with<br />
a local partner in launching a small pilot, and then to modify the curriculum<br />
to meet provincial standards and cultural and geographical needs based on<br />
input from educators and other involved parties involved in the pilot. The<br />
plan involved a three-year partnership in each province to help build local<br />
capacity and plan for sustainability, rather than a short implementation phase.
122 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 123<br />
Within this three-year window, training was conducted by the central group<br />
with the aim <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>veloping local trainers to assist in further dissemination<br />
and sustainability.<br />
From the beginning, two realities were very clear. First, sticking to one province<br />
per year would lead to missed opportunities in that potential partners in several<br />
provinces were prepared to mobilize an effort immediately. As seen in Table 3<br />
(see p. 129), plans were amen<strong>de</strong>d to launch several locations simultaneously.<br />
In<strong>de</strong>ed, throughout the dissemination phase the constraining factor has been<br />
the resources <strong>of</strong> the central team rather than the availability and enthusiasm<br />
<strong>of</strong> willing partners across the country. Second, there was a need for flexibility<br />
in i<strong>de</strong>ntifying the appropriate local champion. Across the different provinces,<br />
these partnerships have emerged differently. In Saskatchewan, partnering<br />
with one <strong>of</strong> the Five Research Centres on Violence Against Women provi<strong>de</strong>d<br />
the infrastructure for the project, whereas in B.C. researchers laid the initial<br />
groundwork, but the school-based implementation was gui<strong>de</strong>d by a retired<br />
educator who was hired as a consultant. In Quebec, we were approached by a<br />
community service organization because one <strong>of</strong> the directors had heard about<br />
the Fourth R at a conference and felt that the program fit their larger mandate<br />
to work with all the school boards. Our foray into Nova Scotia was largely<br />
serendipitous; one <strong>of</strong> the most supportive proponents <strong>of</strong> the initial project in<br />
Saskatchewan took a position as a director <strong>of</strong> a school board in Nova Scotia and<br />
wanted to continue his involvement with the project by bringing it to his new<br />
board. In each case, the expansion process has given us the opportunity to step<br />
back and look at the implementation process outsi<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong> the highly supportive<br />
local community within which the original program was <strong>de</strong>veloped, piloted,<br />
and evaluated.<br />
Implementation Successes and Challenges<br />
There has been increasing recognition among program <strong>de</strong>velopers and<br />
evaluators that having effective programs is only one piece <strong>of</strong> the puzzle in<br />
<strong>de</strong>veloping a large scale prevention effort. Getting effective programs into<br />
schools and maintaining them in a sustainable fashion with program integrity<br />
presents a huge set <strong>of</strong> challenges. In the case <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R, it was originally<br />
<strong>de</strong>veloped in a large school board that already prioritized violence prevention,<br />
and had the first <strong>de</strong>signated full time violence prevention learning coordinator<br />
in the province. As such, there were already comprehensive violence prevention<br />
programs at many gra<strong>de</strong> levels, and system-wi<strong>de</strong> support for new initiatives.<br />
However, program adoption and sustainability require an appreciation <strong>of</strong><br />
system dynamics that vary greatly across schools and boards.<br />
Some researchers have noted that a school-based program needs to be attractive<br />
and seen as effective by two different groups <strong>of</strong> stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs (Han & Weiss,<br />
2005). First, the person or people choosing to bring the program into a district<br />
or particular school need to see the benefits. Some <strong>of</strong> the important factors in<br />
this regard inclu<strong>de</strong> the research behind the program and whether it is taught by<br />
teachers or requires external consultants (e.g., Tutty & Nixon, 2000). Second,<br />
the individual classroom teachers need to find the program easy to implement<br />
and believe that it is effective. Teachers need to believe that the program will<br />
be effective in its goals to reduce violence prior to implementing it (Clark &<br />
Elliott, 1988). Once they have implemented the program, they need to see<br />
evi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>of</strong> its effectiveness to motivate their continuation with the program<br />
(Kealey, Peterson, Gaul, & Dinh, 2000). These two groups <strong>of</strong> stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs<br />
may have very different needs or priorities – an administrator might be worried<br />
about the cost to a school while teachers might be more interested in the<br />
clarity <strong>of</strong> the lesson plans. The Fourth R was <strong>de</strong>signed from the beginning with<br />
several features to streamline the implementation process, such as being taught<br />
by teachers. However, it is still important to un<strong>de</strong>rstand the strengths and<br />
challenges involved with wi<strong>de</strong>spread dissemination <strong>of</strong> the program.<br />
In an attempt to i<strong>de</strong>ntify the specific factors that promote the adoption <strong>of</strong><br />
the Fourth R in other provinces, as well as possible barriers, we surveyed our<br />
national partners in the Spring <strong>of</strong> 2007. Surveys were sent to 75 stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs in<br />
7 provinces, with different versions for directors/superinten<strong>de</strong>nts/consultants,<br />
and educators. Approximately 87% <strong>of</strong> survey recipients completed and<br />
returned the survey. This provi<strong>de</strong>d a unique snapshot <strong>of</strong> perspectives from<br />
partners at different stages <strong>of</strong> the process. For example, at the time <strong>of</strong> the<br />
survey, partners in Saskatchewan and B.C. were heading into their third year<br />
<strong>of</strong> implementation, compared to partners in Manitoba, Quebec, and Nova<br />
Scotia, who had been involved in several meetings and presentations and<br />
<strong>de</strong>veloped plans to implement the program in a select number <strong>of</strong> pilot schools,<br />
but who had not actually <strong>de</strong>livered the program yet.<br />
The superinten<strong>de</strong>nt/consultant version <strong>of</strong> the survey (completed by 25<br />
respon<strong>de</strong>nts) asked respon<strong>de</strong>nts to rank or<strong>de</strong>r up to five factors that were<br />
instrumental in choosing to bring the Fourth R to their district, and i<strong>de</strong>ntify<br />
potential barriers from a list that ma<strong>de</strong> the program a “difficult sell” for<br />
the district. Additional questions focused on perceived sustainability <strong>of</strong> the<br />
program. That is, respon<strong>de</strong>nts were asked to rate the likelihood that the<br />
program would be in place in their districts next year, as well as in three<br />
years. They were asked to i<strong>de</strong>ntify strategies (from a provi<strong>de</strong>d list) that could<br />
increase sustainability, as well as potential barriers to sustainability. The
124 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 125<br />
educator version (N = 36) asked respon<strong>de</strong>nts to i<strong>de</strong>ntify the best features <strong>of</strong><br />
the Fourth R as well as possible challenges to implementation at the classroom<br />
level. They were asked to i<strong>de</strong>ntify benefits that they perceived for stu<strong>de</strong>nts,<br />
as well as for themselves. There were the same questions about promoting<br />
sustainability and potential barriers to sustainability as for the other version.<br />
Any items that required participants to choose from a pre-existing list also<br />
provi<strong>de</strong>d the opportunity for them to inclu<strong>de</strong> additional answers. Copies <strong>of</strong><br />
the actual surveys are available from the lead author.<br />
In consi<strong>de</strong>ring the results <strong>of</strong> our survey, it is useful to think about three phases<br />
<strong>of</strong> implementation – the pre-implementation phase (whereby the program is<br />
selected), the supported implementation phase (during which there is active<br />
support for the program) and the sustainability phase (also known as the<br />
institutionalization phase). Given the wi<strong>de</strong> disparity across respon<strong>de</strong>nts with<br />
respect to these phases, some <strong>of</strong> the items are difficult to compare. For example,<br />
while many <strong>of</strong> the Ontario-based educators i<strong>de</strong>ntified the fit between the<br />
program and the provincial curriculum standards as one <strong>of</strong> the best features <strong>of</strong><br />
the program, educators in other provinces would not be expected to i<strong>de</strong>ntify<br />
the same factor because the process <strong>of</strong> fine-tuning the match between the<br />
program and other provincial standards is still un<strong>de</strong>rway.<br />
Information about the pre-adoption phase was gathered primarily from the<br />
consultants/superinten<strong>de</strong>nts who were involved in bringing the program to<br />
the region, or in the event that the program had been running for a while, were<br />
charged with overseeing the program on a broad level (henceforth referred to<br />
in text and tables as the <strong>de</strong>cision-makers). Of the 25 <strong>de</strong>cision-makers (72%<br />
female) who completed this version <strong>of</strong> the survey, 72% indicated that they were<br />
very involved with bringing the Fourth R to their community, 20% indicated<br />
that they were somewhat involved, and only 8% indicated that they were not<br />
at all involved. The mean years <strong>of</strong> experience in education was 22.4 (SD =<br />
9.2). Thus, for the most part, these respon<strong>de</strong>nts represent highly experienced<br />
stakehol<strong>de</strong>rs in <strong>de</strong>cision-making position who chose to implement the Fourth R .<br />
rather than another program.<br />
According to this group, the most important factor in their <strong>de</strong>cision-making<br />
was the research base <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R and the perception <strong>of</strong> the program’s<br />
potential to have a positive impact on stu<strong>de</strong>nts. The curriculum-based nature<br />
<strong>of</strong> the program was also consi<strong>de</strong>red important. With respect to barriers, the<br />
one factor that emerged beyond all <strong>of</strong> the other potential barriers was the time<br />
required to implement the program. We think that this response reflects the<br />
bias that violence prevention and health education is still seen as an add-on<br />
to the broa<strong>de</strong>r health and physical education domain, rather than viewed as<br />
an integral component worth 25 or 30 hours <strong>of</strong> instruction. The length <strong>of</strong> the<br />
program was based on the recommen<strong>de</strong>d gui<strong>de</strong>lines <strong>of</strong> the Ontario Ministry<br />
<strong>of</strong> Education, and other provinces have similar gui<strong>de</strong>lines. Thus, it is not that<br />
the program itself is lengthy compared to the mandated requirement; rather,<br />
people are still shifting their perceptions about the appropriate amount <strong>of</strong><br />
health instruction in the classroom. Table 4 (see p. 130) contains the factors<br />
that were endorsed by more than 20% <strong>of</strong> the respon<strong>de</strong>nts as a top five reason<br />
for <strong>de</strong>ciding to implement (and corresponding average rankings), as well as<br />
the frequency with which various barriers were i<strong>de</strong>ntified.<br />
Teacher data were collected from 40 teachers (73% female) with 13.5 years <strong>of</strong><br />
experience (SD = 7.5). Of the 40 teachers, implementation data were used from<br />
the 25 who had taught the core and gra<strong>de</strong> 8 programs because the questions<br />
about perceived benefits and barriers were <strong>de</strong>signed to match these programs.<br />
In addition, responses from teachers implementing the adaptations were not<br />
inclu<strong>de</strong>d because these programs are still very much un<strong>de</strong>r <strong>de</strong>velopment and<br />
only a handful <strong>of</strong> teachers have used the resources, making the numbers less<br />
meaningful. Teachers were asked to rank the top five most attractive features<br />
<strong>of</strong> the program from a pre-existing list. However, because nearly a quarter <strong>of</strong><br />
the teachers completed that section as a rating scale rather than ranking, the<br />
rankings were collapsed to inclu<strong>de</strong> simply whether or not a teacher i<strong>de</strong>ntified<br />
the factor as important. Thus, it is difficult to interpret the percentages <strong>of</strong><br />
endorsement as the intention was to force teachers to choose the best features<br />
rather than all <strong>of</strong> the features they found pleasing. Nonetheless, the responses<br />
show that clearly written lesson plans were the top rated feature.<br />
Similarly, teachers were asked to indicate any implementation barriers, without<br />
being given a limit to the number <strong>of</strong> factors they could choose. The most highly<br />
endorsed implementation barriers related to timeframes, similar to the issue<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntified by <strong>de</strong>cision-makers. Other implementation barriers i<strong>de</strong>ntified by<br />
teachers reflect the stage <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> the program with various partners;<br />
for example, both <strong>of</strong> the teachers who i<strong>de</strong>ntified mismatch with local culture<br />
as a barrier were from Vancouver and we are currently working with our B.C.<br />
partners to make substantial cultural adaptations.<br />
Additional information was gathered about perceived benefits for stu<strong>de</strong>nts and<br />
teachers. As seen in Table 6, (p. 132) educators felt that the provision <strong>of</strong> accurate<br />
information coupled with skills practice were the most important benefits for<br />
stu<strong>de</strong>nts. Interestingly, the majority <strong>of</strong> respon<strong>de</strong>nts indicated they had enjoyed<br />
benefits as well, ranging from learning more about relationship violence to
126 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 127<br />
having stu<strong>de</strong>nts who are more engaged in the course material. Additional<br />
comments inclu<strong>de</strong>d statements such as, “created personal awareness” and,<br />
“opportunity to empathize with victims; stronger bond with teacher.”<br />
With respect to sustainability, data were used from all 40 teachers as well<br />
as the 25 <strong>de</strong>cision-makers. The majority <strong>of</strong> respon<strong>de</strong>nts felt that they would<br />
either likely or <strong>de</strong>finitely be using the program in 1 year (94%) and in 3 years<br />
(73%). Respon<strong>de</strong>nts who noted they were unsure or unlikely to be using the<br />
program typically i<strong>de</strong>ntified that they were not going to be teaching the course<br />
at all. Educators and <strong>de</strong>cision-makers i<strong>de</strong>ntified many <strong>of</strong> the same strategies<br />
for increasing sustainability, although they placed different emphasis on the<br />
strategies. Updated materials, ongoing training opportunities and financial<br />
resources were all i<strong>de</strong>ntified by half or more <strong>of</strong> the respon<strong>de</strong>nts. Comments<br />
related to updated materials particularly emphasized the importance <strong>of</strong> keeping<br />
media literacy activities current. Table 7 (see p. 133) i<strong>de</strong>ntifies the perceived<br />
strategies and barriers related to sustainability. Overall, the responses support<br />
the importance <strong>of</strong> ongoing training and updates, consistent with the notion <strong>of</strong><br />
implementation as a journey rather than an event (Fullan & Miles, 1992).<br />
The responses to our national implementation survey in general reflect a high<br />
<strong>de</strong>gree <strong>of</strong> satisfaction with and confi<strong>de</strong>nce in the program, while also showing<br />
vigilance to ongoing sustainability issues. It is important to note that all <strong>of</strong><br />
the respon<strong>de</strong>nts are from communities that have received significant support<br />
during the planning and implementation phases <strong>of</strong> adoption. Other schools<br />
throughout Ontario have simply or<strong>de</strong>red the program materials (with or<br />
without training), and their experiences might be more diverse with respect to<br />
the success they have had in implementing the program.<br />
Future Directions in Programming and Research<br />
Moving forward, the Fourth R will maintain a dual focus on both programming<br />
and research. Programmatically, we will continue to <strong>de</strong>velop and refine<br />
<strong>of</strong>fshoots <strong>of</strong> the program with the aim <strong>of</strong> having <strong>de</strong>velopmentally appropriate<br />
programming for all adolescent age groups, within a cross-curricular approach.<br />
Specialized programming for unique groups will augment this <strong>de</strong>velopmental<br />
approach. An emerging focus for the team is on building in sustainability from<br />
the outset <strong>of</strong> an implementation phase with new national partners. To that<br />
end, we will use the results <strong>of</strong> our national implementation survey to outline<br />
some <strong>of</strong> the processes in challenges in our site coordinator manual to address<br />
long-term planning. A final focus is on continuing to refine and standardize<br />
our train-the-trainer mo<strong>de</strong>l, as our capacity to provi<strong>de</strong> training at a national<br />
level continues to be a limiting factor in the wi<strong>de</strong>spread dissemination <strong>of</strong><br />
the project. Current and future research directions inclu<strong>de</strong> continuing to<br />
evaluate the effects <strong>of</strong> the program in different locations and in different<br />
ways, such as researching issues relating to implementation, dissemination,<br />
and sustainability. Currently we have educators and stu<strong>de</strong>nts from our<br />
national partner sites completing the same evaluation measures to facilitate<br />
regional comparisons. In summary, we will continue to balance <strong>de</strong>velopment,<br />
evaluation and dissemination activities, as all have been shown to be critical<br />
components <strong>of</strong> the success <strong>of</strong> the Fourth R to date.<br />
References<br />
Clark, L., & Elliott, S. N. (1988). The influence <strong>of</strong> treatment strength<br />
information on knowledgeable teachers’ pretreatment evaluations .<br />
<strong>of</strong> social skills training methods. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional School Psychology, 3, .<br />
241-251.<br />
Crooks, C. V. (in press). Engaging Aboriginal youth in school-based violence<br />
prevention: A comprehensive evaluation perspective.<br />
Crooks, C.V., Scott, K., Wolfe, D. A., Chiodo, D., & Killip, S. (2007).<br />
Un<strong>de</strong>rstanding the link between childhood maltreatment and violent<br />
<strong>de</strong>linquency: What do schools have to add? Child Maltreatment, 12,<br />
269-280.<br />
Crooks, C. V., Wolfe, D. A., &. Jaffe, P. G. (2007). School-based adolescent<br />
dating violence prevention: Enhancing effective practice with a gen<strong>de</strong>r<br />
strategic approach. In K. Kendall-Tackett & S. Giacomoni (Eds.),<br />
Intimate Partner Violence (pp. 16.1- 16.18). Kingston, NJ: Civic<br />
Research Institute.<br />
Cuijpers, P. (2002). Effective ingredients <strong>of</strong> school-based drug prevention<br />
programs: A systematic review. Addictive Behaviors, 27, 1009-1023.<br />
Fisher, J. D., Fisher, W. A., Mischovich, S. J., Kimble, J. D., & Malloy,<br />
T. E. (1996). Changing AIDS behavior: Effects <strong>of</strong> an intervention<br />
emphasizing AIDS risk reduction information, motivation, and<br />
behavioral skills in a college population. Health Psychology, 15(2), .<br />
114-123.
128 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 129<br />
Fullan, M. G., & Miles, M. B. (1992). Getting reform right: What works<br />
and what doesn’t. Phi Delta Kappan, 73, 745-752.<br />
Gibbings, P., Crooks, C.V., & Hughes, R. (2005). Youth Safe Schools<br />
Committee manual. London, ON: The Fourth R. Available through<br />
the authors at www.thefourthr.ca.<br />
Greenberg, M. T., Domitrovich, C., & Bumberger, B. (2000). Preventing<br />
mental disor<strong>de</strong>rs in school-aged children: A review <strong>of</strong> the effectiveness <strong>of</strong><br />
prevention programs. Washington, DC: Substance Abuse and Mental<br />
Health Services Administration, US Department <strong>of</strong> Health and<br />
Human Services.<br />
Greenberg, M. T., Domitrovich, C., Graczyk, P. A., & Zins, J. E. (2005).<br />
The study <strong>of</strong> implementation in school-based interventions: Theory,<br />
research and practice (Volume 3). Rockville, MD: Center for Mental<br />
Health Services, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services<br />
Administration.<br />
Wolfe, D. A., Jaffe, P., & Crooks, C. (2006). Adolescent risk behaviors:<br />
Why teens experiment and strategies to keep them safe. New Haven: .<br />
Yale University Press.<br />
Wolfe, D. A., Wekerle, C., Gough, R., Reitzel-Jaffe, D., Grasley, C.,<br />
Pittman, A., Lefebvre, L., & Stumpf, J. (2003a). The Youth<br />
Relationships Manual: A group approach with adolescents for the<br />
prevention <strong>of</strong> woman abuse and the promotion <strong>of</strong> healthy relationships.<br />
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.<br />
Wolfe, D. A., Wekerle, C., Scott, K., Straatman, A., Grasley, C., & Reitzel-<br />
Jaffe, D. (2003b). Dating violence prevention with at-risk youth: .<br />
A controlled outcome evaluation. Journal <strong>of</strong> Consulting and Clinical<br />
Psychology, 71, 279-291.<br />
Han, S. S. & Weiss, B. (2005). Sustainability <strong>of</strong> teacher implementation<br />
<strong>of</strong> school-based mental health programs. Journal <strong>of</strong> Abnormal Child<br />
Psychology, 33, 665-679.<br />
Kealey, K. A., Peterson, A. V., Jr., Gaul, M. A., & Dinh, K. T. (2000).<br />
Teacher training as a behavior change process: Principles and results<br />
from a longitudinal study. Health Education and Behavior, 27, 64-81.<br />
Tutty, L., Bradshaw, C., Thurston, W. E., Tunstall, L., Dewar, M. E.,<br />
Toy-Pries, D., et al. (2002). School based violence prevention programs:<br />
A resource manual to prevent violence against girls and young women.<br />
Calgary, AB: RESOLVE Alberta.<br />
Tutty, L., & Nixon, K. (2000). ACAV Youth violence prevention coordinator<br />
evaluation. Calgary, AB: RESOLVE Alberta.<br />
Wolfe, D. A., Crooks, C. V., Chiodo, D., Hughes, R., Ellis, W., & Jaffe, P.<br />
(un<strong>de</strong>r review). Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> a school-based program to prevent violence<br />
and related risk behaviors among adolescents: Initial gains in knowledge<br />
and skills. Available from David _Wolfe@CAMH.net.
130 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 131<br />
Table 1. Description <strong>of</strong> adaptations to original gra<strong>de</strong> 9 Fourth R program<br />
Adaptation Number <strong>of</strong> Lessons Differences From Original Program<br />
Alternative Education 24 lessons • More examples and role plays to illustrate concepts and<br />
practice skills<br />
• Additional lesson addressing ecstasy use<br />
• Matches aca<strong>de</strong>mic needs <strong>of</strong> stu<strong>de</strong>nts in Alternative Education<br />
settings with a variety <strong>of</strong> instructional strategies<br />
• Additional lessons on bullying currently un<strong>de</strong>r <strong>de</strong>velopment<br />
Aboriginal Perspective 33 lessons • Incorporates focus on cultural i<strong>de</strong>ntity and bicultural<br />
competence<br />
• Opportunities to bring community members and el<strong>de</strong>rs into<br />
the classroom<br />
• Provi<strong>de</strong>s historical context for some risk behaviours – most<br />
notably tracing the multigenerational trauma impact <strong>of</strong><br />
resi<strong>de</strong>ntial schools and the link to substance use and<br />
sexual abuse<br />
• Specific lesson on suici<strong>de</strong> prevention<br />
• Incorporation <strong>of</strong> culturally relevant learning experiences<br />
(such as sharing circles)<br />
• Adjunct peer mentoring program that involves pairing ol<strong>de</strong>r<br />
and younger stu<strong>de</strong>nts, and a community mentor<br />
Ontario Catholic 20 lessons • Matches Ontario curriculum expectations for gra<strong>de</strong> 9 Physical<br />
and Health Educational in Catholic schools<br />
Table 2. Description <strong>of</strong> expansions <strong>of</strong> Fourth R program to other gra<strong>de</strong>s<br />
Expansion Number <strong>of</strong> Lessons Description <strong>of</strong> Program<br />
Gra<strong>de</strong> 8 Healthy Living<br />
Gra<strong>de</strong> 10 English<br />
Gra<strong>de</strong> 11 English<br />
7 lessons on<br />
violence prevention<br />
7 lessons on<br />
substance use<br />
Up to 30 lessons<br />
<strong>de</strong>pending on<br />
aca<strong>de</strong>mic level <strong>of</strong> class<br />
Up to 29 lessons<br />
<strong>de</strong>pending on<br />
aca<strong>de</strong>mic level <strong>of</strong> class<br />
• Meets Ontario Ministry <strong>of</strong> Education expectations<br />
• Specific instruction in social problem solving<br />
• Skill <strong>de</strong>velopment through a playbook to set the stage for<br />
more <strong>de</strong>manding role plays in Gra<strong>de</strong> 9<br />
• Topics inclu<strong>de</strong> <strong>de</strong>veloping and maintaining friendships,<br />
conflict resolution, electronic/cyber bullying and gangs,<br />
media, and skill <strong>de</strong>velopmentt<br />
• Meets Ontario Ministry <strong>of</strong> Education expectations<br />
• Lessons based on 6 fictional short stories addressing critical<br />
issues for youth<br />
• Variety <strong>of</strong> literacy strategies to encourage exploration <strong>of</strong><br />
material and critical thinking<br />
• Activities <strong>de</strong>signed to encourage personal reflection and<br />
application <strong>of</strong> material<br />
• Meets Ontario Ministry <strong>of</strong> Education expectations<br />
• Lessons based on between 20-30 non-fiction readings<br />
(<strong>de</strong>pending on aca<strong>de</strong>mic level <strong>of</strong> class)<br />
• Variety <strong>of</strong> literacy strategies to encourage critical analysis<br />
• Activities <strong>de</strong>signed to encourage personal reflection and<br />
application <strong>of</strong> material<br />
Table 3. Dissemination <strong>of</strong> Fourth R to other provinces between 2004 and 2008<br />
Province<br />
Number <strong>of</strong> Schools Implementing Fourth R<br />
2004-2005 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 1<br />
British Columbia 5 pilot schools 15 25<br />
Alberta 5 pilot schools 15<br />
Saskatchewan 5 pilot schools 13 35<br />
Manitoba<br />
7 pilot schools<br />
Ontario 2 23 schools (RCT) 45 160 > 350<br />
Quebec<br />
Nova Scotia<br />
4 pilot schools<br />
7 pilot schools<br />
Total 23 in 1 province 55 in 3 provinces 188 in 3 provinces > 400<br />
in 7 provinces<br />
1 Based on number <strong>of</strong> schools that had arranged for training as <strong>of</strong> May 2007.<br />
2 Ontario is the only province where the Fourth R is available for purchase outsi<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong> the national .<br />
dissemination project. Numbers post 2005 are based on schools that have or<strong>de</strong>red the materials and/or<br />
have arranged for training.
132 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 133<br />
Table 4. Features implicated by directors, superinten<strong>de</strong>nts and consultants as<br />
most significant in choosing to implement the Fourth R program (n= 25)<br />
Factor<br />
PANEL A: Factors Instrumental in Choosing to Bring<br />
Fourth R to Board<br />
Level <strong>of</strong> Endorsement<br />
% Respon<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
I<strong>de</strong>ntifying Factor<br />
as Top 5 1 Average Ranking 2<br />
Program is research-based 72% 2.3<br />
Potential to positively impact stu<strong>de</strong>nts 64% 2.4<br />
Curriculum-based 56% 2.3<br />
Comprehensive coverage 40% 2.9<br />
Quality <strong>of</strong> teaching resources 40% 3.2<br />
Link to provincial curriculum expectations 32% 3.0<br />
Taught by teachers 28% 2.8<br />
Free training 28% 3.8<br />
Impressions after initial meeting 28% 3.8<br />
Free materials 20% 3.2<br />
PANEL B: Factors I<strong>de</strong>ntified as Potential Barriers<br />
to Implementation<br />
% Respon<strong>de</strong>nts I<strong>de</strong>ntifying Barrier<br />
Time required to implement 22%<br />
Existing violence prevention programs 9%<br />
Teacher resistance 9%<br />
Opposition at school level 4%<br />
Opposition at district or board level 4%<br />
Community partners <strong>de</strong>liver prevention 4%<br />
Cost 4%<br />
Community opposition to topics 0%<br />
Parent pressure about topics 0%<br />
Issues are not relevant for our community 0%<br />
Difficult to match to curriculum expectations 0%<br />
1 Factors i<strong>de</strong>ntified by at least 20% <strong>of</strong> respon<strong>de</strong>nts.<br />
2 Based on respon<strong>de</strong>nts who i<strong>de</strong>ntified factor as one <strong>of</strong> top five. Not available for barriers as item did not<br />
involve ranking (i.e., respon<strong>de</strong>nts could i<strong>de</strong>ntify as many barriers as they wished).<br />
Table 5. Best program features and implementation challenges i<strong>de</strong>ntified<br />
by teachers<br />
Attractive Features 1<br />
% Teachers (n=25)<br />
Clearly written lesson plans 84%<br />
Variety <strong>of</strong> activities 60%<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> interactive teaching strategies 60%<br />
Hand-outs inclu<strong>de</strong>d 60%<br />
Focus on building skills 56%<br />
Engaging material for youth 48%<br />
Fourth R vi<strong>de</strong>os 48%<br />
Overheads inclu<strong>de</strong>d 36%<br />
Commercial vi<strong>de</strong>os 32%<br />
Match to provincial curriculum standards 32%<br />
Classroom discussion opportunities 24%<br />
Clear expectations 16%<br />
Inclusion <strong>of</strong> marking rubrics 16%<br />
Implementation Challenges<br />
Timeframes difficult to meet 56%<br />
External influences (snow days, assemblies, etc.) 40%<br />
Role plays difficult to carry out 28%<br />
Stu<strong>de</strong>nts did not respond well 16%<br />
Mismatch with local culture 8%<br />
Stu<strong>de</strong>nts resisted role play exercises 8%<br />
Difficulty sharing resources among classes 4%<br />
Instructions for some activities unclear 0%<br />
Difficult to have appropriate AV equipment 0%<br />
Pressure or resistance from parents 0%<br />
1 Most teachers ranked 5 best features (as requested), but a quarter <strong>of</strong> respon<strong>de</strong>nts used a 1-5 rating<br />
scale instead. Answers are collapsed to represent whether or not they were chosen at all. However, .<br />
percentages must be interpreted with caution as the majority <strong>of</strong> respon<strong>de</strong>nts were using a forced choice,<br />
limited answers response.
134 I P C R e v i e w 2 Lessons from the Fourth R 135<br />
Table 6. Perceived benefits <strong>of</strong> core and gra<strong>de</strong> 8 Fourth R programs for stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
and teachers<br />
Benefit<br />
For Stu<strong>de</strong>nts<br />
% Teachers I<strong>de</strong>ntifying Benefit<br />
(n=25)<br />
Opportunity to <strong>de</strong>velop skills 80%<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> interactive teaching strategies 80%<br />
Opportunity to practice skills 76%<br />
Awareness <strong>of</strong> healthy relationships 76%<br />
Healthier relationships 76%<br />
Opportunity to observe peers practice skills 52%<br />
Opportunity to receive feedback from peers 44%<br />
Better help-seeking strategiess 44%<br />
Match to provincial curriculum standards 40%<br />
For Teachers<br />
Stu<strong>de</strong>nts more engaged in materials 64%<br />
Increased my comfort doing role plays 60%<br />
More interesting materials 56%<br />
Learned new teaching strategies 52%<br />
Learned more about relationship violence 48%<br />
Developed better relationships with stu<strong>de</strong>nts 40%<br />
New i<strong>de</strong>as for teaching other courses 36%<br />
Table 7. Strategies and potential barriers related to sustainability<br />
Panel A: Strategies % Teachers (n = 36)<br />
% Decision-Makers<br />
(n = 25)<br />
Updated curriculum materials 65% 56%<br />
Booster training for teachers 28% 60%<br />
Training for new teachers to use the program 47% 88%<br />
Opportunity to be involved in research 6% 28%<br />
Related pr<strong>of</strong>essional <strong>de</strong>velopment opportunities 56% 56%<br />
Recognition from administrators 11% 28%<br />
Support from administrators (or board) 33% 48%<br />
Financial resources to support program 58% 48%<br />
Panel B: Barriers<br />
New programs get introduced 61% 32%<br />
Pressure from parents 50% 0%<br />
New administrators who do not support program 17% 76%<br />
Change in provincial curriculum standards 56% 24%<br />
New teachers who have not received training 61% 64%<br />
Vi<strong>de</strong>o materials become dated 28% 40%<br />
Costs Not asked 24%<br />
Program fatigue/novelty wears <strong>of</strong>f Not asked 24%
Volume 2: pages 137–168<br />
March/mars 2008<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
<strong>Revue</strong> <strong>de</strong> L’<br />
IPC<br />
R E V I E W<br />
Comprehensive Strategies to<br />
Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence<br />
Mark A. Bellis & Karen Hughes<br />
Centre for Public Health<br />
World Health Organization Collaborating Centre for Violence Prevention<br />
Liverpool John Moores University<br />
R é s u m é<br />
La violence liée à la consommation d’alcool affecte négativement <strong>de</strong>s<br />
millions <strong>de</strong> vies chaque année et constitue un lourd far<strong>de</strong>au à porter pour les<br />
services publics, les collectivités et les économies <strong>de</strong> partout dans le mon<strong>de</strong>.<br />
Bien qu’une forte proportion <strong>de</strong>s manifestations <strong>de</strong> cette forme <strong>de</strong> violence<br />
se produise dans ou près <strong>de</strong>s débits <strong>de</strong> boisson, l’alcool constitue aussi un<br />
facteur important <strong>de</strong> certaines formes <strong>de</strong> violence moins perceptibles,<br />
telles celles qui affectent les enfants, les partenaires sexuels et les aînés, par<br />
exemple. Le rapport entre la consommation d’alcool et les manifestations<br />
<strong>de</strong> violence est complexe, celles-ci étant aussi essentiellement cycliques ;<br />
l’abus d’alcool et la violence ont <strong>de</strong>s répercussions aggravantes l’un sur<br />
l’autre, et le fait d’avoir été exposé à l’un ou à l’autre au cours <strong>de</strong> l’enfance<br />
augmente les risques que l’on adopte ces mêmes comportements plus tard<br />
dans la vie. Il faut donc, pour prévenir la violence liée à la consommation<br />
d’alcool, adopter <strong>de</strong>s stratégies d’ensemble qui fassent le lien entre les<br />
mesures <strong>de</strong>stinées à réduire la consommation d’alcool et <strong>de</strong>s interventions<br />
précoces visant à éliminer les facteurs <strong>de</strong> risque liés à la violence, d’une part,<br />
et <strong>de</strong>s mesures environnementales ayant pour but <strong>de</strong> créer <strong>de</strong>s milieux <strong>de</strong><br />
consommation d’alcool moins propices à l’éclosion <strong>de</strong> la violence, d’autre<br />
part. L’élaboration <strong>de</strong> telles stratégies <strong>de</strong>vrait s’appuyer sur <strong>de</strong>s partenariats<br />
soli<strong>de</strong>s entre tous les organismes œuvrant à l’élimination et au traitement<br />
<strong>de</strong> la violence et <strong>de</strong> l’abus d’alcool, incluant les secteurs <strong>de</strong> la justice<br />
pénale, <strong>de</strong> la santé, <strong>de</strong> l’éducation, <strong>de</strong>s affaires, <strong>de</strong> même que les secteurs<br />
communautaire et bénévole. Ces partenariats doivent être soutenus par<br />
une mise en commun par les multiples organismes <strong>de</strong> l’information relative
138 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 139<br />
à l’alcool et à la violence afin que l’on puisse plus facilement cibler les<br />
interventions, et être soutenus aussi par une facilitation à l’échelle nationale<br />
<strong>de</strong> la collaboration entre les organismes. De tels partenariats permettraient<br />
<strong>de</strong> mieux orienter les interventions et <strong>de</strong> les mettre en œuvre <strong>de</strong> manière<br />
plus économique dans le but d’assurer qu’on s’emploie à résoudre les<br />
problèmes liés à l’alcool et à la violence et qu’on agisse sur le rapport entre<br />
les <strong>de</strong>ux à toutes les étapes <strong>de</strong> la vie.<br />
A b s t r a c t<br />
Alcohol-related violence damages millions <strong>of</strong> lives every year and places<br />
huge bur<strong>de</strong>ns on public services, communities and economies around the<br />
world. While a large proportion <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related violence occurs in and<br />
around drinking settings, alcohol is also a major factor in less visible forms<br />
<strong>of</strong> violence directed at, for example, children, intimate partners and el<strong>de</strong>rs.<br />
The relationships between alcohol and violence are complex, yet critically<br />
also cyclical; alcohol misuse and violence both affect and exacerbate each<br />
other, while experiencing either in childhood increases the risk <strong>of</strong> both in<br />
later life. Preventing alcohol-related violence thus requires comprehensive<br />
strategies that link measures to reduce alcohol use with both targeted early<br />
interventions to prevent the risk factors for violence, and environmental<br />
measures to create drinking environments less conducive to violence. The<br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> such strategies should be based on strong partnerships<br />
between all agencies involved in tackling and treating violence and alcohol<br />
misuse, including criminal justice, health, education, business, communities<br />
and voluntary sectors. Such partnerships must be un<strong>de</strong>rpinned by multiagency<br />
sharing <strong>of</strong> intelligence on alcohol and violence to facilitate the<br />
targeting <strong>of</strong> interventions, and by national facilitation <strong>of</strong> multi-agency<br />
working. Through such partnerships, interventions can be better directed<br />
and more economically implemented in or<strong>de</strong>r to ensure that alcohol,<br />
violence and the relationships between them are addressed at all stages<br />
in the life cycle.<br />
Introduction<br />
As un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> alcohol in violence, and <strong>of</strong> the <strong>de</strong>vastating and<br />
long lasting impacts <strong>of</strong> such violence grows, preventing alcohol-related violence<br />
is increasingly becoming an international priority. Each year over a million<br />
people across the world lose their lives through violence, and in many countries<br />
at least half <strong>of</strong> all violent <strong>de</strong>aths occur when perpetrators or victims have been<br />
drinking (e.g. Europe: An<strong>de</strong>rson & Baumberg, 2006; Canada: Brochu et al.,<br />
1999). Millions more suffer injuries, psychological damage, reduced quality<br />
<strong>of</strong> life and damaged economic prospects as a consequence <strong>of</strong> experiencing,<br />
witnessing or fearing alcohol-related violence. The bur<strong>de</strong>n on health services,<br />
criminal justice agencies, local authorities, businesses and wi<strong>de</strong>r communities<br />
in addressing such violence in a single country is <strong>of</strong>ten measured in hundreds<br />
<strong>of</strong> millions <strong>of</strong> dollars. However, in many countries tackling alcohol-related<br />
violence has traditionally been consi<strong>de</strong>red a criminal justice issue, with the<br />
roles <strong>of</strong> health and other services limited to treating and supporting victims.<br />
This view is changing, with growing evi<strong>de</strong>nce showing that interventions<br />
implemented in a variety <strong>of</strong> settings can help prevent alcohol-related violence<br />
and, in fact, that the success <strong>of</strong> many such interventions <strong>de</strong>pends on strong<br />
multi-agency partnerships between health, criminal justice, education,<br />
other public sector bodies, communities and even private businesses. Here<br />
we review such evi<strong>de</strong>nce, examining mechanisms to reduce alcohol-related<br />
violence through interventions to: adapt drinking environments to reduce<br />
the likelihood <strong>of</strong> individuals being involved in violence; alter overall levels <strong>of</strong><br />
alcohol consumption and consequently alcohol-related violence; and reduce<br />
the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> violent ten<strong>de</strong>ncies – both generic and alcohol-related.<br />
Given this range <strong>of</strong> potential interventions, we discuss how a balanced strategy<br />
can be <strong>de</strong>veloped which reduces alcohol-related violence in the short and<br />
longer term, utilises the individual expertise <strong>of</strong> different public services in a<br />
multidisciplinary environment, and incorporates action at national, regional<br />
and community levels.<br />
Box 1: Links between alcohol and violence<br />
• Prenatal alcohol exposure is linked to behavioural problems in later life<br />
including <strong>de</strong>linquent behaviour and violence.<br />
• Alcohol has a direct effect on physical and cognitive functioning, contributing<br />
to violence through, for example, reducing self-control and the ability to<br />
process information and recognise warning signs.<br />
• Depen<strong>de</strong>nce on alcohol can mean individuals fail to fulfil care duties, for<br />
example towards children or el<strong>de</strong>rs.<br />
• Individual and societal beliefs that alcohol causes aggression can lead to<br />
alcohol being used to prepare for or excuse violent acts.<br />
• Problematic use <strong>of</strong> alcohol can <strong>de</strong>velop as a coping mechanism amongst<br />
victims <strong>of</strong> violence.<br />
• Uncomfortable and poorly managed drinking venues contribute to increased<br />
aggression in drinkers.<br />
– World Health Organization, 2006
140 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 141<br />
Relationships Between Alcohol and Violence<br />
Links between alcohol and violence are complex. Alcohol facilitates aggression,<br />
hampers individuals’ ability to avoid violence, can emerge as a coping mechanism<br />
for victims, and can even increase the risk <strong>of</strong> violent ten<strong>de</strong>ncies <strong>de</strong>veloping in<br />
those exposed to alcohol in utero (see Box 1). Importantly, both drinking<br />
behaviours and expectations surrounding alcohol are key factors in the link<br />
between alcohol and violence. Thus, individuals who drink more frequently,<br />
in greater quantities and to intoxication are at greatest risk <strong>of</strong> violence (Steen &<br />
Hunskaar, 2004; Swahn & Donovan, 2005) while those who believe alcohol<br />
will lead to aggression are also more likely to be involved in violence after<br />
drinking (Leonard et al., 2003). Despite wi<strong>de</strong> diversity in drinking behaviours<br />
across the globe, such relationships appear to hold true in many countries.<br />
Equally, the role <strong>of</strong> alcohol in aggression extends across many different forms<br />
<strong>of</strong> violence, including youth violence, sexual and intimate partner violence,<br />
and child and el<strong>de</strong>r abuse (see Table 1 on p. 161).<br />
The physical consequences <strong>of</strong> violence to victims can be <strong>de</strong>vastating, and the<br />
involvement <strong>of</strong> alcohol in violence increases both the aggression involved in<br />
assaults and the severity <strong>of</strong> injuries sustained (Hutchison et al., 1998). Further,<br />
the impacts <strong>of</strong> such violence <strong>of</strong>ten extend far beyond physical, emotional and<br />
psychological damage, to inclu<strong>de</strong>: reducing the use <strong>of</strong> public transportation,<br />
schooling and public places; limiting opportunities for outdoor play for<br />
children; un<strong>de</strong>rmining social cohesion; and damaging efforts to generate<br />
business and tourism. Further, exposure to violence and parental substance use<br />
in childhood has also been linked to much broa<strong>de</strong>r long-term life impacts such<br />
as the adoption <strong>of</strong> health risk behaviours (e.g. substance use, including alcohol<br />
use, and physical inactivity) and later <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> conditions including<br />
cancers, stroke, obesity and heart disease (Felitti et al., 1998). Crucially,<br />
the cyclical nature <strong>of</strong> violence means experiencing or witnessing abuse also<br />
increases risks <strong>of</strong> violence in later life. Thus, being a victim <strong>of</strong> child abuse is<br />
associated with, for example, having an abusive intimate partner in adulthood<br />
and even becoming a perpetrator <strong>of</strong> child abuse (Bensley et al., 2003; Glasser<br />
et al., 2001; Renner & Slack, 2006). Those acting violently at an early age<br />
are equally at risk <strong>of</strong> repeated violence (Broidy et al., 2003) and for some, a<br />
criminal record permanently damaging their life prospects.<br />
In general, alcohol-related violence places major strains on public resources<br />
and wi<strong>de</strong>r communities. For example, in the UK over a million violent<br />
<strong>of</strong>fences are recor<strong>de</strong>d by police each year (Nicholas et al., 2007), with over a<br />
third <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fen<strong>de</strong>rs estimated to be un<strong>de</strong>r the influence <strong>of</strong> alcohol at the time<br />
<strong>of</strong> arrest (Strategy Unit, 2003). For health services, Emergency Department<br />
studies consistently show that large proportions <strong>of</strong> violent injuries requiring<br />
treatment involve alcohol; one study in six countries found between 36.0%<br />
(Spain) and 84.5% (Canada) <strong>of</strong> patients with violent injuries drank alcohol in<br />
the six hours before injury (MacDonald et al., 2005). In the US, estimates <strong>of</strong><br />
the financial costs <strong>of</strong> violent injury suggest a bur<strong>de</strong>n <strong>of</strong> $5.6 billion annually<br />
to health services (Corso et al., 2007), and MacDonald et al. (2005) found<br />
50.5% <strong>of</strong> violent injuries in the US are sustained after alcohol consumption.<br />
Further, while working to tackle and treat alcohol-related violence, police and<br />
health staff can themselves become targets <strong>of</strong> aggression, increasing physical<br />
and mental health problems for workers and negatively impacting on staff<br />
recruitment and retention (Chapman & Styles, 2006; Ray & Ream, 2007).<br />
Developing a Comprehensive Prevention Strategy<br />
Preventing the negative impacts <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related violence requires a broad<br />
strategic approach that acts to prevent alcohol-related violence where it<br />
occurs, but also addresses the un<strong>de</strong>rlying risk factors that ren<strong>de</strong>r individuals<br />
and communities vulnerable to cycles <strong>of</strong> violence and alcohol misuse. The<br />
World Health Organization (Krug et al., 2002) recommends an evi<strong>de</strong>ncebased<br />
population approach (or public health methodology) which involves:<br />
1) <strong>de</strong>veloping and utilising a wi<strong>de</strong> range <strong>of</strong> data to i<strong>de</strong>ntify the extent <strong>of</strong> the<br />
problem and those groups and areas that are most affected; 2) conducting<br />
research to <strong>de</strong>velop un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> the risk and protective factors associated<br />
with alcohol-related violence; 3) <strong>de</strong>veloping and evaluating interventions<br />
to reduce risk and enhance protective factors; and 4) implementing and<br />
disseminating successful interventions wi<strong>de</strong>ly.<br />
This process is not dissimilar to that already commonly used individually by<br />
many judicial and other agencies. However, the nature <strong>of</strong> the public health<br />
focus requires an integrated strategy across a wi<strong>de</strong>r range <strong>of</strong> agencies that<br />
utilises existing intelligence, expertise and activities and provi<strong>de</strong>s opportunities<br />
for alternative partnership approaches to prevention (see Box 2). Key partners<br />
inclu<strong>de</strong> those in contact with individuals affected by violence and substance<br />
use (e.g. criminal justice, health services, voluntary organisations); those who<br />
plan, provi<strong>de</strong> and service environments where alcohol is publicly consumed<br />
(e.g. local authorities, town planners, licensing authorities, the alcohol<br />
industry, transport provi<strong>de</strong>rs); those who impact on wi<strong>de</strong>r community issues<br />
(e.g. education, businesses and community lea<strong>de</strong>rs); and those who govern the<br />
way in which public services and private businesses operate (local, regional and<br />
national governments).
142 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 143<br />
Intelligence on how a given area or community is affected by alcohol-related<br />
violence can un<strong>de</strong>rpin partnership <strong>de</strong>velopment, increasing awareness <strong>of</strong> the<br />
impacts <strong>of</strong> alcohol and violence on partners’ workloads, targets and functioning.<br />
Equally, it enables localised un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> where and when alcohol-related<br />
violence occurs; which population groups are most at risk; what measures<br />
might best address alcohol-related violence; and where these should be located.<br />
Further, a multi-agency approach allows the opportunity for financial and<br />
other resources to be used flexibly enough to maximise opportunities for<br />
effective prevention.<br />
Box 2. Multi-agency approaches to violence prevention<br />
From national to local levels, effective violence prevention requires multi-agency<br />
working between a wi<strong>de</strong> range <strong>of</strong> agencies to enable a shared un<strong>de</strong>rstanding<br />
and approach. The following examples show how such partnerships have been<br />
initiated at different levels in three countries.<br />
Swe<strong>de</strong>n: A city-level partnership for reducing alcohol-related violence<br />
In Stockholm, the STAD (Swe<strong>de</strong>n against alcohol and drugs) project was<br />
initiated in 1996 to reduce alcohol-related problems in licensed premises,<br />
including violence. The project convened a partnership <strong>of</strong> representatives<br />
from the licensing board, police, the county administration, the national health<br />
board, Stockholm city council, the organisation <strong>of</strong> restaurant owners, the tra<strong>de</strong><br />
union for restaurant staff and owners from licensed premises in the city. The<br />
partnership meets regularly to raise awareness <strong>of</strong> key issues regarding alcoholrelated<br />
problems and to gain strategic support for interventions. Interventions<br />
implemented through the project inclu<strong>de</strong> responsible service training for bar<br />
staff, training <strong>of</strong> door supervisors in issues such as conflict management, house<br />
policies for licensed premises and increased enforcement <strong>of</strong> licensing legislation.<br />
Evaluation <strong>of</strong> the intervention (up to the year 2000) found a 29% <strong>de</strong>crease in<br />
violent crimes, and estimated that the programme saved 39 Euros for every<br />
1 Euro invested (Wallin et al., 2003; Månsdotter et al., 2007).<br />
Colombia: Development <strong>of</strong> a framework for multi-agency crime observatories<br />
Building on the work <strong>of</strong> the DESEPAZ programme in Cali, Colombia (Krug et<br />
al., 2002), a framework for establishing multi-agency observatories for crime<br />
prevention has been <strong>de</strong>veloped and instigated in a range <strong>of</strong> municipalities<br />
(... Box 2 continued)<br />
across the country. The observatories consist <strong>of</strong> a surveillance system for injury<br />
mortality (both violent and unintentional) to enable local partners to co-ordinate<br />
responses based on intelligence. Each observatory has an operative committee<br />
including representatives from police, forensic medicine, health services, traffic<br />
authorities, fire services and the public prosecution <strong>of</strong>fice, who meet regularly<br />
to share data for the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> monthly intelligence reports. These are<br />
distributed to the municipal administration (the Mayor, health <strong>de</strong>partment,<br />
traffic <strong>de</strong>partment and other institutions) for the purpose <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>veloping and<br />
monitoring prevention strategies. Evaluation <strong>of</strong> the surveillance systems in<br />
six participating municipalities resulted in an average <strong>de</strong>crease in homici<strong>de</strong><br />
mortality <strong>of</strong> almost 50% (Gutierrez-Martinez et al., 2007).<br />
England and Wales: National legislation for partnership <strong>de</strong>velopment<br />
The Crime and Disor<strong>de</strong>r Act <strong>of</strong> 1998 placed a duty on every local authority in<br />
England and Wales to form a multi-agency partnership to address crime and<br />
disor<strong>de</strong>r and ensure crime prevention is built into local <strong>de</strong>cision making. These<br />
Crime and Disor<strong>de</strong>r Reduction Partnerships/Community Safety Partnerships<br />
inclu<strong>de</strong> representatives from local authorities, police, health services, probation,<br />
education services, local businesses and resi<strong>de</strong>nts, who meet regularly to<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntify and act upon areas <strong>of</strong> local concern. The partnerships are required to<br />
audit local crime issues and <strong>de</strong>velop evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based responses using shared<br />
intelligence and targets. Many local partnerships have prioritised the reduction<br />
and prevention <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related violence and disor<strong>de</strong>r, particularly focusing<br />
on youth violence in nightlife environments and intimate partner violence. The<br />
partnership approach to these issues allows the various agencies to un<strong>de</strong>rstand<br />
and <strong>de</strong>velop their role in prevention, prevents conflicting action between<br />
agencies, enables more comprehensive support to be provi<strong>de</strong>d to victims <strong>of</strong><br />
violence and facilitates the evaluation and monitoring <strong>of</strong> prevention activity<br />
(Home Office, 2007).<br />
Developing Intelligence for Effective Prevention<br />
Crime data (e.g. police arrest activity) are <strong>of</strong>ten the primary source <strong>of</strong><br />
intelligence used to target measures to prevent alcohol-related violence. For<br />
example, hotspot analyses to i<strong>de</strong>ntify areas <strong>of</strong> high violent crime are increasingly<br />
used to allocate police resources and locate additional <strong>de</strong>terrence measures
144 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 145<br />
such as lighting and closed circuit television (CCTV) cameras. However it is<br />
well known that many inci<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>of</strong> violence are not reported to the police and<br />
that consequently such data exclu<strong>de</strong> large proportions <strong>of</strong> violence. Further,<br />
the utility <strong>of</strong> police data in accurately monitoring trends in alcohol-related<br />
violence is limited due to its <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce on police activity. Thus, an increased<br />
police focus on violent crime <strong>of</strong>ten results in increased <strong>de</strong>tection <strong>of</strong> violence<br />
and higher recor<strong>de</strong>d <strong>of</strong>fences, when in reality violence may remain the same or<br />
even <strong>de</strong>crease as a result <strong>of</strong> better <strong>de</strong>terrence.<br />
Intelligence systems for alcohol-related violence can be enhanced through<br />
inclusion <strong>of</strong> data from other agencies, in particular health services (Donaldson,<br />
2007). In addition to routinely collected data on victims <strong>of</strong> assault, health<br />
services <strong>of</strong>fer greater opportunities to question assault victims about the<br />
circumstances <strong>of</strong> violence in a confi<strong>de</strong>ntial environment. Thus Emergency<br />
Departments provi<strong>de</strong> an important source <strong>of</strong> information on alcohol-related<br />
violence, with local systems <strong>of</strong> data collection having been successfully<br />
<strong>de</strong>veloped to help target police activity and other prevention measures (e.g.<br />
Trauma and Injury Intelligence System, 2007; Warburton & Shepherd, 2004).<br />
Such data can help inform preventive activities in environments where violent<br />
ten<strong>de</strong>ncies are being nurtured.<br />
Routinely collected data from Emergency Department surveillance systems in<br />
the UK show that while the majority <strong>of</strong> inci<strong>de</strong>nts <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related violence<br />
are sustained in town and city nightlife areas, those involved in such violence<br />
Box 3: Overcoming barriers to data sharing<br />
on alcohol-related violence<br />
Multi-agency data sharing is key to i<strong>de</strong>ntifying and addressing alcohol-related<br />
violence, as well as evaluating levels <strong>of</strong> success in prevention. However, there<br />
can be a number <strong>of</strong> actual and perceived barriers to effective data collection and<br />
sharing. These inclu<strong>de</strong>:<br />
Data collection<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> appropriate data collection systems within services and/or resources<br />
for <strong>de</strong>veloping data systems;<br />
• Poor computer systems or contracts with s<strong>of</strong>tware provi<strong>de</strong>rs that do not<br />
permit data extraction or the addition <strong>of</strong> new fields for collecting additional<br />
information;<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> un<strong>de</strong>rstanding among service management and staff <strong>of</strong> the reasons<br />
for data collection;<br />
(... Box 3 continued)<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> time for data collection in clinical or other settings;<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> training in data collection amongst responsible staff;<br />
• Environmental barriers, such as a lack <strong>of</strong> private space for questioning clients<br />
about sensitive issues;<br />
• Difficulties in collecting data from drunk individuals; and<br />
• Concerns for staff safety when questioning individuals about sensitive issues.<br />
Data sharing<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> un<strong>de</strong>rstanding among service management and staff <strong>of</strong> the<br />
relevance <strong>of</strong> data sharing;<br />
• Poor quality data collection and an unwillingness to expose this by sharing data;<br />
• Concerns regarding confi<strong>de</strong>ntiality and legality <strong>of</strong> sharing sensitive data;<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> the level <strong>of</strong> data that is required; for example<br />
requests for names and addresses <strong>of</strong> those involved in violence, when<br />
non-i<strong>de</strong>ntifiable data can suffice;<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> skills or resources for analysing and reporting data; and<br />
• Protective attitu<strong>de</strong>s to data for reasons <strong>of</strong> personal use, such as<br />
research publication.<br />
Collaborative partnerships at the highest level need to ensure that individuals are<br />
empowered to share data and that those collecting data un<strong>de</strong>rstand its purposes.<br />
Nationally, a legal framework must be in place which allows data exchange. In the<br />
UK, data sharing within Crime and Disor<strong>de</strong>r Reduction Partnerships (see Box 2)<br />
has now become a legal requirement through the Police and Justice Act 2006. A<br />
framework co<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong> practice for sharing personal information has been produced<br />
to assist partnerships in <strong>de</strong>veloping data sharing (Information Commissioner’s<br />
Office, 2007).<br />
predominantly live elsewhere in highly <strong>de</strong>prived communities (Bellis et al., in<br />
press). Hospital admissions data also show disproportionate levels <strong>of</strong> violence<br />
in poorer communities, with levels <strong>of</strong> violence five times higher in the most<br />
<strong>de</strong>prived communities compared with the most affluent (Bellis et al., in press).<br />
Un<strong>de</strong>rstanding the relationship between alcohol and violence in communities<br />
can be further enhanced by data from voluntary organisations, treatment<br />
services, schools, licensing authorities and businesses, as well as population<br />
surveys and research studies. However, legal issues regarding data exchange<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten need to be addressed at political levels, while organisational culture can<br />
obstruct data sharing regardless <strong>of</strong> legality (see Box 3).
146 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 147<br />
Interventions to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence<br />
A range <strong>of</strong> research has explored the impacts <strong>of</strong> different interventions on<br />
levels <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related violence. Much <strong>of</strong> this work has been conducted<br />
in North America, Northern Europe and Australia where alcohol-related<br />
violence tends to be most visible in public drinking settings. Here, studies have<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntified factors such as uncomfortable drinking environments, tolerance <strong>of</strong><br />
anti-social behaviour (including drunkenness) in bars, and ina<strong>de</strong>quate late<br />
night transportation as contributors to increased levels <strong>of</strong> violence (Graham<br />
& Homel, 1997; Homel et al., 2004). Consequently, many interventions<br />
have focused on measures implemented in town and city centre drinking<br />
environments to increase enforcement <strong>of</strong> alcohol legislation, enhance security<br />
and improve management <strong>of</strong> licensed premises (see Table 2 on p. 162).<br />
Whilst the evi<strong>de</strong>nce base for many <strong>of</strong> these individual measures is limited,<br />
there is stronger evi<strong>de</strong>nce that implementing a combination <strong>of</strong> environmental<br />
interventions with strong community support can reduce alcohol-related<br />
violence. For example the multi-component STAD project in Stockholm,<br />
Swe<strong>de</strong>n, (see Box 2) reduced violent crime and was found to save 39 Euros for<br />
every 1 Euro invested (Månsdotter et al., 2007; Wallin et al., 2003). Thus,<br />
in societies where alcohol-related violence is concentrated in specific public<br />
settings, environmental measures can provi<strong>de</strong> a rapid and cost effective way <strong>of</strong><br />
addressing high-risk groups and reducing highly visible problems. They can be<br />
politically attractive at both local and national levels, <strong>of</strong>ten <strong>de</strong>livering results<br />
in relatively short time scales (Hughes & Bellis, in press).<br />
However, as environmental strategies do not address individual risk factors<br />
for violence, in isolation they can serve to displace alcohol-related violence to<br />
other drinking environments, including homes where intimate partner violence<br />
and child abuse can occur. Furthermore their effects can disappear once<br />
funding ends as individual attitu<strong>de</strong>s and behaviours <strong>of</strong>ten remain unchanged.<br />
Consequently, while strategies to reduce alcohol-related violence through<br />
environmental measures alone can produce initial reductions in violence,<br />
sustaining longer term prevention requires a broa<strong>de</strong>r strategy to reduce the<br />
fundamental risk factors for involvement in violence.<br />
Reducing Alcohol Availability and Consumption<br />
With excessive alcohol use being a risk factor for violence, several studies have<br />
focused on the impact <strong>of</strong> measures to reduce alcohol availability or use on<br />
violence (see Table 3 on p. 164). Such interventions can be universal, seeking<br />
to modify population drinking behaviours through, for example, higher<br />
alcohol taxation, reduced numbers <strong>of</strong> sales outlets, age <strong>of</strong> purchase legislation<br />
and regulation <strong>of</strong> alcohol sales (see Box 4); or can target risky or problematic<br />
drinking directly, for instance through screening at primary health care centres<br />
combined with <strong>de</strong>livery <strong>of</strong> brief interventions for hazardous or harmful drinkers<br />
(Babor et al., 2001a and 2001b), and treatment for alcohol <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>ncy. Both<br />
types <strong>of</strong> intervention can contribute to reduced violence. Further, reducing<br />
alcohol consumption not only affects alcohol-related violence but can also<br />
impact on the wi<strong>de</strong> range <strong>of</strong> other health and social problems associated with<br />
alcohol misuse, including acci<strong>de</strong>nts, overdose, and longer term diseases such as<br />
liver cirrhosis and cancers (Jones et al., in press; National Health and Medical<br />
Research Council, 2007).<br />
Population-based alcohol interventions can be difficult to implement as they<br />
require national (sometimes international) policy change, at least some <strong>de</strong>gree .<br />
Box 4: The Russian anti-alcohol campaign<br />
In a radical response to rapidly increasing levels <strong>of</strong> alcohol consumption and<br />
related mortality in Russia in early 1980s, Presi<strong>de</strong>nt Gorbachev implemented an<br />
anti-alcohol campaign that inclu<strong>de</strong>d: raising the legal alcohol purchase age to<br />
21; limiting alcohol service hours and outlets; increasing the price <strong>of</strong> state-sold<br />
alcoholic beverages; imposing strict legal sanctions on home alcohol production;<br />
and mobilising the community towards temperance. The effects were dramatic.<br />
Between 1984 and 1987, alcohol consumption fell an estimated 25% and<br />
state alcohol sales reduced by 61%. Between 1984 and 1985/6, violent <strong>de</strong>aths<br />
<strong>de</strong>creased by 33% and violent <strong>de</strong>aths specifically related to alcohol use fell by<br />
51%. However, the campaign was unpopular and en<strong>de</strong>d in the late 1980s. By the<br />
early 1990s, market reforms had liberalised alcohol prices and tra<strong>de</strong>, and both<br />
alcohol consumption and violent mortality were on the increase once more.<br />
Problems with such approaches <strong>of</strong>ten arise as governments attempt to force<br />
changes in drinking behaviours without successfully addressing established<br />
drinking cultures. Here, individuals will continue to insist on easy access to cheap<br />
alcohol while they remain relatively unaware or unconvinced <strong>of</strong> the dangers<br />
related to excessive alcohol use or the wi<strong>de</strong>r sociological benefits <strong>of</strong> more<br />
restricted sales.<br />
– Babor et al., 2003; Nemtsov, 1998; WHO Europe, 2006<br />
Brief interventions are short, low-intensity interventions usually consisting <strong>of</strong> one or more sessions <strong>of</strong><br />
motivational interviewing, advice, counselling and/or education to encourage individuals at risk <strong>of</strong> alcoholrelated<br />
harm to mo<strong>de</strong>rate their alcohol consumption. They are not suitable for <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt drinkers who<br />
require more structured treatment services.
148 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 149<br />
<strong>of</strong> cultural change, and can be strongly resisted by industry. For example,<br />
in many countries the alcohol industry provi<strong>de</strong>s significant employment<br />
and contributions to government spending, and is consi<strong>de</strong>red central to the<br />
regeneration <strong>of</strong> city economies. In fact, in many countries policy is attempting<br />
to further stimulate town and city centres through increased alcohol-related<br />
entertainment (e.g. more bars and nightclubs) and in some, such policy<br />
inclu<strong>de</strong>s introducing longer rather than more restricted alcohol service hours<br />
(e.g. England and Wales, The Licensing Act 2003). Without international<br />
comity in alcohol policy, differences in factors such as alcohol taxation and<br />
price can also affect countries’ abilities to implement population-based<br />
interventions to reduce alcohol access (World Health Organization, 2007).<br />
In Finland, for example, where alcohol taxation has traditionally been high,<br />
the opening <strong>of</strong> bor<strong>de</strong>rs to alcohol imports through EU membership led the<br />
government to <strong>de</strong>crease alcohol taxation in 2004 by an average <strong>of</strong> 33%, largely<br />
to protect the Finnish alcohol industry from cheap imports from neighbouring<br />
countries (particularly Estonia which became an EU member in 2004). This<br />
<strong>de</strong>crease was associated with a rise in population alcohol consumption and a<br />
17% increase in alcohol-positive <strong>de</strong>aths compared with 2003 (based on weekly<br />
average; Koski et al., 2007).<br />
Consequently, <strong>de</strong>spite clear evi<strong>de</strong>nce that increased prices, reduced numbers<br />
<strong>of</strong> sales outlets and strict enforcement <strong>of</strong> minimum age legislation are all<br />
capable <strong>of</strong> reducing alcohol-related violence, political imperatives <strong>of</strong>ten favour<br />
interventions targeted at those with i<strong>de</strong>ntified drinking problems. Such<br />
measures, which inclu<strong>de</strong> brief interventions and treatment services for alcohol<br />
<strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce, can be introduced locally to reduce alcohol consumption amongst<br />
those i<strong>de</strong>ntified as being at risk <strong>of</strong>, or already experiencing, alcohol-related<br />
problems. In fact such interventions can be an important part <strong>of</strong> strategies<br />
to reduce alcohol-related violence. Thus, the World Health Organization has<br />
estimated that provision <strong>of</strong> brief advice in primary care to a quarter <strong>of</strong> the<br />
European Union’s at-risk population would avoid 408,000 years <strong>of</strong> disability<br />
and premature <strong>de</strong>ath, saving 740 million Euros annually (An<strong>de</strong>rson &<br />
Baumberg, 2006). Staff working in services that see victims and perpetrators<br />
<strong>of</strong> violence should also be skilled in questioning clients about alcohol (and<br />
drug) use, including both personal use and that <strong>of</strong> family members or intimate<br />
partners. Developing links between such services and those providing advice<br />
or treatment for substance use will enable appropriate referral for support<br />
where alcohol and violence are linked.<br />
Addressing Risk and Protective Factors<br />
Both environmental and alcohol-specific interventions can reduce violence by<br />
addressing the links between drinking and violence. However, while alcohol<br />
can be a catalyst for violent episo<strong>de</strong>s, there are a wi<strong>de</strong> range <strong>of</strong> other factors<br />
that un<strong>de</strong>rpin individuals’ risks <strong>of</strong> being perpetrators or victims <strong>of</strong> violence.<br />
Tackling these risk factors is crucial for the long-term prevention <strong>of</strong> all<br />
violence including that related to alcohol. While extensive discussion <strong>of</strong> these<br />
is beyond this review, Table 4 (see p. 165) summarises a range <strong>of</strong> risk factors for<br />
violence, the different types <strong>of</strong> violence they are associated with, and measures<br />
that can be effective in reducing them. Many risk factors for violence stem<br />
from early life experiences (Krug et al., 2002). Consequently, prevention can<br />
focus on parenting and the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> life skills for children through<br />
programmes such as Triple P (Turner & San<strong>de</strong>rs, 2006); the Fourth R (Wolfe,<br />
2006 ); PATHS (Domitrovich et al., 2007); and the Incredible Years (Gross<br />
et al., 2003). Such programmes have shown success in improving parenting<br />
practices and reducing aggression and other behaviour problems in children<br />
(Krug et al., 2002).<br />
Investing resources in early prevention addresses the root causes <strong>of</strong> violence<br />
and other negative life outcomes and can bring whole life improvements<br />
to individuals and communities (Krug et al., 2002). Such measures can<br />
appear expensive to implement at a population level, and impacts on violent<br />
crime may take longer to emerge. Consequently, they can be less attractive<br />
investments for public sector bodies with short-term targets to meet. However,<br />
early prevention can be effectively targeted at those most at risk <strong>of</strong> violence,<br />
such as families in <strong>de</strong>prived neighbourhoods and parents lacking protective<br />
factors. Further, such interventions can yield positive long-term results that<br />
extend beyond violence reduction, including improved school performance<br />
and reduced substance use and anti-social behaviour (Olds et al., 1998; Olds<br />
et al., 2007). Thus, tackling these issues in early life should result in improved<br />
health and social returns over many years. In or<strong>de</strong>r to affect long term change,<br />
early interventions targeted specifically at the most vulnerable groups should be<br />
part <strong>of</strong> comprehensive strategies to tackle alcohol-related violence and should<br />
be complemented by environmental interventions, alcohol-related treatments<br />
and tertiary prevention (interventions to prevent re-<strong>of</strong>fence) in or<strong>de</strong>r to affect<br />
long term change.<br />
See also the article by Crooks, Wolfe, Hughes, Jaffe, & Chiodo in this volume.
150 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 151<br />
Implementing Prevention<br />
Nationally, governments can address taxation and in some circumstances<br />
negotiate more responsible practices by the alcohol industry (e.g., reducing<br />
cheap promotions and “happy hours”; requiring responsible server, door<br />
staff and management training), provi<strong>de</strong> the framework for multi-agency<br />
work and prioritise addressing alcohol-related violence. However, more local<br />
organisation is required to <strong>de</strong>liver other changes. In some countries, local<br />
partnerships to address alcohol-related violence are already well-established<br />
(see Box 2). Elsewhere, a key factor in <strong>de</strong>veloping such partnerships is<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntifying for each agency how alcohol and violence are linked and how<br />
partnership approaches can benefit the <strong>de</strong>livery <strong>of</strong> existing targets for<br />
individual organisations.<br />
To tackle alcohol-related violence, such bodies must work at both the population<br />
and individual levels. At population levels, multi-agency data exchange should<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntify those most affected by alcohol-related violence (e.g. youth in nightlife,<br />
home-based intimate partner violence, child maltreatment). Joint examination<br />
<strong>of</strong> resources available (including pr<strong>of</strong>essional and community based), combined<br />
with the evi<strong>de</strong>nce base for effectiveness and plausible interventions, provi<strong>de</strong><br />
the basis for implementing a local strategy. At the individual level, partners<br />
need to i<strong>de</strong>ntify how affected individuals can better access and utilise alcohol<br />
and violence related services, how their use prevents further acts <strong>of</strong> violence<br />
and how information collected from such individuals can improve intelligence<br />
and help evaluate progress against strategic targets.<br />
Adopting a Life Course Perspective<br />
From the time before birth, the provision <strong>of</strong> information targeted at potential<br />
mothers and pregnancy-related services should aim to reduce foetal exposure to<br />
alcohol and increase un<strong>de</strong>rstanding <strong>of</strong> the <strong>de</strong>velopmental issues and potential<br />
for violence associated with foetal alcohol exposure. At the same time, pregnant<br />
women can be targets <strong>of</strong> domestic violence, especially where partners misuse<br />
alcohol (Muhajarine & D’Arcy, 1999). Thus maternity services, emergency<br />
units and judicial services must be aware <strong>of</strong> such risks and have a coordinated<br />
approach to violence prevention and parental support.<br />
Parental alcohol abuse is also a key risk factor for child maltreatment (Berger,<br />
2005; World Health Organization, 2006c). Thus, from birth those responsible<br />
for child health and social services should ensure personnel are aware <strong>of</strong> and<br />
can i<strong>de</strong>ntify risks, as well as being able to refer those affected into appropriate<br />
support services. More wi<strong>de</strong>ly, providing parental support for those with<br />
young children, especially in the most <strong>de</strong>prived areas, is also an important and<br />
cost effective method for reducing the <strong>de</strong>velopment <strong>of</strong> violent ten<strong>de</strong>ncies and<br />
alcohol-related problems in later life. Such interventions require local services<br />
working with parents and children, with involvement <strong>of</strong> education systems<br />
also being an effective mechanism for i<strong>de</strong>ntifying at risk children, engaging<br />
parents and <strong>de</strong>livering interventions through school settings (see Table 3).<br />
In early teenage years, individuals will begin trying to access alcohol through<br />
<strong>of</strong>f-license (e.g. liquor stores) and on-license (e.g. bars) premises. Individuals<br />
accessing alcohol outsi<strong>de</strong> the parental environment are at higher risks <strong>of</strong><br />
alcohol-related violence, and age check schemes should be used along with<br />
effective enforcement <strong>of</strong> un<strong>de</strong>rage legislation to reduce un<strong>de</strong>rage sales (Bellis<br />
et al., 2007). Those i<strong>de</strong>ntified as misusing alcohol at young ages are at an<br />
increased risk <strong>of</strong> involvement in violence as well as having been victims <strong>of</strong><br />
abuse (e.g. Eaton et al., 2007; Simantov et al., 2000), and should be referred<br />
into appropriate services. More wi<strong>de</strong>ly, educational interventions should<br />
ensure individuals are aware <strong>of</strong> relationships between alcohol and violence, the<br />
unacceptability <strong>of</strong> alcohol as a mitigating factor in violence and the covert and<br />
overt roles <strong>of</strong> alcohol in issues such as sexual assault.<br />
For young adults, the risk <strong>of</strong> violence resulting from nights out drinking can<br />
be mediated through multi-agency boards leading the <strong>de</strong>sign and management<br />
<strong>of</strong> night time environments. For both young and ol<strong>de</strong>r adults, access and<br />
affordability are also effective ways <strong>of</strong> controlling alcohol consumption and<br />
consequently alcohol-related violence. Thus, at a national level, prices should<br />
be reviewed to i<strong>de</strong>ntify the public health benefits <strong>of</strong> different pricing regimes.<br />
As individuals move into ol<strong>de</strong>r age, relationships between alcohol and violence<br />
do not disappear. While little information is available on effective measures<br />
to prevent el<strong>de</strong>r abuse by those with alcohol problems, care facilities and<br />
other services in contact with ol<strong>de</strong>r adults should at least be aware <strong>of</strong> these<br />
relationships, be able to <strong>de</strong>tect signs <strong>of</strong> abuse and un<strong>de</strong>rstand how abused ol<strong>de</strong>r<br />
people can be protected (World Health Organization, 2006b).<br />
Such life course interventions are far from exhaustive and prevention should<br />
vary <strong>de</strong>pending on the risks <strong>of</strong> violence i<strong>de</strong>ntified through shared intelligence<br />
in each locality. However, in every locality, a wi<strong>de</strong> variety <strong>of</strong> agencies must .<br />
be genuine partners in tackling alcohol-related violence with strategies<br />
reflecting a prevention agenda rather than one dominated by punitive<br />
responses (Waller, 2006).
152 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 153<br />
Conclusions<br />
Alcohol and violence are intrinsically linked and, both separately and<br />
combined, cause untold damage to individual lives and society. With around<br />
half <strong>of</strong> all violence typically linked to alcohol use, addressing the role <strong>of</strong> alcohol<br />
in violence and vice versa is critical in protecting public health, reducing crime<br />
and creating healthy societies. Alcohol is likely to play an important role<br />
in many cultures for the foreseeable future, being commonly regar<strong>de</strong>d as a<br />
central and acceptable constituent in socialising, relaxing and even occasional<br />
self-medication (e.g. coping with a stressful inci<strong>de</strong>nt). Given such beliefs,<br />
strategies such as those adopted for smoking to dramatically increase numbers<br />
<strong>of</strong> abstainers (or eradicate use) at least at present are unlikely to be popular<br />
with individuals or their political representatives. Consequently, alcoholrelated<br />
strategies need to focus on how consumption can be consistent with<br />
minimum harm. In many ways alcohol-related violence can be consi<strong>de</strong>red a<br />
broad equivalent to passive smoking. Thus, it <strong>of</strong>ten means that damage relating<br />
to alcohol is not necessarily suffered by the drinker but by their child, spouse,<br />
friend or simply a stranger occupying the same bar or street. For this reason<br />
especially, it is an issue that governments must address in or<strong>de</strong>r to protect the<br />
health <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>ten innocent victims.<br />
Overall, evi<strong>de</strong>nce based strategies to tackle alcohol-related violence can be<br />
cost–effective with interventions saving many times more than the outlay<br />
necessary to implement them. However, they require a multi-agency approach<br />
capable <strong>of</strong> i<strong>de</strong>ntifying and tackling risk factors for alcohol-related violence<br />
throughout the life course. Implementing the most appropriate measures<br />
requires excellent, shared intelligence on alcohol and violence in each locality.<br />
Legislation must permit justifiable exchange <strong>of</strong> intelligence between agencies<br />
typically on an anonymous basis for epi<strong>de</strong>miological purposes, but also on<br />
occasion on an individual basis, especially where such exchange is necessary<br />
to protect individuals. With appropriate intelligence and pooled resources,<br />
a local board empowered to prevent violence and anti-social behaviour can<br />
implement interventions across the life course and utilise the same intelligence<br />
to monitor effectiveness.<br />
At a national level, progress in each locality can be monitored and mechanisms<br />
<strong>de</strong>veloped to ensure good practice is shared between localities. Further, national<br />
bodies must also enact supportive legislation providing local authorities with<br />
the resources and powers necessary to prevent and tackle misuse <strong>of</strong> alcohol and<br />
violent behaviour. Such approaches to prevent alcohol-related violence have<br />
been shown effective and economic. They require only a move away from<br />
a tight judicial focus on tackling violence to a broa<strong>de</strong>r life course approach<br />
which acknowledges that violence ten<strong>de</strong>ncies are <strong>of</strong>ten a malignancy rooted<br />
early in life and one that flourishes when exposed to alcohol, <strong>de</strong>privation and<br />
poorly regulated environments.<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
We are very grateful to Zara An<strong>de</strong>rson, Lisa Jones and Sara Hughes for<br />
contributions to earlier versions <strong>of</strong> this manuscript. We would also like to<br />
thank Melanie Bania, Ross Hastings and Holly Johnson for comments and<br />
suggestions which helped improve the manuscript consi<strong>de</strong>rably.<br />
References<br />
An<strong>de</strong>rson, P., & Baumberg, B. (2006). Alcohol in Europe. London: Institute<br />
<strong>of</strong> Alcohol Studies.<br />
Babor, T.F., Caetano, R., Casswell, S., Edwards, G., Giesbrecht, N.,<br />
Graham, K. et al. (2003). Alcohol: No ordinary commodity. New York:<br />
Oxford University Press.<br />
Babor, T.F., & Higgins-Biddle, J.C. (2001b). Brief intervention for hazardous<br />
and harmful drinking: A manual for use in primary care. Geneva: .<br />
World Health Organization<br />
Babor, T.F., Higgins-Biddle, J.C., Saun<strong>de</strong>rs, J.B., & Monteiro, M.G.<br />
(2001a). AUDIT: The Alcohol Misuse Disor<strong>de</strong>rs I<strong>de</strong>ntification Test:<br />
Gui<strong>de</strong>lines for use in primary care. Geneva: World Health Organization.<br />
Bellis, M.A., Hughes, K., An<strong>de</strong>rson, Z., & Tocque, K. (in press).<br />
Contribution <strong>of</strong> violence to health inequalities in England – A national<br />
analysis <strong>of</strong> emergency hospital admissions for assault.<br />
Bellis, M.A., Hughes, K., Morleo, M., Tocque, K., Hughes, S., Allen, T. et<br />
al. (2007). Predictors <strong>of</strong> risky alcohol consumption in schoolchildren<br />
and their implications for preventing alcohol-related harm. Substance<br />
Abuse Treatment, Prevention and Policy, 2, 15.
154 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 155<br />
Bensley, L., Van Eenwyk, J., & Wynkoop Simmons, K. (2003). Childhood<br />
family violence history and women’s health risk for intimate partner<br />
violence and poor health. American Journal <strong>of</strong> Preventive Medicine, 25,<br />
38-44.<br />
Bradshaw, D., & Spencer, C. (1999). The role <strong>of</strong> alcohol in el<strong>de</strong>r abuse cases.<br />
In J. Pritchard (Ed), El<strong>de</strong>r abuse work: Best practice in Britain and<br />
Canada. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers Ltd.<br />
Brochu, S., Cournoyer, L.-G., Motiuk, L., & Pernanen, K. (1999). Drugs,<br />
alcohol and crime: Patterns among Canadian fe<strong>de</strong>ral inmates. Bulletin<br />
on Narcotics, Vol. LI. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime.<br />
Broidy, L.M., Nagin, D.S, Tremblay, R.E., Bates, J.E., Brame, B., Dodge,<br />
K.A. et al. (2003). Developmental trajectories <strong>of</strong> childhood disruptive<br />
behaviours and adolescent <strong>de</strong>linquency: A six-site, cross-national study.<br />
Developmental Psychology, 39, 222-245.<br />
Berger, L.M. (2005). Income, family characteristics, and physical violence<br />
toward children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 29, 107-133.<br />
Carcach, C., & James, M. (1998). Homici<strong>de</strong> between intimate partners in<br />
Australia. Canberra: Australian Institute <strong>of</strong> Criminology.<br />
Chapman, R., & Styles, I. (2006). An epi<strong>de</strong>mic <strong>of</strong> abuse and violence:<br />
Nurses on the front line. Acci<strong>de</strong>nt and Emergency Nursing, 14, 245-249.<br />
Chervyakov, V.V., Shkolnikov, V.M., Pri<strong>de</strong>more, W.A., & McKee. M.<br />
(2002). The changing nature <strong>of</strong> mur<strong>de</strong>r in Russia. <strong>Social</strong> Science and<br />
Medicine, 55, 1713-1724.<br />
Corrao, G., Bagnardi, V., Zambon, A., & Arico, S. (1999). Exploring the<br />
dose-response relationship between alcohol consumption and the risk<br />
<strong>of</strong> several alcohol-related conditions: A meta-analysis. Addiction, 94,<br />
1551–1573.<br />
Corso, P.S., Mercy, J.A., Simon. T.R., Finkelstein, E.A., & Miller, T.R.<br />
(2007). Medical costs and productivity losses due to interpersonal<br />
and self-directed violence in the United States. American Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Preventive Medicine, 32, 474-482.<br />
Domitrovich, C.E., Cortes, R.C., & Greenberg, M.T. (2007). Improving<br />
young children’s social and emotional competence: A randomized trial <strong>of</strong><br />
the preschool “PATHS” curriculum. Journal <strong>of</strong> Primary Prevention, 28,<br />
67-91.<br />
Donaldson, L. (2007). On the state <strong>of</strong> public health: Annual report <strong>of</strong> the Chief<br />
Medical Officer 2006. London: Department <strong>of</strong> Health.<br />
Eaton, D.K., Davis, K.S., Barrios, L., Brener, N.D., & Noonan, R.K.<br />
(2007). Associations <strong>of</strong> dating violence victimization with lifetime<br />
participation, co-occurrence and early initiation <strong>of</strong> risk behaviors<br />
among US high school stu<strong>de</strong>nts. Journal <strong>of</strong> Interpersonal Violence, 22,<br />
585-602.<br />
Eberst, A., & Staines, H. (2006). Evaluation <strong>of</strong> the 12-month fixed penalty<br />
notice pilot in the Taysi<strong>de</strong> Police Force Area. Dun<strong>de</strong>e: University .<br />
<strong>of</strong> Abertay.<br />
Farrington, D.P., & Welsh, B.C. (2002). Effects <strong>of</strong> improved street lighting on<br />
crime: A systematic review. Home Office Research Study 251. London:<br />
Home Office.<br />
Felitti, V.J., Anda, R.F., Nor<strong>de</strong>nberg, D., Williamson, D.F., Spitz, A.M.,<br />
Edwards, V. et al. (1998). Relationship <strong>of</strong> childhood abuse and<br />
household dysfunction to many <strong>of</strong> the leading causes <strong>of</strong> <strong>de</strong>ath in<br />
adults. The Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) study. American<br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> Preventive Medicine, 14, 245-258.<br />
Felson, M., Berends, R., Richardson, B., & Veno, A. (1997). Reducing pub<br />
hopping and related crime. In R. Homel (Ed.), Policing for prevention:<br />
Reducing crime, public intoxication and injury, 7, (pp. 115-132). .<br />
New York: Criminal Justice Press.<br />
Freisthler, B., Gruenewald, P.G., Remer, L.G., Lery, B., & Nee<strong>de</strong>ll, B.<br />
(2007). Exploring the spatial dynamics <strong>of</strong> alcohol outlets and Child<br />
Protective Services referrals, substantiations, and foster care entries.<br />
Child Maltreatment 12, 114-124.<br />
Glasser, M., Kolvin, I., Campbell, D., Glasser, A., & Leitch, I. (2001). Cycle<br />
<strong>of</strong> child sexual abuse: Links between being a victim and becoming a<br />
perpetrator. British Journal <strong>of</strong> Psychiatry, 179, 482-494.
156 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 157<br />
Graham, K. (2000). Preventive interventions for on-premise drinking: .<br />
A promising but un<strong>de</strong>rresearched area <strong>of</strong> prevention. Contemporary<br />
Drug Problems, 27, 593-668.<br />
Graham, K., & Homel, R. (1997). Creating safer bars. In M. Plant, E.<br />
Single, & T. Stockwell (Eds.), Alcohol: Minimising the harm .<br />
(pp171-192). London: Free Association Press.<br />
Graham, K., Osgood, D.W., Zibrowski, E., Purcell, J., Gliksman, L.,<br />
Leonard, K. et al. (2004). The effect <strong>of</strong> the Safer Bars programme on<br />
physical aggression in bars: Results <strong>of</strong> a randomised controlled trial.<br />
Drug and Alcohol Review, 23, 31-41.<br />
Greenberg, J.R., McKibben, M., & Raymond, J.A. (1990). Depen<strong>de</strong>nt adult<br />
children and el<strong>de</strong>r abuse. Journal <strong>of</strong> El<strong>de</strong>r Abuse & Neglect, 2, 73-86.<br />
Gross, D., Fogg, L., Webster-Stratton, C., Garvey, C., Julion, W., & Grady,<br />
J. (2003). Parent training <strong>of</strong> toddlers in day care in low-income .<br />
urban communities. Journal <strong>of</strong> Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71,<br />
261-278.<br />
Grubin, D., & Gunn, J. (1990). The imprisoned rapist and rape. London:<br />
Department <strong>of</strong> Forensic Psychiatry, Institute <strong>of</strong> Psychiatry.<br />
Gutierrez-Martinez, M.I., Espinosa <strong>de</strong>l Villin, R., Fandino, A., & Oliver,<br />
R.L. (2007). The evaluation <strong>of</strong> a surveillance system for violent and<br />
non-intentional injury mortality in Colombian cities. International<br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> Injury Control and Safety Promotion, 14, 77-84.<br />
Homel, R., Carvolth, R., Hauritz, M., McIlwain, G.B., & Teague, R. (2004).<br />
Making licensed venues safer for patrons: What environmental factors<br />
should be the focus <strong>of</strong> interventions? Drug and Alcohol Review, 23, .<br />
19-29.<br />
Home Office. (2007). Delivering safer communities: A gui<strong>de</strong> to effective<br />
partnership working. Guidance for Crime and Disor<strong>de</strong>r Reduction<br />
Partnerships and Community Safety Partnerships. London: Home<br />
Office.<br />
Hughes, K, & Bellis, M.A. (in press). Use <strong>of</strong> environmental alcohol strategies<br />
to tackle alcohol-related harm in nightlife: The UK experience. Lisbon:<br />
European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction.<br />
Hutchison, I.L., Magennis, P., Shepherd, J.P., & Brown, A.E. (1998). The<br />
BAOMS United Kingdom survey <strong>of</strong> facial injuries part 1: Aetiology<br />
and the association with alcohol consumption. British Journal <strong>of</strong> Oral<br />
and Maxill<strong>of</strong>acial Surgery, 36, 4-14.<br />
Information Commissioner’s Office. (2007) Framework co<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong> practice for<br />
sharing personal information. Wilmslow: Information Commissioner’s<br />
Office.<br />
Jones, N.E., Pieper, C.F., & Robertson, L.S. (1992). The effect <strong>of</strong> legal<br />
drinking age on fatal injuries <strong>of</strong> adolescents and young adults.<br />
American Journal <strong>of</strong> Public Health, 82, 112-115.<br />
Klostermann, K.C. (2006). Substance abuse and intimate partner violence:<br />
Treatment consi<strong>de</strong>rations. Substance Abuse Treatment, Prevention,<br />
and Policy, 1, 24.<br />
Koski, A., Siren, R., Vuori, e., & Poikolainen, K. (2007). Alcohol tax<br />
cuts and increase in alcohol-positive sud<strong>de</strong>n <strong>de</strong>aths – A time-series<br />
intervention analysis. Addiction, 102, 362-368.<br />
Krug, E., Dahlberg, L.L., Mercy, J.A., Zwi, A.B., & Lozano, R. (2002).<br />
World report on violence and health. Geneva: World Health<br />
Organization.<br />
Leonard, K.E., Quigley, B.M., & Lorraine Collins, R. (2003). Drinking,<br />
personality, and bar environmental characteristics as predictors .<br />
<strong>of</strong> involvement in barroom aggression. Addictive Behaviors, 28, .<br />
1681-1700.<br />
MacDonald, S., Cherpitel, C.J., Borges, G., DeSouza, A., Giesbrecht, N., &<br />
Stockwell, T. (2005). The criteria for causation <strong>of</strong> alcohol in violent<br />
injuries based on emergency room data from six countries. Addictive<br />
Behaviors, 30, 103-113.
158 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 159<br />
Månsdotter, A.M., Rydberg, M.K., Wallin, E., Lindholm, L.A., &<br />
Andréasson, S. (2007). A cost-effectiveness analysis <strong>of</strong> alcohol<br />
prevention targeting licensed premises. The European Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Public Health: E-pub ahead <strong>of</strong> print.<br />
Markowitz, S. (2000). The price <strong>of</strong> alcohol, wife abuse, and husband abuse.<br />
Southern Economic Journal, 67, 279-304.<br />
Markowitz, S., & Grossman, M. (1998). Alcohol regulation and domestic<br />
violence towards children. Contemporary Economic Policy, 16, 309–320.<br />
Mattila, V.M., Parkkari, J., Lintonen, T., Kannus, P., & Rimpelä, A. (2005).<br />
Occurrence <strong>of</strong> violence and violence-related injuries among 12-18 yearold<br />
Finns. Scandinavian Journal <strong>of</strong> Public Health, 33, 307-313.<br />
McVeigh, C., Hughes, K., Bellis, M.A., Reed, E., Ashton, J.R., & Syed, Q.<br />
(2005). Violent Britain: People, prevention and public health. Liverpool:<br />
Centre for Public Health, Liverpool John Moores University.<br />
Molcho, M., Harel, Y., & Dina, L.O. (2004). Substance use and youth<br />
violence. A study among 6th to 10th gra<strong>de</strong> Israeli school children.<br />
International Journal <strong>of</strong> Adolescent Medicine and Health, 16, 239-251.<br />
Muhajarine, N., & D’Arcy, C. (1999). Physical abuse during pregnancy:<br />
Prevalence and risk factors. CMAJ, 160, 107-1011.<br />
Nemtsov, A. (1998). Alcohol-related harm and alcohol consumption in<br />
Moscow before, during and after a major anti-alcohol campaign.<br />
Addiction, 93, 1501-1510.<br />
Nicholas, S., Kershaw, C., & Walker, A. (2007). Crime in England and Wales<br />
2006/07. London: Home Office.<br />
Olds, D., Hen<strong>de</strong>rson, C.R. Jr., Cole, R., Eckenro<strong>de</strong>, J., Kitzman, H.,<br />
Luckey, D. et al. (1998). Long-term effects <strong>of</strong> nurse home visitation on<br />
children’s criminal and antisocial behavior. JAMA, 280, 1238-1244.<br />
Olds, D.L., Kitzman, H., Hanks, C., Cole, R., Anson, E., Sidora-Arcoleo,<br />
K. et al. (2007). Effects <strong>of</strong> nurse home visiting on maternal and child<br />
functioning: Age-9 follow-up <strong>of</strong> a randomized trial. Pediatrics, 120,<br />
e832-e845.<br />
Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation. (2004). The prevention <strong>of</strong><br />
mur<strong>de</strong>rs in Dia<strong>de</strong>ma, Brazil: The influence <strong>of</strong> new alcohol policies.<br />
http://resources.prev.org/resource_pub_brazil.pdf. Accessed .<br />
10th August 2007.<br />
Plant, E.J., & Plant, M. (2005). A “leap in the dark?” Lessons for the United<br />
Kingdom from past extensions <strong>of</strong> bar opening hours. International<br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> Drug Policy, 16, 363-368.<br />
Ramsay, M. (1990). Lagerland lost? An experiment in keeping drinkers <strong>of</strong>f the<br />
streets in central Coventry and elsewhere. Crime Prevention Unit Paper<br />
22. London: Home Office.<br />
Ray, M.M., & Ream, K.A. (2007). The dark si<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong> the job: Violence in the<br />
emergency <strong>de</strong>partment. Journal <strong>of</strong> Emergency Nursing, 33, 257-261.<br />
Renner, L.M., & Slack, K.S. (2006). Intimate partner violence and child<br />
maltreatment: Un<strong>de</strong>rstanding intra- and intergenerational connections.<br />
Child Abuse & Neglect, 30, 599-617.<br />
Schei, B., Muus, K.M., & Moen, M.H. (1995). Medical and legal aspects<br />
<strong>of</strong> rape. Referrals to a team for care <strong>of</strong> rape victims at the regional<br />
hospital in Trondheim during the period 1989-1992. Tidsskr Nor<br />
Laegeforen, 115, 30-33.<br />
Simantov, E., Schoen, C., & Klein, J.D. (2000). Health-compromising<br />
behaviors: Why do adolescents smoke or drink? Archives <strong>of</strong> Pediatrics &<br />
Adolescent Medicine, 154, 1025-1033.<br />
Smith, A.J., Hodgson, R.J., Bridgeman, K., & Shepherd, J.P. (2003). A<br />
randomized controlled trial <strong>of</strong> a brief intervention after alcohol-related<br />
facial injury. Addiction, 98, 43-52.<br />
Steen, K., & Hunskaar, S. (2004). Violence in an urban community from<br />
the perspective <strong>of</strong> an Acci<strong>de</strong>nt and Emergency <strong>de</strong>partment: A two-year<br />
prospective study. Medical Science Monitor, 10, CR75-79.<br />
Strategy Unit. (2003). Alcohol: How much does it cost? London: Strategy Unit.
160 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 161<br />
Stuart, G.L., Ramsey, S.E., Moore, T.M., Kahler, C.W., Farrell, L.E.,<br />
Recupero, P.R., & Brown, R.A. (2003). Reductions in marital violence<br />
following treatment for alcohol <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce. Journal <strong>of</strong> Interpersonal<br />
Violence, 18, 1113-1131.<br />
Swahn, M.H., & Donovan, J.E. (2005). Predictors <strong>of</strong> fighting attributed .<br />
to alcohol use among adolescent drinkers. Addictive Behaviors, 30,<br />
1317-1334.<br />
Trauma and Injury Intelligence Group. (2007). Retrieved December 3, 2007<br />
from http://www.nwpho.org.uk/ait/.<br />
Trocmé, N., Fallon, B., MacLaurin, B., Daciuk, J., Felstiner, C., Black, T.<br />
et al. (2005). Canadian inci<strong>de</strong>nce study <strong>of</strong> reported child abuse and<br />
neglect – Major findings 2003. Ottawa: National Clearing House on<br />
Family Violence.<br />
Turner, K.M.T., & San<strong>de</strong>rs, M.R. (2006). Dissemination <strong>of</strong> evi<strong>de</strong>nce-based<br />
parenting and family support strategies: Learning from the Triple<br />
P – Positive Parenting Program system approach. Aggression and<br />
Violent Behavior, 11, 176-193.<br />
Vock, R., Meinel, U., Geserick, G., Gabler, W., Müller, E., Leopold, D. et al<br />
(1999). Lethal child abuse (through the use <strong>of</strong> physical force) in the<br />
German Democratic Republic during the period 1 January 1985 to .<br />
2 October 1990. Results <strong>of</strong> a multicenter study. Archiv für<br />
Kriminologie, 204, 75-87. Article in German.<br />
Wagenaar, A.C., Toomey, T.L., & Erickson, D.J. (2005). Preventing youth<br />
access to alcohol: Outcomes from a multi-community time-series trial.<br />
Addiction, 100, 335-345.<br />
Waller, I. (2006). Less law, more or<strong>de</strong>r: The truth about reducing crime.<br />
Westport CT: Praeger Publishers.<br />
Wallin, E., Norström, T., & Andréasson, S. (2003). Alcohol prevention<br />
targeting licensed premises: A study <strong>of</strong> effects on violence. Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Studies on Alcohol, 64, 270-277.<br />
Warburton, A.L., & Shepherd, J.P. (2004). Development, utilisation, and<br />
importance <strong>of</strong> acci<strong>de</strong>nt and emergency <strong>de</strong>partment <strong>de</strong>rived assault data<br />
in violence management. Emergency Medical Journal, 21, 473-477.<br />
Watt, K., & Shepherd, J.P. (2005). A randomised controlled trial <strong>of</strong> an alcohol<br />
brief intervention for violent <strong>of</strong>fen<strong>de</strong>rs in a magistrates’ court. Cardiff:<br />
Violence and Society Research Group, Cardiff University.<br />
Webb, M., Marriot-Lloyd, P., & Grenfell, M. (2004). Banning the bottle:<br />
Liquor bans in New Zealand. 3rd Australasian Drug Strategy<br />
Conference. Melbourne: Australia. Available at http://www.ndp.govt.<br />
nz/publications/banningthebottle.pdf.<br />
Welsh, B.C., & Farrington, D.P. (2002). Crime prevention effects <strong>of</strong> closed<br />
circuit television: A systematic review. Home Office Research Study 252.<br />
London: Home Office.<br />
Wingood, G.M., DiClemente, R.J., & Raj, A. (2000). Adverse consequences<br />
<strong>of</strong> intimate partner abuse among women in non-urban domestic<br />
violence shelters. American Journal <strong>of</strong> Public Health, 19, 270-275.<br />
Wolfe, D.A. (2006). Preventing violence in relationships: psychological<br />
science addressing complex social issues. Canadian Psychology, 47, .<br />
44-50.<br />
World Health Organization. (2006a). Interpersonal violence and alcohol:<br />
Policy briefing. M.A. Bellis, K. Hughes, & S. Hughes (Eds.). Geneva:<br />
World Health Organization.<br />
World Health Organization. (2006b). WHO facts on el<strong>de</strong>r abuse and alcohol.<br />
M.A. Bellis, K. Hughes, & S. Hughes (Eds.). Geneva: World Health<br />
Organization.<br />
World Health Organization. (2006c). WHO facts on child maltreatment and<br />
alcohol. M.A. Bellis, S. Hughes, & K. Hughes (Eds.). Geneva: World<br />
Health Organization.<br />
World Health Organization. (2007). World Health Organization Expert<br />
Committee on Problems Related to Alcohol Consumption: Second report.<br />
Geneva: World Health Organization.
162 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 163<br />
World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe. (2006).<br />
Interpersonal violence and alcohol in the Russian Fe<strong>de</strong>ration: Policy<br />
briefing. M.A. Bellis, K. Hughes, & S. Hughes (Eds.). Rome: World<br />
Health Organization Regional Office for Europe.<br />
Young, C., & Hirschfield, A. (1999). Crystal clear: Reducing glass related<br />
injury. Liverpool: University <strong>of</strong> Liverpool.<br />
Table 1. Links between alcohol and violence: Findings from selected<br />
international studies<br />
Type <strong>of</strong><br />
Violence<br />
All<br />
Violence<br />
Youth<br />
Violence<br />
Intimate<br />
Partner<br />
Violence<br />
Child<br />
Abuse<br />
Sexual<br />
Violence<br />
El<strong>de</strong>r<br />
Abuse<br />
Country Statistic Details<br />
Russia<br />
Mexico<br />
Finland<br />
Israel<br />
Australia<br />
USA<br />
Germany<br />
Canada<br />
UK<br />
Norway<br />
67% <strong>of</strong> homici<strong>de</strong> <strong>of</strong>fen<strong>de</strong>rs drank alcohol<br />
prior to the <strong>of</strong>fence.<br />
50% <strong>of</strong> ER patients with violent injuries drank<br />
alcohol in the six hours prior to injury.<br />
45% <strong>of</strong> youths involved in violence (last<br />
month) were un<strong>de</strong>r the influence <strong>of</strong> alcohol<br />
at the time.<br />
Youths who binge drink are 2.5 times more<br />
likely to perpetrate bullying and four times<br />
more likely to be injured in a fight or carry<br />
a weapon.<br />
36% <strong>of</strong> perpetrators and 31% <strong>of</strong> victims <strong>of</strong><br />
intimate partner homici<strong>de</strong> drank alcohol at<br />
the time <strong>of</strong> the event.<br />
72% <strong>of</strong> female victims <strong>of</strong> physical abuse<br />
reported using alcohol to cope with the<br />
abuse.<br />
32% <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fen<strong>de</strong>rs <strong>of</strong> fatal child abuse were<br />
un<strong>de</strong>r the influence <strong>of</strong> alcohol at the time<br />
<strong>of</strong> the abuse.<br />
18% <strong>of</strong> female and 30% <strong>of</strong> male caregivers<br />
in child welfare investigations had problems<br />
with alcohol misuse.<br />
58% <strong>of</strong> imprisoned rapists reported drinking<br />
alcohol in the six hours prior to the rape.<br />
Rape victims who drank alcohol prior to the<br />
rape were less likely to achieve a conviction<br />
(40% <strong>of</strong> rape victims drank alcohol prior to<br />
the assault).<br />
USA 32% <strong>of</strong> abusers <strong>of</strong> their parents (age 60+)<br />
were alcohol or drug <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt, as were 7%<br />
<strong>of</strong> victims.<br />
Canada<br />
15-20% <strong>of</strong> clients in a substance use<br />
programme for ol<strong>de</strong>r people were suffering<br />
from abuse.<br />
Homici<strong>de</strong> trial records in Udmurt Republic,<br />
1998 (n=182 <strong>of</strong>fen<strong>de</strong>rs; Chervyakov et al.,<br />
2002).<br />
Patient interviews (n=655) in multiple sites<br />
as part <strong>of</strong> a six country study (MacDonald et<br />
al., 2005).<br />
Nationally representative sample <strong>of</strong> 10,883 12,<br />
14, 16 and 18 year olds (Mattila et al., 2005).<br />
Study <strong>of</strong> 8,394 6th -10th gra<strong>de</strong> Israeli<br />
school children regarding alcohol use and<br />
violent behaviours in past 30 days (Molcho<br />
et al., 2004).<br />
Data from the National Homici<strong>de</strong> Monitoring<br />
Program, 1989-1996 (n=543 intimate partner<br />
homici<strong>de</strong>s; Carcach & James, 1998).<br />
Interviews with 203 women seeking refuge in<br />
shelters (Wingood et al., 2000).<br />
Police and court records <strong>of</strong> 39 fatal child abuse<br />
cases, 1985-1990 (Vock et al., 1999).<br />
14,200 child welfare investigations in 2003<br />
(Trocme et al., 2005).<br />
Study <strong>of</strong> 142 men imprisoned for rape (Grubin<br />
& Gunn, 1990).<br />
141 rape victims treated at University Hospital<br />
<strong>of</strong> Trondheim, 1989-1992 (Schei et al., 1995).<br />
204 confirmed cases <strong>of</strong> abuse i<strong>de</strong>ntified to<br />
the Wisconsin el<strong>de</strong>r abuse reporting system,<br />
1987-1988 (Greenburg et al., 1990).<br />
Clients in the Seniors Well Aware Program for<br />
55+ with alcohol and other drug problems<br />
(Bradshaw & Spencer, 1999).
164 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 165<br />
Table 2. Examples <strong>of</strong> environmental measures to reduce alcoholrelated<br />
violence<br />
Improving Licensed Premises<br />
Improving Nightlife Environments<br />
Intervention Outline Effectiveness<br />
Voluntary<br />
co<strong>de</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
practice<br />
Responsible<br />
Beverage<br />
Service (RBS)<br />
training<br />
Door<br />
supervisor<br />
training<br />
Enforcement<br />
activity<br />
Pub Watch<br />
schemes<br />
Award<br />
schemes<br />
Late night<br />
transportation<br />
Street drinking<br />
bans<br />
Increased<br />
street security<br />
measures<br />
Local agreements between bar owners<br />
to implement consistent measures to<br />
prevent drunkenness and violence, e.g.<br />
banning cheap drinks promotions, pro<strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> age schemes.<br />
Training programmes for alcohol servers<br />
to increase knowledge <strong>of</strong> alcohol-related<br />
issues and <strong>de</strong>velop service skills, e.g.<br />
age verification and service refusal to<br />
drunk patrons.<br />
Training programmes for door supervisors<br />
and security staff to improve skills and<br />
practice, e.g. communication, conflict<br />
resolution, calming measures.<br />
Enforcement <strong>of</strong> licensing and alcohol<br />
legislation by police and other authorities,<br />
e.g. testing service refusal to un<strong>de</strong>rage or<br />
intoxicated patrons.<br />
Partnerships between local licensees<br />
and police, typically involving banning<br />
schemes preventing troublemakers from<br />
accessing all venues in the scheme or<br />
nightlife area.<br />
Schemes to reward good management <strong>of</strong><br />
licensed premises that adhere to agreed<br />
safety and practice standards.<br />
Improving provision <strong>of</strong> safe late night<br />
transportation options from nightlife<br />
areas and increasing security on<br />
transportation and at loading and<br />
unloading points.<br />
Legislation making consumption <strong>of</strong><br />
alcohol in unlicensed public places<br />
an <strong>of</strong>fence.<br />
For example, high pr<strong>of</strong>ile policing,<br />
improvements to street lighting, use <strong>of</strong><br />
closed circuit television (CCTV) cameras,<br />
public help points.<br />
Implementation in Australia linked to<br />
reduced assaults and crime when combined<br />
with strong police support.<br />
Evi<strong>de</strong>nce suggests RBS training can improve<br />
staff knowledge and attitu<strong>de</strong>s; some studies<br />
show positive impacts on server practice<br />
and reduced blood alcohol levels among<br />
bar customers.<br />
Evi<strong>de</strong>nce suggests programmes can reduce<br />
aggression in bars but such effects are<br />
mo<strong>de</strong>rated by rapid staff turnover.<br />
Can have significant effects on server<br />
practice but effects can <strong>de</strong>cline rapidly after<br />
testing and consequently requires regular<br />
top-up enforcement activity.<br />
Limited evaluation; in UK linked to reduced<br />
assaults and improved perceptions <strong>of</strong> safety<br />
in nightlife areas.<br />
Limited evaluation; wi<strong>de</strong>ly adopted in<br />
UK as an incentive to improve practice in<br />
licensed premises.<br />
Improved late night transportation provision<br />
and security linked to reduced violence and<br />
increased public perceptions <strong>of</strong> safety in<br />
town and city centres.<br />
Some evi<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>of</strong> reductions in crime,<br />
disor<strong>de</strong>r and street littering (New Zealand)<br />
as well as increased public perceptions <strong>of</strong><br />
safety (UK).<br />
Some evi<strong>de</strong>nce for CCTV and improved<br />
lighting in reducing crime and improving<br />
public perceptions <strong>of</strong> safety. Limited<br />
evaluation for other security measures.<br />
Improving Nightlife Environments<br />
Intervention Outline Effectiveness<br />
Increased<br />
powers to<br />
address<br />
alcoholrelated<br />
disor<strong>de</strong>r<br />
Information<br />
campaigns<br />
Broa<strong>de</strong>r<br />
Community<br />
Interventions<br />
Legislative measures to enable police and<br />
other authorities to punish anti-social<br />
behaviour using minimum resources<br />
without removing police from nightlife<br />
environments, e.g. on the spot fines.<br />
Posters and other media located in<br />
nightlife areas to raise awareness <strong>of</strong> the<br />
risks <strong>of</strong> excessive drinking and related<br />
violence.<br />
Broa<strong>de</strong>r strategies to reduce alcoholrelated<br />
violence and disor<strong>de</strong>r and increase<br />
safety in nightlife areas; a combination<br />
<strong>of</strong> the above co-ordinated through multiagency<br />
action groups.<br />
Limited evaluation; in Scotland, early<br />
indications from on-the-spot fines suggest<br />
they can be effective in saving police time,<br />
with low levels <strong>of</strong> re-<strong>of</strong>fending noted.<br />
Limited evaluation; one UK campaign linked<br />
to reduced glass-related injuries when<br />
combined with wi<strong>de</strong>r awareness raising and<br />
enforcement activities.<br />
Evi<strong>de</strong>nce from several countries (e.g.<br />
Australia, Swe<strong>de</strong>n) suggests integrated<br />
strategies can effectively reduce nightlife<br />
violence. Successful strategies have inclu<strong>de</strong>d<br />
better late night transportation, reduced<br />
intoxicated individuals in bars, improved<br />
behavioural standards, staff training<br />
and increased comfort (e.g. seating)<br />
in drinking settings.<br />
Sources: Babor et al., 2003; Eberst & Staines, 2006; Farrington & Welsh, 2002; Felson et al.,<br />
1997; Graham, 2000; Graham et al., 2004; Hughes & Bellis, in press; Ramsay, 1990; Webb<br />
et al., 2004; Welsh & Farrington, 2002; Young & Hirschfield, 1999.
166 I P C R e v i e w 2 Comprehensive Strategies to Prevent Alcohol-Related Violence 167<br />
Table 3. Alcohol-focused interventions that can impact on violence<br />
Intervention<br />
Increasing<br />
Alcohol Prices<br />
Reducing<br />
Alcohol Outlet<br />
Density<br />
Regulating<br />
Alcohol Sales<br />
Reducing Young<br />
People’s Access<br />
to Alcohol<br />
Brief<br />
Interventions 3<br />
for Risky<br />
Drinkers<br />
Treatment<br />
for Alcohol<br />
Problems<br />
Evi<strong>de</strong>nce<br />
In the US, it has been estimated that increases in the price<br />
<strong>of</strong> alcohol (e.g. through excise tax) would reduce violence,<br />
including child maltreatment and intimate partner violence<br />
(Markowitz, 2000; Markowitz et al., 1998).<br />
Analysis <strong>of</strong> the spatial geography <strong>of</strong> alcohol outlets in the US<br />
suggests reducing the <strong>de</strong>nsity <strong>of</strong> licensed premises would<br />
reduce levels <strong>of</strong> violence, including child maltreatment<br />
(e.g. Freisthler et al., 2007).<br />
Experience from several countries shows exten<strong>de</strong>d alcohol<br />
service hours (e.g. later opening <strong>of</strong> bars) to be associated with<br />
increased violence (Plant & Plant, 2005). In Brazil, legislation<br />
prohibiting alcohol sales after 23:00 contributed to reduced<br />
inci<strong>de</strong>nce <strong>of</strong> homici<strong>de</strong> (Pacific Institute for Research and<br />
Evaluation, 2004).<br />
Legal drinking age legislation can influence both youth<br />
drinking and violence (Babor et al., 2003). In the US, higher<br />
legal drinking ages were found to reduce violent <strong>de</strong>aths in<br />
15-24 year olds (Jones et al., 1992). The effectiveness <strong>of</strong> age<br />
legislation can <strong>de</strong>pend on enforcement; measures such as<br />
regular test purchases by un<strong>de</strong>rage volunteers can reduce<br />
un<strong>de</strong>rage sales (Wagenaar et al., 2005).<br />
Screening and brief interventions in health settings can reduce<br />
alcohol use in risky drinkers, including victims <strong>of</strong> alcoholrelated<br />
violence attending Emergency Departments (Smith et<br />
al., 2003). There is less evi<strong>de</strong>nce for their use in criminal justice<br />
settings; reduced injury (but not violent <strong>of</strong>fending) has been<br />
seen in perpetrators <strong>of</strong> violence following brief interventions<br />
implemented in courts (Watt & Shepherd, 2005).<br />
Treatment for alcohol <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nce can reduce intimate partner<br />
violence in couples affected by both issues; however violence<br />
reductions typically <strong>de</strong>pend on sustained abstinence from<br />
alcohol (Klostermann, 2006; Stuart et al., 2003).<br />
Partners for<br />
Implementation<br />
• Government<br />
• Alcohol industry<br />
• Government<br />
• Local authorities<br />
• Town planners<br />
• Licensing authorities<br />
• Alcohol industry<br />
• Government<br />
• Licensing authorities<br />
• Government<br />
• Trading standards<br />
• Alcohol industry<br />
• Police<br />
• Health services<br />
• Criminal justice agencies<br />
• Alcohol treatment<br />
services<br />
• Voluntary agencies<br />
• Criminal justice agencies<br />
3 Brief interventions are short, low-intensity interventions usually consisting <strong>of</strong> one or more sessions <strong>of</strong><br />
motivational interviewing, advice, counselling and/or education to encourage individuals at risk <strong>of</strong> alcoholrelated<br />
harm to mo<strong>de</strong>rate their alcohol consumption. They are not suitable for <strong>de</strong>pen<strong>de</strong>nt drinkers who<br />
require more structured treatment services.<br />
Table 4. Risk factors and interventions to address becoming a victim or<br />
perpetrator <strong>of</strong> violence<br />
Risk Factors 4<br />
• Unwanted pregnancy<br />
• Teenage pregnancy<br />
• Having >3 siblings<br />
• Neural damage<br />
• Maternal pre or<br />
post natal stress<br />
• Maternal <strong>de</strong>pression<br />
• Parental conflict<br />
• Impaired mother/child<br />
bonding<br />
• Lack <strong>of</strong> child stimulation<br />
• Inconsistent or harsh,<br />
physical punishment<br />
Youth<br />
Violence<br />
Type <strong>of</strong> Violence<br />
Intimate<br />
Partner<br />
Violence<br />
Child Abuse<br />
El<strong>de</strong>r Abuse<br />
Sexual<br />
Violence<br />
Intervention<br />
• • • • Developing<br />
services<br />
to reduce<br />
unwanted<br />
pregnancy<br />
• • • £ • Increase access<br />
to pre and post<br />
natal services<br />
• • • £ Home visiting<br />
services<br />
• • • £ • Parenting<br />
programmes<br />
• Victim <strong>of</strong> child abuse • • • £ • Treatment<br />
programmes<br />
for child<br />
abuse victims<br />
• Low aca<strong>de</strong>mic<br />
expectations<br />
• Poorly <strong>de</strong>fined<br />
school rules<br />
• Aggressive behaviour<br />
in childhood<br />
• Hyperactivity<br />
• Bullying others<br />
• Poor aca<strong>de</strong>mic<br />
achievement<br />
• Truancy<br />
• • • ¢ • Improving<br />
school culture<br />
• • • £ • <strong>Social</strong><br />
<strong>de</strong>velopment<br />
training<br />
• • • £ • Aca<strong>de</strong>mic<br />
enrichment<br />
programmes<br />
Selected<br />
Partners<br />
• Health services<br />
• <strong>Social</strong> services<br />
• Education<br />
• Health services<br />
• Health services<br />
• <strong>Social</strong> services<br />
• Health services<br />
• <strong>Social</strong> services<br />
• Education<br />
• Health services<br />
• Voluntary<br />
services<br />
• <strong>Social</strong> services<br />
• Education<br />
• Communities<br />
• Education<br />
• Education<br />
(continued on page 168…)<br />
4 Risk factors are not causes <strong>of</strong> violence and their presence does not guarantee that a person will become either a<br />
victim or perpetrator <strong>of</strong> violence. They are factors that research has i<strong>de</strong>ntified as links to violence.
168 I P C R e v i e w 2<br />
Type <strong>of</strong> Violence<br />
Risk Factors 4<br />
Youth<br />
Violence<br />
Intimate<br />
Partner<br />
Violence<br />
Child Abuse<br />
El<strong>de</strong>r Abuse<br />
Sexual<br />
Violence<br />
Intervention<br />
Selected<br />
Partners<br />
• Bullying others<br />
• Having <strong>de</strong>linquent<br />
friends<br />
• Unrecognised victim<br />
<strong>of</strong> violence<br />
• <strong>Social</strong> <strong>de</strong>privation<br />
• Inequalities<br />
• Weak police and judicial<br />
system<br />
• • £ £ • Anti-bullying<br />
programmes<br />
• • • • • Train health<br />
staff in<br />
screening,<br />
i<strong>de</strong>ntifying<br />
and referring<br />
victims <strong>of</strong><br />
violence*<br />
• • • £ • De-concentrate<br />
poverty<br />
and reduce<br />
inequalities<br />
• • • • • Strengthen<br />
police and<br />
judicial systems<br />
• Education<br />
• Health staff<br />
• Government<br />
• Local<br />
authorities<br />
• Health services<br />
• Communities<br />
• Government<br />
• Criminal justice<br />
agencies<br />
£ Evi<strong>de</strong>nce that risk factors are associated with increased risk <strong>of</strong> being perpetrators<br />
<strong>of</strong> violence.<br />
• Evi<strong>de</strong>nce that risk factors are associated with increased risk <strong>of</strong> being victims <strong>of</strong> violence.<br />
* For alcohol-related violence, a critical issue is that alcohol services can recognise signs <strong>of</strong><br />
those being violently abused or a perpetrator <strong>of</strong> violence, un<strong>de</strong>rstand what services they<br />
can refer into and engage those services in treating a client. Services <strong>de</strong>aling with violence<br />
and abuse should equally be able to i<strong>de</strong>ntify alcohol-related problems as well as being<br />
aware <strong>of</strong>, and able to utilise, alcohol support services.<br />
Sources: Krug et al., 2002; McVeigh et al., 2005.
Institut pour la prévention <strong>de</strong> la criminalité<br />
Institute for the Prevention <strong>of</strong> Crime<br />
Faculté <strong>de</strong>s sciences sociales / <strong>Faculty</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Social</strong> <strong>Sciences</strong><br />
Université d’Ottawa / University <strong>of</strong> Ottawa<br />
Ottawa ON K1N 6N5 Canada<br />
613-562-5798<br />
IPC@uOttawa.ca<br />
www.prevention-crime.ca<br />
ISSN 1913-1941